diff options
94 files changed, 14795 insertions, 6829 deletions
diff --git a/docs/installer/ca.po b/docs/installer/ca.po index 2d746619..aea75109 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca.po +++ b/docs/installer/ca.po @@ -1,21 +1,22 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# -# Francesc Pinyol Margalef <francesc.pinyol.m@gmail.com>, 2013, 2014. +# +# Translators: +# Francesc Pinyol Margalef <francesc.pinyol.m@gmail.com>, 2013-2014 msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help 3.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-28 09:40+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Francesc Pinyol Margalef <francesc.pinyol.m@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Catalan <>\n" -"Language: ca\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" +"Language-Team: Catalan (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ca/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"Language: ca\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 @@ -25,11 +26,9 @@ msgstr "Llicència i notes de la versió" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -39,38 +38,31 @@ msgstr "Acord de llicència" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Abans d'instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>, llegiu atentament els " -"termes i les condicions de la llicència." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Abans d'instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>, llegiu atentament els termes i les condicions de la llicència." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Aquests termes i condicions s'apliquen a la totalitat de la distribució " -"<application>Mageia</application> i cal acceptar-los abans de continuar." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Aquests termes i condicions s'apliquen a la totalitat de la distribució <application>Mageia</application> i cal acceptar-los abans de continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Per a acceptar-los, seleccioneu <guilabel>Accepta</guilabel> i després " -"cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton>." +msgstr "Per a acceptar-los, seleccioneu <guilabel>Accepta</guilabel> i després cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Si decidiu no acceptar aquestes condicions, us agraïm el vostre interès. " -"Fent clic a <guibutton>Surt</guibutton> l'ordinador es reiniciarà." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Si decidiu no acceptar aquestes condicions, us agraïm el vostre interès. Fent clic a <guibutton>Surt</guibutton> l'ordinador es reiniciarà." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -82,9 +74,7 @@ msgstr "Notes de la versió" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Per a veure què hi ha de nou en aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</" -"application>, cliqueu al botó <guibutton>Notes de versió</guibutton>." +msgstr "Per a veure què hi ha de nou en aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</application>, cliqueu al botó <guibutton>Notes de versió</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -97,32 +87,27 @@ msgstr "ca" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Selecció dels suports (configura suports d'instal·lació suplementaris)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta pantalla us mostra la llista dels dipòsits ja reconeguts. Podeu " -"afegir altres fonts de paquets, com ara un disc òptic i bé una font remota. " -"La selecció de la font determina quins paquets estaran disponibles per a ser " -"seleccionats en els següents passos." +msgstr "Aquesta pantalla us mostra la llista dels dipòsits ja reconeguts. Podeu afegir altres fonts de paquets, com ara un disc òptic i bé una font remota. La selecció de la font determina quins paquets estaran disponibles per a ser seleccionats en els següents passos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -142,40 +127,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Selecció d'una rèplica o especificació d'una URL (la primera entrada). En " -"seleccionar una rèplica teniu accés a la selecció de tots els dipòsits " -"gestionats per Mageia, com ara Nonfree, Tainted i Updates. Amb la URL podeu " -"designar un dipòsit específic o la vostra pròpia instal·lació NFS." +msgstr "Selecció d'una rèplica o especificació d'una URL (la primera entrada). En seleccionar una rèplica teniu accés a la selecció de tots els dipòsits gestionats per Mageia, com ara Nonfree, Tainted i Updates. Amb la URL podeu designar un dipòsit específic o la vostra pròpia instal·lació NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gestió d'usuaris i superusuari" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -187,31 +170,20 @@ msgstr "Estableix la contrasenya d'administrador (root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"Per a qualsevol instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application> és " -"aconsellable que establiu una contrasenya de superusuari o administrador, " -"normalment anomenada <emphasis>contrasenya de root</emphasis> en Linux. A " -"mida que aneu introduint la contrasenya a la casella el color de l'escut " -"canviarà de vermell a groc i a verd en funció de la fortalesa de la " -"contrasenya. Un escut verd indica que la contrasenya és forta. Heu de " -"repetir la mateixa contrasenya a la casella de sota, per a comprovar per " -"comparació que no heu teclejat malament la primera contrasenya." +msgstr "Per a qualsevol instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application> és aconsellable que establiu una contrasenya de superusuari o administrador, normalment anomenada <emphasis>contrasenya de root</emphasis> en Linux. A mida que aneu introduint la contrasenya a la casella el color de l'escut canviarà de vermell a groc i a verd en funció de la fortalesa de la contrasenya. Un escut verd indica que la contrasenya és forta. Heu de repetir la mateixa contrasenya a la casella de sota, per a comprovar per comparació que no heu teclejat malament la primera contrasenya." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"Totes les contrasenyes distingeixen entre majúscules i minúscules. És " -"recomanable fer servir una barreja de lletres (majúscules i minúscules), " -"nombres i altres caràcters." +msgstr "Totes les contrasenyes distingeixen entre majúscules i minúscules. És recomanable fer servir una barreja de lletres (majúscules i minúscules), nombres i altres caràcters." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -224,19 +196,14 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"Afegiu aquí un usuari. Un usuari té menys permisos que el superusuari " -"(root), però prou per a navegar per Internet, fer servir aplicacions " -"ofimàtiques o jugar, i fer qualsevol altra cosa que un usuari mitjà fa amb " -"el seu ordinador." +msgstr "Afegiu aquí un usuari. Un usuari té menys permisos que el superusuari (root), però prou per a navegar per Internet, fer servir aplicacions ofimàtiques o jugar, i fer qualsevol altra cosa que un usuari mitjà fa amb el seu ordinador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Icona</guibutton>: si hi cliqueu canviarà la icona d'usuari." +msgstr "<guibutton>Icona</guibutton>: si hi cliqueu canviarà la icona d'usuari." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 @@ -249,13 +216,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nom real</guilabel>: poseu-hi el nom real de l'usuari." #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Nom de connexió</guilabel>: poseu-hi el nom de connexió de " -"l'usuari o deixeu que drakx en creï un a partir del nom real de l'usuari. " -"<emphasis>El nom de connexió distingeix entre majúscules i minúscules</" -"emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Nom de connexió</guilabel>: poseu-hi el nom de connexió de l'usuari o deixeu que drakx en creï un a partir del nom real de l'usuari. <emphasis>El nom de connexió distingeix entre majúscules i minúscules</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -263,30 +226,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Contrasenya</guilabel>: poseu-hi la contrasenya de l'usuari. Al " -"final de la casella un escut indica la fortalesa de la contrasenya. (Vegeu " -"també <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Contrasenya</guilabel>: poseu-hi la contrasenya de l'usuari. Al final de la casella un escut indica la fortalesa de la contrasenya. (Vegeu també <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Contrasenya (una altra vegada)</guilabel>: torneu a escriure-hi la " -"contrasenya i drakx comprovarà que hi hagi la mateixa contrasenya en les " -"dues caselles." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Contrasenya (una altra vegada)</guilabel>: torneu a escriure-hi la contrasenya i drakx comprovarà que hi hagi la mateixa contrasenya en les dues caselles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Qualsevol usuari que creeu durant la instal·lació de Mageia tindrà un " -"directori d'usuari llegible per tothom (però protegit contra escriptura)." +msgstr "Qualsevol usuari que creeu durant la instal·lació de Mageia tindrà un directori d'usuari llegible per tothom (però protegit contra escriptura)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -294,20 +249,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"No obstant això, quan feu servir la nova instal·lació, tots els usuaris " -"afegits a <emphasis>MCC- Sistema - Gestiona els usuaris del sistema</" -"emphasis> tindran el directori d'usuari protegit contra lectura i escriptura." +msgstr "No obstant això, quan feu servir la nova instal·lació, tots els usuaris afegits a <emphasis>MCC- Sistema - Gestiona els usuaris del sistema</emphasis> tindran el directori d'usuari protegit contra lectura i escriptura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Si no voleu que el directori d'usuari sigui llegible per tothom, és " -"recomanable afegir ara un usuari temporal i afegir els usuaris reals un cop " -"s'hagi arrencat de nou." +msgstr "Si no voleu que el directori d'usuari sigui llegible per tothom, és recomanable afegir ara un usuari temporal i afegir els usuaris reals un cop s'hagi arrencat de nou." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -315,16 +264,12 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Si preferiu directoris d'usuari llegibles per tothom, podeu afegir tots els " -"usuaris suplementaris al pas <emphasis>Configuració - Resum</emphasis> " -"durant la instal·lació. Trieu <emphasis>Gestió d'usuaris</emphasis>." +msgstr "Si preferiu directoris d'usuari llegibles per tothom, podeu afegir tots els usuaris suplementaris al pas <emphasis>Configuració - Resum</emphasis> durant la instal·lació. Trieu <emphasis>Gestió d'usuaris</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "" -"El permisos d'accés també es poden modificar després de la instal·lació." +msgstr "El permisos d'accés també es poden modificar després de la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -337,10 +282,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"Si feu clic al botó <guibutton>avançat</guibutton> se us presentarà una " -"pantalla on podeu editar la configuració per a l'usuari que s'està afegint. " -"També podeu activar o desactivar el compte d'usuari visitant." +msgstr "Si feu clic al botó <guibutton>avançat</guibutton> se us presentarà una pantalla on podeu editar la configuració per a l'usuari que s'està afegint. També podeu activar o desactivar el compte d'usuari visitant." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -348,11 +290,7 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "" -"Tot allò que un usuari visitant, amb un compte predeterminat " -"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, desi al seu directori /home serà esborrat quan " -"tanqui la sessió. El visitant hauria de desar els fitxers importants en una " -"clau de memòria USB." +msgstr "Tot allò que un usuari visitant, amb un compte predeterminat <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, desi al seu directori /home serà esborrat quan tanqui la sessió. El visitant hauria de desar els fitxers importants en una clau de memòria USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -360,11 +298,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Activa el compte de visitant</guilabel>: aquí podeu activar o " -"desactivar un compte de visitant. Aquest tipus de compte permet a un " -"visitant iniciar sessió i fer servir el PC, però té un accés més restringit " -"que els usuaris normals." +msgstr "<guilabel>Activa el compte de visitant</guilabel>: aquí podeu activar o desactivar un compte de visitant. Aquest tipus de compte permet a un visitant iniciar sessió i fer servir el PC, però té un accés més restringit que els usuaris normals." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -372,10 +306,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Intèrpret d'ordres</guilabel>: aquesta llista desplegable us " -"permet canviar el tipus de d'intèrpret d'ordres per a l'usuari que acabeu " -"d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. Les opcions són Bash, Dash i Sh." +msgstr "<guilabel>Intèrpret d'ordres</guilabel>: aquesta llista desplegable us permet canviar el tipus de d'intèrpret d'ordres per a l'usuari que acabeu d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. Les opcions són Bash, Dash i Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -383,48 +314,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>ID d'usuari</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'ID d'usuari per a " -"l'usuari que acabeu d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. És un nombre. Deixeu-lo " -"en blanc excepte si sabeu què esteu fent." +msgstr "<guilabel>ID d'usuari</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'ID d'usuari per a l'usuari que acabeu d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. És un nombre. Deixeu-lo en blanc excepte si sabeu què esteu fent." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>ID de grup</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'ID de grup. També és " -"un nombre, habitualment el mateix que per a l'usuari. Deixeu-lo en blanc " -"excepte si sabeu què esteu fent." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>ID de grup</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'ID de grup. També és un nombre, habitualment el mateix que per a l'usuari. Deixeu-lo en blanc excepte si sabeu què esteu fent." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Trieu els punts de muntatge" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -432,63 +357,46 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu veure les particions Linux que s'han trobat a l'ordinador. Si no " -"esteu d'acord amb els suggeriments de <application>DrakX</application>, " -"podeu canviar els punts de muntatge." +msgstr "Aquí podeu veure les particions Linux que s'han trobat a l'ordinador. Si no esteu d'acord amb els suggeriments de <application>DrakX</application>, podeu canviar els punts de muntatge." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"Si canvieu alguna cosa, assegureu-vos que encara teniu una partició " -"<literal>/</literal> (root)." +msgstr "Si canvieu alguna cosa, assegureu-vos que encara teniu una partició <literal>/</literal> (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Cada partició es mostra així: «Dipositiu» («Capacitat», «Punt de muntatge», " -"«Tipus»)." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Cada partició es mostra així: «Dipositiu» («Capacitat», «Punt de muntatge», «Tipus»)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"«Dispositiu» es compon de: «unitat de disc dur», [«número d'unitat de disc " -"dur»(lletra)], «número de partició» (per exemple, «sda5»)." +msgstr "«Dispositiu» es compon de: «unitat de disc dur», [«número d'unitat de disc dur»(lletra)], «número de partició» (per exemple, «sda5»)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Si teniu diverses particions, podeu triar diversos punts de muntatge amb el " -"menú desplegable, com ara <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> i " -"<literal>/var</literal>. Podeu fins i tot crear els vostres propis punts de " -"muntatge, per exemple <literal>/video</literal> per a una partició on voleu " -"emmagatzemar les pel·lícules, o bé <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> per a " -"la partició <literal>/home</literal> de la instal·lació cauldron." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Si teniu diverses particions, podeu triar diversos punts de muntatge amb el menú desplegable, com ara <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> i <literal>/var</literal>. Podeu fins i tot crear els vostres propis punts de muntatge, per exemple <literal>/video</literal> per a una partició on voleu emmagatzemar les pel·lícules, o bé <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> per a la partició <literal>/home</literal> de la instal·lació cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"Per a les particions a les quals no heu d'accedir, podeu deixar el camp del " -"punt de muntatge en blanc." +msgstr "Per a les particions a les quals no heu d'accedir, podeu deixar el camp del punt de muntatge en blanc." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -496,22 +404,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Trieu <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segurs de què triar, i " -"llavors marqueu <guilabel>Partició personalitzada de disc</guilabel>. A la " -"següent pantalla podeu clicar a una partició per a veure'n el tipus i la " -"mida. " +msgstr "Trieu <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segurs de què triar, i llavors marqueu <guilabel>Partició personalitzada de disc</guilabel>. A la següent pantalla podeu clicar a una partició per a veure'n el tipus i la mida. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Si esteu segurs que els punts de muntatge són correctes, feu clic a " -"<guibutton>Següent</guibutton>, i trieu si voleu formatar les particions " -"suggerides per DrakX, o bé més." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Si esteu segurs que els punts de muntatge són correctes, feu clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton>, i trieu si voleu formatar les particions suggerides per DrakX, o bé més." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -521,11 +422,9 @@ msgstr "Selecció d'escriptori" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"En funció de la selecció que feu aquí, se us poden oferir altres pantalles " -"per a afinar la tria." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "En funció de la selecció que feu aquí, se us poden oferir altres pantalles per a afinar la tria." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -533,19 +432,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Després dels passos de selecció veureu una sessió de diapositives durant la " -"instal·lació dels paquets. Podeu desactivar la sessió de diapositives " -"clicant el botó <guilabel>Detalls</guilabel>." +msgstr "Després dels passos de selecció veureu una sessió de diapositives durant la instal·lació dels paquets. Podeu desactivar la sessió de diapositives clicant el botó <guilabel>Detalls</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -557,30 +451,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Trieu si preferiu fer servir l'entorn d'escriptori <application>KDE</" -"application> o bé <application>Gnome</application>. Ambdós porten un conjunt " -"complet d'aplicacions i eines ben útils. Marqueu <guilabel>Personalitzat</" -"guilabel> si no en voleu fer servir cap dels dos, o bé si voleu una selecció " -"de programari diferent de la tria predeterminada d'aquests entorns " -"d'escriptori. L'escriptori <application>LXDE</application> és més lleuger " -"que els anteriors, amb una estètica menys carregada i menys paquets com a " -"instal·lació predeterminada." +msgstr "Trieu si preferiu fer servir l'entorn d'escriptori <application>KDE</application> o bé <application>Gnome</application>. Ambdós porten un conjunt complet d'aplicacions i eines ben útils. Marqueu <guilabel>Personalitzat</guilabel> si no en voleu fer servir cap dels dos, o bé si voleu una selecció de programari diferent de la tria predeterminada d'aquests entorns d'escriptori. L'escriptori <application>LXDE</application> és més lleuger que els anteriors, amb una estètica menys carregada i menys paquets com a instal·lació predeterminada." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Selecció de grup de paquets" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -589,10 +474,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Els paquets estan agrupats per a facilitar-ne la tria. El seu contingut és " -"força obvi, però per a veure'n més informació només cal que hi passeu el " -"ratolí per sobre." +msgstr "Els paquets estan agrupats per a facilitar-ne la tria. El seu contingut és força obvi, però per a veure'n més informació només cal que hi passeu el ratolí per sobre." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -614,91 +496,74 @@ msgstr "Entorn gràfic." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Selecció individual de paquets: podeu fer servir aquesta opció per a afegir " -"o eliminar paquets individualment." +msgstr "Selecció individual de paquets: podeu fer servir aquesta opció per a afegir o eliminar paquets individualment." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Llegiu <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> per a les instruccions de " -"com fer una instal·lació mínima." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Llegiu <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> per a les instruccions de com fer una instal·lació mínima." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Trieu paquets individuals" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu afegir o eliminar qualsevol paquet extra per a personalitzar la " -"instal·lació." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Aquí podeu afegir o eliminar qualsevol paquet extra per a personalitzar la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Després de la tria podeu fer clic a la <guibutton>icona del disquet</" -"guibutton> al capdavall de la pàgina per a desar la selecció de paquets " -"(també es pot desar en una clau USB). Més endavant podreu fer servir aquest " -"fitxer per a instal·lar els mateixos paquets en un altre sistema si premeu " -"el mateix botó durant la instal·lació i trieu l'opció de carregar-lo." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "Després de la tria podeu fer clic a la <guibutton>icona del disquet</guibutton> al capdavall de la pàgina per a desar la selecció de paquets (també es pot desar en una clau USB). Més endavant podreu fer servir aquest fitxer per a instal·lar els mateixos paquets en un altre sistema si premeu el mateix botó durant la instal·lació i trieu l'opció de carregar-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configura els serveis" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu establir quins serveis cal (o no) iniciar quan s'engega " -"l'ordinador." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Aquí podeu establir quins serveis cal (o no) iniciar quan s'engega l'ordinador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Hi ha quatre grups, cliqueu sobre el triangle que hi ha abans de cada grup " -"per a expandir-lo i mostrar tots els serveis que conté." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Hi ha quatre grups, cliqueu sobre el triangle que hi ha abans de cada grup per a expandir-lo i mostrar tots els serveis que conté." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -710,8 +575,7 @@ msgstr "Generalment, la tria feta per DrakX és la bona." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "" -"Si realceu un servei, se us en mostrarà informació a la casella inferior." +msgstr "Si realceu un servei, se us en mostrarà informació a la casella inferior." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 @@ -723,45 +587,36 @@ msgstr "Canvieu coses només si teniu molt clar què esteu fent." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configura la zona horària" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Trieu el fus horari escollint un país o bé una ciutat propera en el mateix " -"fus horari." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Trieu el fus horari escollint un país o bé una ciutat propera en el mateix fus horari." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"A la següent pantalla podreu triar si establiu el rellotge de maquinari a " -"l'hora local o bé a GMT, també coneguda com a UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "A la següent pantalla podreu triar si establiu el rellotge de maquinari a l'hora local o bé a GMT, també coneguda com a UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"Si teniu més d'un sistema operatiu a l'ordinador, assegureu-vos que tots " -"estan configurats a l'hora local, o bé tots a l'hora UTC/GMT." +msgstr "Si teniu més d'un sistema operatiu a l'ordinador, assegureu-vos que tots estan configurats a l'hora local, o bé tots a l'hora UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -771,31 +626,24 @@ msgstr "Tria un servidor X (configura la targeta gràfica)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"DrakX té una base de dades de targetes de vídeo força completa i normalment " -"identifica correctament el dispositiu de vídeo." +msgstr "DrakX té una base de dades de targetes de vídeo força completa i normalment identifica correctament el dispositiu de vídeo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament la targeta gràfica i sabeu " -"quina és, seleccioneu-la a l'arbre:" +msgstr "Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament la targeta gràfica i sabeu quina és, seleccioneu-la a l'arbre:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -818,10 +666,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Si no trobeu la vostra targeta a la llista de proveïdors (perquè encara no " -"és a la base de dades o bé perquè és antiga) potser encara podeu trobar un " -"controlador adequat a la categoria Xorg" +msgstr "Si no trobeu la vostra targeta a la llista de proveïdors (perquè encara no és a la base de dades o bé perquè és antiga) potser encara podeu trobar un controlador adequat a la categoria Xorg" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -829,19 +674,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"El llistat d'Xorg proporciona més de 40 controladors genèrics i lliures. Si " -"tot i així encara no trobeu el controlador adequat, hi ha l'opció de fer " -"servir el controlador vesa, que proporciona funcionalitats bàsiques." +msgstr "El llistat d'Xorg proporciona més de 40 controladors genèrics i lliures. Si tot i així encara no trobeu el controlador adequat, hi ha l'opció de fer servir el controlador vesa, que proporciona funcionalitats bàsiques." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Tingueu en compte que si seleccioneu un controlador incompatible potser " -"només teniu accés a la interfície de línia d'ordres." +msgstr "Tingueu en compte que si seleccioneu un controlador incompatible potser només teniu accés a la interfície de línia d'ordres." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -849,36 +689,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Alguns fabricants de targetes de vídeo proporcionen controladors de " -"propietat per a Linux, que només estan disponibles al dipòsit Nonfree o bé, " -"en alguns casos, als llocs web dels fabricants." +msgstr "Alguns fabricants de targetes de vídeo proporcionen controladors de propietat per a Linux, que només estan disponibles al dipòsit Nonfree o bé, en alguns casos, als llocs web dels fabricants." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Cal activar explícitament els dipòsits Nonfree per a poder-hi accedir. Si " -"encara no ho heu fet, ho podreu fer després de la primera reinicialització." +msgstr "Cal activar explícitament els dipòsits Nonfree per a poder-hi accedir. Si encara no ho heu fet, ho podreu fer després de la primera reinicialització." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Configuració de targeta gràfica i monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -887,30 +721,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Sigui quin sigui l'entorn gràfic (també anomenat entorn d'escriptori) triat " -"per a aquesta instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application>, està basat " -"en el sistema d'interfície gràfica d'usuari anomenat <acronym>Sistema X " -"Window</acronym>, o simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Per tant, perquè " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o " -"qualsevol altre entorn funcioni bé, cal configurar correctament els següents " -"paràmetres d'<acronym>X</acronym>. Si veieu que <application>DrakX</" -"application> no ha pogut triar la configuració, o bé si penseu que no ho ha " -"fet bé, corregiu-los." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Sigui quin sigui l'entorn gràfic (també anomenat entorn d'escriptori) triat per a aquesta instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application>, està basat en el sistema d'interfície gràfica d'usuari anomenat <acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Per tant, perquè <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o qualsevol altre entorn funcioni bé, cal configurar correctament els següents paràmetres d'<acronym>X</acronym>. Si veieu que <application>DrakX</application> no ha pogut triar la configuració, o bé si penseu que no ho ha fet bé, corregiu-los." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Targeta gràfica</guibutton></emphasis>: si cal, trieu " -"la vostra targeta de la llista." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Targeta gràfica</guibutton></emphasis>: si cal, trieu la vostra targeta de la llista." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -920,12 +743,7 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: podeu triar " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quan sigui possible, o bé trieu un monitor " -"de la llista de <guilabel>Proveïdor</guilabel> o de <guilabel>Genèric</" -"guilabel>. Trieu <guilabel>Personalitzat</guilabel> si preferiu establir " -"manualment les freqüències de refresc horitzontal i vertical del monitor." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: podeu triar <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quan sigui possible, o bé trieu un monitor de la llista de <guilabel>Proveïdor</guilabel> o de <guilabel>Genèric</guilabel>. Trieu <guilabel>Personalitzat</guilabel> si preferiu establir manualment les freqüències de refresc horitzontal i vertical del monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -937,9 +755,7 @@ msgstr "Freqüències de refresc incorrectes poden fer malbé el monitor" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolució</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí establiu la " -"resolució i profunditat de color del monitor." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolució</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí establiu la resolució i profunditat de color del monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -947,28 +763,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Prova</guibutton></emphasis>: el botó de prova no " -"sempre apareix durant la instal·lació. Si hi surt i el pressioneu, podeu " -"controlar els paràmetres. Si veieu una pregunta sobre si els paràmetres són " -"correctes i premeu «sí», els paràmetres es desaran. Si no veieu cap " -"pregunta, tornareu a la pantalla de configuració i ho podreu reconfigurar " -"tot fins que la prova sigui correcta. <emphasis>Si el botó no està " -"disponible, assegureu-vos que la configuració és conservadora</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Prova</guibutton></emphasis>: el botó de prova no sempre apareix durant la instal·lació. Si hi surt i el pressioneu, podeu controlar els paràmetres. Si veieu una pregunta sobre si els paràmetres són correctes i premeu «sí», els paràmetres es desaran. Si no veieu cap pregunta, tornareu a la pantalla de configuració i ho podreu reconfigurar tot fins que la prova sigui correcta. <emphasis>Si el botó no està disponible, assegureu-vos que la configuració és conservadora</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Opcions</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí podeu triar " -"activar o desactivar diverses opcions." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opcions</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí podeu triar activar o desactivar diverses opcions." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -980,9 +787,7 @@ msgstr "Tria del monitor" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX té una base de dades de monitors força completa i normalment " -"identificarà correctament el vostre." +msgstr "DrakX té una base de dades de monitors força completa i normalment identificarà correctament el vostre." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -991,22 +796,15 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>La selecció d'un monitor amb característiques diferents podria fer " -"malbé el monitor o el maquinari de vídeo. No intenteu res si no teniu clar " -"què esteu fent.</emphasis> En cas de dubte és recomanable consultar la " -"documentació del monitor" +msgstr "<emphasis>La selecció d'un monitor amb característiques diferents podria fer malbé el monitor o el maquinari de vídeo. No intenteu res si no teniu clar què esteu fent.</emphasis> En cas de dubte és recomanable consultar la documentació del monitor" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1017,15 +815,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalitzat</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta opció us permet especificar dos paràmetres crítics, la freqüència de " -"refresc vertical i la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal. La freqüència " -"de refresc vertical determina a quina freqüència es refresca la pantalla i " -"la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal determina a quina freqüència es " -"mostren les línies." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Aquesta opció us permet especificar dos paràmetres crítics, la freqüència de refresc vertical i la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal. La freqüència de refresc vertical determina a quina freqüència es refresca la pantalla i la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal determina a quina freqüència es mostren les línies." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1034,11 +827,7 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"És <emphasis>MOLT IMPORTANT</emphasis> que no especifiqueu un tipus de " -"monitor amb un rang de sincronismes que superi les capacitats del vostre " -"monitor: podríeu fer-lo malbé. En cas de dubte, trieu una configuració " -"conservadora i consulteu la documentació del monitor." +msgstr "És <emphasis>MOLT IMPORTANT</emphasis> que no especifiqueu un tipus de monitor amb un rang de sincronismes que superi les capacitats del vostre monitor: podríeu fer-lo malbé. En cas de dubte, trieu una configuració conservadora i consulteu la documentació del monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -1050,9 +839,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Integració automàtica</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta és l'opció predeterminada i tracta d'establir el tipus de monitor a " -"partir de la base de dades." +msgstr "Aquesta és l'opció predeterminada i tracta d'establir el tipus de monitor a partir de la base de dades." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1064,9 +851,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Proveïdor</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament el monitor i sabeu quin és, el " -"podeu seleccionar de l'arbre:" +msgstr "Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament el monitor i sabeu quin és, el podeu seleccionar de l'arbre:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1087,16 +872,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Genèric</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"Seleccionant aquest grup se us presentaran gairebé 30 configuracions de " -"pantalles, per exemple 1024x768 @ 60Hz i inclou pantalles planes com les " -"dels portàtils. Sovint aquest és un bon grup de selecció de monitors en cas " -"que feu servir Vesa perquè el maquinari de vídeo no ha estat determinat " -"automàticament. De nou, sigueu prudents en les vostres seleccions." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "Seleccionant aquest grup se us presentaran gairebé 30 configuracions de pantalles, per exemple 1024x768 @ 60Hz i inclou pantalles planes com les dels portàtils. Sovint aquest és un bon grup de selecció de monitors en cas que feu servir Vesa perquè el maquinari de vídeo no ha estat determinat automàticament. De nou, sigueu prudents en les vostres seleccions." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1106,64 +886,47 @@ msgstr "Particionament personalitzat del disc amb DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "" -"Si voleu fer servir xifratge a la partició <literal>/</literal> assegureu-" -"vos que teniu una partició <literal>/boot</literal> separada. Cal que " -"l'opció de xifratge estigui deshabilitada per a la partició <literal>/boot</" -"literal>. Si no, el sistema no arrencarà." +msgstr "Si voleu fer servir xifratge a la partició <literal>/</literal> assegureu-vos que teniu una partició <literal>/boot</literal> separada. Cal que l'opció de xifratge estigui deshabilitada per a la partició <literal>/boot</literal>. Si no, el sistema no arrencarà." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Ajusteu aquí l'estructura dels discs. Podeu eliminar o bé crear particions, " -"canviar el sistema de fitxers d'una partició, o bé canviar-ne la mida o, " -"fins i tot, veure'n el contingut abans de començar." +msgstr "Ajusteu aquí l'estructura dels discs. Podeu eliminar o bé crear particions, canviar el sistema de fitxers d'una partició, o bé canviar-ne la mida o, fins i tot, veure'n el contingut abans de començar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "" -"Hi ha una pestanya per a cada disc dur o altre dispositiu d'emmagatzematge " -"detectats, com ara una clau de memòria USB. Per exemple, sda, sdb i sdc si " -"n'hi ha tres." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "Hi ha una pestanya per a cada disc dur o altre dispositiu d'emmagatzematge detectats, com ara una clau de memòria USB. Per exemple, sda, sdb i sdc si n'hi ha tres." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" -msgstr "" -"Premeu <guibutton>Neteja-ho tot</guibutton> per a eliminar totes les " -"particions del dispositiu d'emmagatzematge seleccionat." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "Premeu <guibutton>Neteja-ho tot</guibutton> per a eliminar totes les particions del dispositiu d'emmagatzematge seleccionat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"Per a totes les altres accions: cliqueu primer a la partició desitjada. " -"Llavors inspeccioneu-la, o bé trieu-ne un sistema de fitxers i un punt de " -"muntatge, redimensioneu-la, o bé elimineu-la." +msgstr "Per a totes les altres accions: cliqueu primer a la partició desitjada. Llavors inspeccioneu-la, o bé trieu-ne un sistema de fitxers i un punt de muntatge, redimensioneu-la, o bé elimineu-la." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -1186,28 +949,21 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"En aquesta pantalla podeu veure en contingut del(s) disc(s) dur(s) i les " -"propostes de l'auxiliar de particionament de DrakX sobre on instal·lar " -"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "En aquesta pantalla podeu veure en contingut del(s) disc(s) dur(s) i les propostes de l'auxiliar de particionament de DrakX sobre on instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"Les opcions disponibles a la llista de sota poden variar en funció de la " -"disposició i contingut del(s) vostre(s) disc(s) dur(s) en particular." +msgstr "Les opcions disponibles a la llista de sota poden variar en funció de la disposició i contingut del(s) vostre(s) disc(s) dur(s) en particular." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1219,9 +975,7 @@ msgstr "Utilitza les particions existents" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Si aquesta opció està disponible, vol dir que s'han trobat particions " -"compatibles amb Linux i es podrien fer servir per a la instal·lació." +msgstr "Si aquesta opció està disponible, vol dir que s'han trobat particions compatibles amb Linux i es podrien fer servir per a la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1231,11 +985,9 @@ msgstr "Utilitza l'espai lliure" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Si teniu espai lliure al disc dur, aquesta opció l'aprofitarà per a la " -"instal·lació de Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Si teniu espai lliure al disc dur, aquesta opció l'aprofitarà per a la instal·lació de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1245,11 +997,9 @@ msgstr "Utilitza l'espai lliure en una partició Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"Si teniu espai lliure en una partició Windows existent, pot ser que " -"l'instal·lador us proposi utilitzar-la." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Si teniu espai lliure en una partició Windows existent, pot ser que l'instal·lador us proposi utilitzar-la." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1257,10 +1007,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"Aquesta és una bona manera de fer lloc per a la nova instal·lació de Mageia, " -"però és una operació arriscada i per tant hauríeu d'estar segurs d'haver fet " -"una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers importants." +msgstr "Aquesta és una bona manera de fer lloc per a la nova instal·lació de Mageia, però és una operació arriscada i per tant hauríeu d'estar segurs d'haver fet una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers importants." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1271,14 +1018,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Tingueu en ment que això implica encongir la partició de Windows. La " -"partició ha d'estar «neta», és a dir, Windows s'ha d'haver tancat " -"correctament la darrera vegada que es va fer servir. També cal que hagi " -"estat desfragmentada, tot i que això no és garantia que els fitxers de la " -"partició hagin estat desplaçats fora de la regió que s'està a punt de fer " -"servir. És altament recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers " -"personals." +msgstr "Tingueu en ment que això implica encongir la partició de Windows. La partició ha d'estar «neta», és a dir, Windows s'ha d'haver tancat correctament la darrera vegada que es va fer servir. També cal que hagi estat desfragmentada, tot i que això no és garantia que els fitxers de la partició hagin estat desplaçats fora de la regió que s'està a punt de fer servir. És altament recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers personals." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1293,8 +1033,7 @@ msgstr "Aquesta opció utilitzarà tota la unitat per a Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"Nota! Això esborrarà TOTES les dades del disc dur seleccionat. Vigileu!" +msgstr "Nota! Això esborrarà TOTES les dades del disc dur seleccionat. Vigileu!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1302,9 +1041,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Si teniu pensat fer servir part del disc per a alguna altra cosa, o bé ja " -"teniu dades al disc que no voleu perdre, llavors no feu servir aquesta opció." +msgstr "Si teniu pensat fer servir part del disc per a alguna altra cosa, o bé ja teniu dades al disc que no voleu perdre, llavors no feu servir aquesta opció." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1314,11 +1051,9 @@ msgstr "Personalitzat" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta opció us dóna control total sobre la localització de la instal·lació " -"al(s) disc(s) dur(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Aquesta opció us dóna control total sobre la localització de la instal·lació al(s) disc(s) dur(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1327,18 +1062,10 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "" -"Alguns discs nous fan servir ara sectors lògics de 4096 bytes, en lloc dels " -"sectors lògics de 512 bytes, estàndards fins ara. Degut a la manca de " -"maquinari disponible, l'eina de particionament utilitzada per l'instal·lador " -"no s'ha pogut provar amb un dispositiu d'aquestes característiques. A més, " -"alguns discs SSD fan servir actualment un bloc d'esborrament de més d'1MB. " -"Si teniu algun d'aquests dispositius, us recomanem de fer un " -"preparticionament del disc, utilitzant alguna eina de partionament " -"alternativa, com ara gparted, i feu servir la configuració següent:" +msgstr "Alguns discs nous fan servir ara sectors lògics de 4096 bytes, en lloc dels sectors lògics de 512 bytes, estàndards fins ara. Degut a la manca de maquinari disponible, l'eina de particionament utilitzada per l'instal·lador no s'ha pogut provar amb un dispositiu d'aquestes característiques. A més, alguns discs SSD fan servir actualment un bloc d'esborrament de més d'1MB. Si teniu algun d'aquests dispositius, us recomanem de fer un preparticionament del disc, utilitzant alguna eina de partionament alternativa, com ara gparted, i feu servir la configuració següent:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1354,9 +1081,7 @@ msgstr "\"Espai lliure que precedeix a (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "" -"Assegureu-vos també que totes les particions s'han creat amb un nombre " -"parell de megabytes." +msgstr "Assegureu-vos també que totes les particions s'han creat amb un nombre parell de megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1373,7 +1098,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "" @@ -1385,11 +1111,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 @@ -1399,13 +1122,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"No tothom veurà totes les pantalles d'instal·lació que apareixen en aquest " -"manual. Les imatges que veureu dependran del vostre maquinari i de les " -"decisions que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació." +msgstr "No tothom veurà totes les pantalles d'instal·lació que apareixen en aquest manual. Les imatges que veureu dependran del vostre maquinari i de les decisions que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1416,82 +1136,64 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota " -"la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/" -"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link ns6:href=\"http://" -"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a " -"millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Documentation_team\">equip de documentació</link>." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">equip de documentació</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Enhorabona" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"Heu acabat d'instal·lar i configurar <application>Mageia</application> i ara " -"és segur treure el suport d'instal·lació i arrencar de nou l'ordinador." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "Heu acabat d'instal·lar i configurar <application>Mageia</application> i ara és segur treure el suport d'instal·lació i arrencar de nou l'ordinador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"Després de l'arrencada, a la pantalla del carregador d'arrencada podeu triar " -"entre els diversos sistemes operatius instal·lats (si n'hi ha més d'un)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "Després de l'arrencada, a la pantalla del carregador d'arrencada podeu triar entre els diversos sistemes operatius instal·lats (si n'hi ha més d'un)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Si no heu ajustat la configuració del carregador d'arrencada, se " -"seleccionarà automàticament la instal·lació Mageia i s'iniciarà." +msgstr "Si no heu ajustat la configuració del carregador d'arrencada, se seleccionarà automàticament la instal·lació Mageia i s'iniciarà." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1503,53 +1205,43 @@ msgstr "Gaudiu!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Visiteu www.mageia.org si teniu algun dubte o voleu col·laborar amb Mageia." +msgstr "Visiteu www.mageia.org si teniu algun dubte o voleu col·laborar amb Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatació" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu triar les particions que voleu formatar. Es conservaran totes les " -"dades de les particions que <emphasis>no</emphasis> estiguin marcades per a " -"formatar." +msgstr "Aquí podeu triar les particions que voleu formatar. Es conservaran totes les dades de les particions que <emphasis>no</emphasis> estiguin marcades per a formatar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "" -"Normalment cal formatar com a mínim les particions seleccionades per DrakX." +msgstr "Normalment cal formatar com a mínim les particions seleccionades per DrakX." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Feu clic a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> per a triar les particions on " -"voleu comprovar si hi ha <emphasis>blocs defectuosos</emphasis>." +msgstr "Feu clic a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> per a triar les particions on voleu comprovar si hi ha <emphasis>blocs defectuosos</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1558,21 +1250,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Si no esteu segurs d'haver triar l'opció correcta, podeu clicar a " -"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novament a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> " -"i llavors a <guibutton>Personalitzat</guibutton> per a tornar a la pantalla " -"principal. En aquella pantalla podreu visualitzar el contingut de les " -"particions." +msgstr "Si no esteu segurs d'haver triar l'opció correcta, podeu clicar a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novament a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> i llavors a <guibutton>Personalitzat</guibutton> per a tornar a la pantalla principal. En aquella pantalla podreu visualitzar el contingut de les particions." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" -"Quan estigueu segur de la selecció cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> " -"per a continuar." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "Quan estigueu segur de la selecció cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> per a continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1585,19 +1270,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"Tant si sou nou en GNU-Linux com si sou un usuari amb experiència, " -"l'instal·lador de Mageia està dissenyat per a ajudar-vos a fer la " -"instal·lació o actualització tan fàcil com sigui possible." +msgstr "Tant si sou nou en GNU-Linux com si sou un usuari amb experiència, l'instal·lador de Mageia està dissenyat per a ajudar-vos a fer la instal·lació o actualització tan fàcil com sigui possible." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"La pantalla del menú inicial té diverses opcions, però l'opció " -"predeterminada engegarà l'instal·lador, que normalment és tot el que cal." +msgstr "La pantalla del menú inicial té diverses opcions, però l'opció predeterminada engegarà l'instal·lador, que normalment és tot el que cal." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1606,11 +1286,8 @@ msgstr "Pantalla de benvinguda de la instal·lació" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:33 -#, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 @@ -1619,21 +1296,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 -#, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:46 @@ -1650,12 +1322,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 @@ -1666,18 +1334,15 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1686,12 +1351,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1700,15 +1361,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:94 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" msgstr "" -"Si la instal·lació falla, potser és necessari tornar-ho a provar utilitzant " -"alguna de les opcions addicionals disponibles prement el botó <guibutton>F1 " -"(Ajuda)</guibutton>. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1753,12 +1410,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1775,12 +1428,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1793,12 +1442,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1817,8 +1462,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1828,13 +1474,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1844,30 +1487,24 @@ msgstr "Els passos de la instal·lació" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"El procés d'instal·lació està dividit en un seguit de passos, que es poden " -"veure en el plafó lateral de la pantalla." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "El procés d'instal·lació està dividit en un seguit de passos, que es poden veure en el plafó lateral de la pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Cada pas té una o més pantalles, que a la vegada poden tenir " -"botons<guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> amb opcions suplementàries menys " -"habituals." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Cada pas té una o més pantalles, que a la vegada poden tenir botons<guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> amb opcions suplementàries menys habituals." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"La majoria de les pantalles tenen un botó <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que " -"dóna més explicacions sobre el pas actual." +msgstr "La majoria de les pantalles tenen un botó <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que dóna més explicacions sobre el pas actual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1877,18 +1514,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Si en algun moment de la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible tornar " -"a iniciar l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho dues vegades abans de fer-ho. Un " -"cop s'ha formatat una partició o les actualitzacions s'han començat a " -"instal·lar, l'ordinador ja no es troba en el mateix estat, i reiniciar-lo " -"podria ben bé deixar-lo inservible. Si tot i això esteu ben segur de voler-" -"lo reiniciar, aneu a un terminal de text prement alhora les tres tecles " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després premeu alhora <guibutton>Alt " -"Ctrl Delete </guibutton> per a reiniciar." +msgstr "Si en algun moment de la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible tornar a iniciar l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho dues vegades abans de fer-ho. Un cop s'ha formatat una partició o les actualitzacions s'han començat a instal·lar, l'ordinador ja no es troba en el mateix estat, i reiniciar-lo podria ben bé deixar-lo inservible. Si tot i això esteu ben segur de voler-lo reiniciar, aneu a un terminal de text prement alhora les tres tecles <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després premeu alhora <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete </guibutton> per a reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1900,34 +1529,25 @@ msgstr "Problemes en la instal·lació i possibles solucions" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Sense interfície gràfica" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Després de la pantalla inicial no arriba a la pàgina de selecció de la " -"llengua. Això pot passar amb algunes targetes gràfiques de sistemes antics. " -"Proveu a fer servir una resolució baixa, teclejant <code>vgalo</code> a la " -"consola." +msgstr "Després de la pantalla inicial no arriba a la pàgina de selecció de la llengua. Això pot passar amb algunes targetes gràfiques de sistemes antics. Proveu a fer servir una resolució baixa, teclejant <code>vgalo</code> a la consola." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" -"Si el maquinari és molt antic, potser la instal·lació gràfica no és " -"possible. En aquest cas val la pena provar una instal·lació en mode text. " -"Per a fer-ho, premeu ESC a la primera pantalla de benvinguda, i confirmeu-ho " -"amb la tecla de RETORN. Se us presentarà una pantalla negra amb la paraula " -"«boot:». Teclegeu «text» i premeu la tecla de RETORN. Llavors continueu la " -"instal·lació en mode text.<emphasis></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1942,12 +1562,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Si el sistema sembla que es congela durant la instal·lació, pot ser degut a " -"un problema en la detecció del maquinari. En aquest cas us podeu saltar la " -"detecció automàtica i deixar-la per més tard. Per a provar-ho, teclegeu " -"<code>noauto</code> a la consola. Si cal, aquesta opció es pot combinar amb " -"d'altres." +msgstr "Si el sistema sembla que es congela durant la instal·lació, pot ser degut a un problema en la detecció del maquinari. En aquest cas us podeu saltar la detecció automàtica i deixar-la per més tard. Per a provar-ho, teclegeu <code>noauto</code> a la consola. Si cal, aquesta opció es pot combinar amb d'altres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1959,14 +1574,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"Això rarament serà necessari, però en alguns casos pot ser que l'informe de " -"maquinari indiqui la RAM disponible de forma errònia. Per a especificar-la " -"manualment, podeu fer servir el paràmetre <code>mem=xxxM</code>, on xxx és " -"la quantitat correcta de RAM. Per exemple, <code>mem=256M</code> " -"significaria 256MB de RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "Això rarament serà necessari, però en alguns casos pot ser que l'informe de maquinari indiqui la RAM disponible de forma errònia. Per a especificar-la manualment, podeu fer servir el paràmetre <code>mem=xxxM</code>, on xxx és la quantitat correcta de RAM. Per exemple, <code>mem=256M</code> significaria 256MB de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -1979,8 +1589,9 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1988,29 +1599,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Actualitzacions" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Des del llançament d'aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</application> " -"s'han actualitzat o millorat alguns paquets." +msgstr "Des del llançament d'aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</application> s'han actualitzat o millorat alguns paquets." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -2018,10 +1629,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Trieu <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si voleu descarregar-los i instal·lar-los, " -"trieu <guilabel>No</guilabel> si no ho voleu fer ara o si no teniu connexió " -"a Internet" +msgstr "Trieu <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si voleu descarregar-los i instal·lar-los, trieu <guilabel>No</guilabel> si no ho voleu fer ara o si no teniu connexió a Internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -2033,72 +1641,55 @@ msgstr "Llavors premeu <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> per a continuar." msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Selecció del suport (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Aquí teniu una llista de tots els dipòsits disponibles. No tots els dipòsits " -"estan disponibles, depenent del suport que feu servir per a la instal·lació. " -"La selecció dels dipòsits determina quins paquets es proposaran per a " -"seleccionar durant els següents passos." +msgstr "Aquí teniu una llista de tots els dipòsits disponibles. No tots els dipòsits estan disponibles, depenent del suport que feu servir per a la instal·lació. La selecció dels dipòsits determina quins paquets es proposaran per a seleccionar durant els següents passos." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"El dipòsit <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no pot ser deshabilitat perquè conté la " -"base de la instal·lació." +msgstr "El dipòsit <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no pot ser deshabilitat perquè conté la base de la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"El dipòsit <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclou paquets gratuïts, i per tant " -"Mageia els pot distribuir, però contenen programari no lliure (d'aquí el nom " -"- Nonfree). Per exemple, aquest dipòsit inclou pilots de propietat per a " -"targetes gràfiques nVidia i ATI, microprogramari per a diverses targetes " -"WiFi, etc." +msgstr "El dipòsit <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclou paquets gratuïts, i per tant Mageia els pot distribuir, però contenen programari no lliure (d'aquí el nom - Nonfree). Per exemple, aquest dipòsit inclou pilots de propietat per a targetes gràfiques nVidia i ATI, microprogramari per a diverses targetes WiFi, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"El dipòsit <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclou paquets publicats sota una " -"llicència lliure. El principal criteri per a posar-los en aquest dipòsit és " -"que poden infringir patents o bé lleis de drets de còpia en alguns països. " -"Per exemple, els còdecs necessaris per a reproduir diversos fitxers àudio/" -"vídeo; paquets per a poder reproduir DVD de vídeo comercials, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "El dipòsit <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclou paquets publicats sota una llicència lliure. El principal criteri per a posar-los en aquest dipòsit és que poden infringir patents o bé lleis de drets de còpia en alguns països. Per exemple, els còdecs necessaris per a reproduir diversos fitxers àudio/vídeo; paquets per a poder reproduir DVD de vídeo comercials, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -2109,12 +1700,9 @@ msgstr "Instal·lació mínima" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Podeu triar una instal·lació mínima desseleccionant-ho tot a la pantalla de " -"selecció de grups de paquets. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "Podeu triar una instal·lació mínima desseleccionant-ho tot a la pantalla de selecció de grups de paquets. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -2123,21 +1711,14 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "" -"La instal·lació mínima és per a aquelles persones que tenen en ment uns usos " -"específics de <application>Mageia</application>, com ara un servidor o bé " -"una estació de treball especialitzada. Probablement es farà servir aquesta " -"opció combinada amb la Selecció Manual de Paquets, vegeu <xref linkend=" -"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "La instal·lació mínima és per a aquelles persones que tenen en ment uns usos específics de <application>Mageia</application>, com ara un servidor o bé una estació de treball especialitzada. Probablement es farà servir aquesta opció combinada amb la Selecció Manual de Paquets, vegeu <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Si seleccioneu aquesta classe d'instal·lació, la pantalla següent us " -"proposarà d'instal·lar alguns extres útils, com ara la documentació i les X." +msgstr "Si seleccioneu aquesta classe d'instal·lació, la pantalla següent us proposarà d'instal·lar alguns extres útils, com ara la documentació i les X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -2145,37 +1726,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Resum dels paràmetres diversos" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2184,11 +1762,7 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"DrakX ha fet unes tries adequades per a la configuració del sistema, en " -"funció de les tries que heu fet i del maquinari detectat. Podeu comprovar " -"aquí la configuració i canviar-la prement el botó <guibutton>Configura</" -"guibutton>." +msgstr "DrakX ha fet unes tries adequades per a la configuració del sistema, en funció de les tries que heu fet i del maquinari detectat. Podeu comprovar aquí la configuració i canviar-la prement el botó <guibutton>Configura</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -2204,11 +1778,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zona horària</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" -msgstr "" -"DrakX us ha triat una zona horària basant-se en la llengua de preferència. " -"Si cal la podeu canviar. Vegeu també <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "DrakX us ha triat una zona horària basant-se en la llengua de preferència. Si cal la podeu canviar. Vegeu també <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -2220,9 +1792,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>País / Regió</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Si no us trobeu al país seleccionat, és molt important que corregiu la " -"configuració. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "Si no us trobeu al país seleccionat, és molt important que corregiu la configuració. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -2232,8 +1802,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Carregador d'arrencada</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "" -"DraxK ha fet una bona tria per a la configuració del carregador d'arrencada." +msgstr "DraxK ha fet una bona tria per a la configuració del carregador d'arrencada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 @@ -2254,11 +1823,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gestió d'usuaris</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu afegir usuaris suplementaris. Cadascun tindrà el seu propi " -"directori <literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "Aquí podeu afegir usuaris suplementaris. Cadascun tindrà el seu propi directori <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -2270,19 +1837,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Serveis</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "" -"Els serveis de sistema es refereixen a petits programes que corren en segon " -"pla (dimonis). Aquesta eina us permet habilitar o deshabilitar determinades " -"tasques." +msgstr "Els serveis de sistema es refereixen a petits programes que corren en segon pla (dimonis). Aquesta eina us permet habilitar o deshabilitar determinades tasques." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "" -"Penseu-vos-ho bé abans de canviar res aquí - una errada podria fer que " -"l'ordinador no funcionés correctament." +msgstr "Penseu-vos-ho bé abans de canviar res aquí - una errada podria fer que l'ordinador no funcionés correctament." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -2304,9 +1866,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teclat</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"Aquí és on establiu o canvieu la disposició del teclat, que depèn de la " -"vostra localització, llengua o tipus de teclat." +msgstr "Aquí és on establiu o canvieu la disposició del teclat, que depèn de la vostra localització, llengua o tipus de teclat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2318,9 +1878,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ratolí</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu afegir i configurar altres dispositius apuntadors, tauletes, " -"ratolins de bola, etc." +msgstr "Aquí podeu afegir i configurar altres dispositius apuntadors, tauletes, ratolins de bola, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -2330,13 +1888,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Targeta de so</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "" -"L'instal·lador fa servir un controlador predeterminat, si n'hi ha un. " -"L'opció de seleccionar un controlador diferent només apareix quan hi ha més " -"d'un controlador per a la targeta, però cap d'ells és el predeterminat." +msgstr "L'instal·lador fa servir un controlador predeterminat, si n'hi ha un. L'opció de seleccionar un controlador diferent només apareix quan hi ha més d'un controlador per a la targeta, però cap d'ells és el predeterminat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2345,9 +1900,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfície gràfica</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta secció us permet configurar la targeta gràfica i les pantalles." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "Aquesta secció us permet configurar la targeta gràfica i les pantalles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 @@ -2357,11 +1912,10 @@ msgstr "Per a més informació vegeu <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2380,20 +1934,14 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "" -"Podeu configurar aquí la xarxa, però per a les targetes de xarxa amb " -"controladors no lliures, si encara no heu habilitat els dipòsits Nonfree, és " -"millor fer-ho després de reiniciar, a l'aplicació <application>Centre de " -"Control de Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Podeu configurar aquí la xarxa, però per a les targetes de xarxa amb controladors no lliures, si encara no heu habilitat els dipòsits Nonfree, és millor fer-ho després de reiniciar, a l'aplicació <application>Centre de Control de Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"Quan afegiu una targeta de xarxa, no us oblideu de configurar el tallafoc " -"perquè vigili també aquella interfície." +msgstr "Quan afegiu una targeta de xarxa, no us oblideu de configurar el tallafoc perquè vigili també aquella interfície." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2406,19 +1954,14 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "" -"Un servidor intermediari actua entre l'ordinador i internet. Aquesta secció " -"us permet configurar el vostre ordinador perquè utilitzi un servidor " -"intermediari." +msgstr "Un servidor intermediari actua entre l'ordinador i internet. Aquesta secció us permet configurar el vostre ordinador perquè utilitzi un servidor intermediari." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" -msgstr "" -"Potser heu de consultar l'administrador de sistemes per a obtenir els " -"paràmetres que cal posar aquí" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "Potser heu de consultar l'administrador de sistemes per a obtenir els paràmetres que cal posar aquí" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -2433,12 +1976,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nivell de seguretat</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu establir el nivell de seguretat de l'ordinador. La majoria de " -"vegades la configuració predeterminada (Estàndard) és adequada per a un ús " -"general." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "Aquí podeu establir el nivell de seguretat de l'ordinador. La majoria de vegades la configuració predeterminada (Estàndard) és adequada per a un ús general." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -2455,63 +1995,50 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tallafoc</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "" -"Un tallafoc actua de barrera entre les vostres dades importants i els " -"espavilats que ronden per internet amb intenció de comprometre-les o robar-" -"les." +msgstr "Un tallafoc actua de barrera entre les vostres dades importants i els espavilats que ronden per internet amb intenció de comprometre-les o robar-les." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu els serveis als quals voleu poder accedir. Les seleccions " -"dependran de l'ús que es vulgui donar a l'ordinador." +msgstr "Seleccioneu els serveis als quals voleu poder accedir. Les seleccions dependran de l'ús que es vulgui donar a l'ordinador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "" -"Tingueu present que permetre-ho tot (sense tallafoc) pot ser molt arriscat." +msgstr "Tingueu present que permetre-ho tot (sense tallafoc) pot ser molt arriscat." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "" -"Redimensiona la partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application>" +msgstr "Redimensiona la partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Teniu més d'una partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application>. Trieu quina cal reduir per a fer lloc per a instal·lar " +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " "<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Teniu més d'una partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Trieu quina cal reduir per a fer lloc per a instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Nivell de seguretat" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2529,16 +2056,12 @@ msgstr "Si no sabeu què triar, no toqueu les opcions predeterminades." msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Després de la instal·lació sempre és possible ajustar la configuració de " -"seguretat a la part de <guilabel>Seguretat</guilabel> del Centre de Control " -"de Mageia." +msgstr "Després de la instal·lació sempre és possible ajustar la configuració de seguretat a la part de <guilabel>Seguretat</guilabel> del Centre de Control de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 -#, fuzzy msgid "Select and use ISOs" -msgstr "Seleccioneu el ratolí" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 @@ -2560,15 +2083,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 -#, fuzzy msgid "Classical installation media" -msgstr "Els passos de la instal·lació" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 @@ -2576,12 +2098,14 @@ msgstr "Els passos de la instal·lació" msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." @@ -2590,28 +2114,32 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " @@ -2623,26 +2151,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" -"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " -"TO BE CHECKED!" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)" +" TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2652,27 +2184,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2682,18 +2218,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bits only." msgstr "" @@ -2703,7 +2242,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" @@ -2713,7 +2253,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" @@ -2728,21 +2269,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot-only CDs media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " -"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " -"local network or on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete " +"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, " +"on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " -"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " -"can't boot on a USB stick." +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that" +" can't boot on a USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> @@ -2750,7 +2293,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2760,7 +2304,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 msgid "" "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " @@ -2780,28 +2325,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used " -"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " -"chosen, you can also see something like" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the " +"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"http is chosen, you can also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " "failure. Then this window appears:" @@ -2809,11 +2351,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 @@ -2833,33 +2372,30 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 @@ -2883,8 +2419,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. More information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2914,15 +2451,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 -#, fuzzy msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Ús del carregador d'arrencada de Mageia" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> @@ -2930,77 +2466,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final -)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" -"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " -"or file manager that read it)" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application" +" or file manager that read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "" -"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/" -"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd " +"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb " +"bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" @@ -3029,22 +2571,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -#, fuzzy msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Instal·lació mínima" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information, is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3052,18 +2594,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Seleccioneu país / regió" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -3071,19 +2610,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu el país o la regió. Això és important per a tota mena de " -"configuracions, com ara la moneda o el domini de regulació de la wifi. Si " -"trieu un país equivocat potser no podeu fer anar la xarxa sense fils." +msgstr "Seleccioneu el país o la regió. Això és important per a tota mena de configuracions, com ara la moneda o el domini de regulació de la wifi. Si trieu un país equivocat potser no podeu fer anar la xarxa sense fils." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Si el vostre país no es troba a la llista, cliqueu a <guilabel>Altres " -"països</guilabel> i trieu-hi el país o regió." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "Si el vostre país no es troba a la llista, cliqueu a <guilabel>Altres països</guilabel> i trieu-hi el país o regió." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -3092,11 +2626,7 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Si el vostre país es troba únicament dins de la llista d'<guilabel>Altres " -"països</guilabel>, després de clicar <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton> podria " -"semblar que hi ha seleccionat un dels països de la primera llista. No en feu " -"cas, DrakX respectarà la tria." +msgstr "Si el vostre país es troba únicament dins de la llista d'<guilabel>Altres països</guilabel>, després de clicar <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton> podria semblar que hi ha seleccionat un dels països de la primera llista. No en feu cas, DrakX respectarà la tria." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -3107,23 +2637,14 @@ msgstr "Mètode d'entrada" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"A la pantalla d'<guilabel>Altres països</guilabel> també podeu seleccionar " -"un mètode d'entrada (al final de la llista). Els mètodes d'entrada permeten " -"que els usuaris introdueixin caràcters multilingües (xinès, japonès, coreà, " -"etc.). IBus és el mètode d'entrada predeterminat als DVDs de Mageia, i als " -"Live-CD d'Àfrica/Índia i Àsia/no-Índia. Per a les localitzacions d'Àsia i " -"Àfrica, s'establirà IBus com a mètode d'entrada predeterminat, perquè els " -"usuaris no l'hagin de configurar manualment. Altres mètodes d'entrada (SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc.) també proporcionen funcionalitats similars i es poden " -"instal·lar si heu afegit suports HTTP/FTP abans de la selecció de paquets." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "A la pantalla d'<guilabel>Altres països</guilabel> també podeu seleccionar un mètode d'entrada (al final de la llista). Els mètodes d'entrada permeten que els usuaris introdueixin caràcters multilingües (xinès, japonès, coreà, etc.). IBus és el mètode d'entrada predeterminat als DVDs de Mageia, i als Live-CD d'Àfrica/Índia i Àsia/no-Índia. Per a les localitzacions d'Àsia i Àfrica, s'establirà IBus com a mètode d'entrada predeterminat, perquè els usuaris no l'hagin de configurar manualment. Altres mètodes d'entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) també proporcionen funcionalitats similars i es poden instal·lar si heu afegit suports HTTP/FTP abans de la selecció de paquets." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -3131,11 +2652,7 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Si durant la instal·lació us heu oblidat de configurar el mètode d'entrada, " -"hi podeu accedir després de reiniciar el sistema, mitjançant «Configura " -"l'ordinador» -> «Sistema», o bé executant localdrake com a usuari " -"primari." +msgstr "Si durant la instal·lació us heu oblidat de configurar el mètode d'entrada, hi podeu accedir després de reiniciar el sistema, mitjançant «Configura l'ordinador» -> «Sistema», o bé executant localdrake com a usuari primari." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -3145,11 +2662,9 @@ msgstr "Instal·la o actualitza" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -3160,9 +2675,7 @@ msgstr "Instal·la" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu aquesta opció per a una nova instal·lació de <application>Mageia</" -"application>." +msgstr "Utilitzeu aquesta opció per a una nova instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -3175,9 +2688,7 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "" -"Si teniu una o més instal·lacions de <application>Mageia</application> en el " -"sistema, l'instal·lador us permetrà actualitzar-ne una a la darrera versió." +msgstr "Si teniu una o més instal·lacions de <application>Mageia</application> en el sistema, l'instal·lador us permetrà actualitzar-ne una a la darrera versió." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -3185,48 +2696,31 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "" -"Només s'ha provat completament l'actualització a partir d'una versió de " -"Mageia que <emphasis>encara fos compatible</emphasis> en el moment de " -"publicació d'aquesta versió. Si partiu d'una versió de Mageia que hagués " -"arribat a la fi de vida quan es va publicar aquesta, llavors és molt millor " -"fer una instal·lació neta, conservant la partició <literal>/home</literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "Només s'ha provat completament l'actualització a partir d'una versió de Mageia que <emphasis>encara fos compatible</emphasis> en el moment de publicació d'aquesta versió. Si partiu d'una versió de Mageia que hagués arribat a la fi de vida quan es va publicar aquesta, llavors és molt millor fer una instal·lació neta, conservant la partició <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Si durant la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible reiniciar " -"l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho bé abans de fer-ho. Un cop s'ha formatat una " -"partició o bé s'han començat a instal·lar les actualitzacions, l'ordinador " -"ja no es troba en el mateix estat de partida, i el fet de reiniciar-lo " -"podria fer que l'ordinador ja no es pogués fer servir. Si, tot i així, esteu " -"molt segurs del que voleu, aneu a una terminal de text prement alhora " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després, premeu <guibutton>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guibutton> alhora per a reiniciar." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "Si durant la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible reiniciar l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho bé abans de fer-ho. Un cop s'ha formatat una partició o bé s'han començat a instal·lar les actualitzacions, l'ordinador ja no es troba en el mateix estat de partida, i el fet de reiniciar-lo podria fer que l'ordinador ja no es pogués fer servir. Si, tot i així, esteu molt segurs del que voleu, aneu a una terminal de text prement alhora <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després, premeu <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> alhora per a reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "" -"Si us adoneu que us heu oblidat de seleccionar una llengua addicional, podeu " -"tornar des de la pantalla «Instal·la o actualitza» cap a la pantalla de " -"selecció de llengua prement <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inici</guilabel>. " -"<emphasis>No</emphasis> ho feu més endavant en la instal·lació." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "Si us adoneu que us heu oblidat de seleccionar una llengua addicional, podeu tornar des de la pantalla «Instal·la o actualitza» cap a la pantalla de selecció de llengua prement <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inici</guilabel>. <emphasis>No</emphasis> ho feu més endavant en la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -3238,61 +2732,43 @@ msgstr "Teclat" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"DrakX selecciona el teclat adequat per a la vostra llengua. Si no en troba " -"cap, triarà la disposició de teclat US." +msgstr "DrakX selecciona el teclat adequat per a la vostra llengua. Si no en troba cap, triarà la disposició de teclat US." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "" -"Assegureu-vos que la selecció és correcta o seleccioneu una altra disposició " -"de teclat. Si no sabeu quina disposició té el vostre teclat, mireu a les " -"especificacions lliurades amb el vostre sistema, o bé pregunteu-ho al " -"proveïdor. Fins i tot pot ser que hi hagi una etiqueta al teclat que " -"n'identifiqui la disposició. També podeu mirar aquí: <link xlink:href=" -"\"http://ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mapes_de_teclats\"> ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Mapes_de_teclats</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "Assegureu-vos que la selecció és correcta o seleccioneu una altra disposició de teclat. Si no sabeu quina disposició té el vostre teclat, mireu a les especificacions lliurades amb el vostre sistema, o bé pregunteu-ho al proveïdor. Fins i tot pot ser que hi hagi una etiqueta al teclat que n'identifiqui la disposició. També podeu mirar aquí: <link xlink:href=\"http://ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mapes_de_teclats\"> ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mapes_de_teclats</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "" -"Si el vostre teclat no apareix a la llista mostrada, cliqueu a " -"<guibutton>Més </guibutton> per a obtenir la llista completa, i seleccioneu-" -"hi el teclat." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "Si el vostre teclat no apareix a la llista mostrada, cliqueu a <guibutton>Més </guibutton> per a obtenir la llista completa, i seleccioneu-hi el teclat." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "" -"Un cop triat el teclat al diàleg de <guibutton>Més</guibutton>, tornareu al " -"diàleg original de selecció de teclat, i semblarà que hagueu triat un dels " -"teclats que hi apareixen. Podeu ignorar tranquil·lament aquesta anomalia i " -"continuar amb la instal·lació: el teclat que val és el que heu triat a la " -"llista completa." +msgstr "Un cop triat el teclat al diàleg de <guibutton>Més</guibutton>, tornareu al diàleg original de selecció de teclat, i semblarà que hagueu triat un dels teclats que hi apareixen. Podeu ignorar tranquil·lament aquesta anomalia i continuar amb la instal·lació: el teclat que val és el que heu triat a la llista completa." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -3300,10 +2776,7 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "" -"Si trieu un teclat basat en caràcters no llatins, veureu una pantalla " -"addicional amb un diàleg que us preguntarà com preferiu alternar entre les " -"disposicions de teclat llatines i no llatines." +msgstr "Si trieu un teclat basat en caràcters no llatins, veureu una pantalla addicional amb un diàleg que us preguntarà com preferiu alternar entre les disposicions de teclat llatines i no llatines." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -3316,52 +2789,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu la llengua preferida, desplegant primer la llista corresponent " -"al vostre continent. <application>Mageia</application> farà servir aquesta " -"selecció durant la instal·lació i per al sistema instal·lat." +msgstr "Seleccioneu la llengua preferida, desplegant primer la llista corresponent al vostre continent. <application>Mageia</application> farà servir aquesta selecció durant la instal·lació i per al sistema instal·lat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"Si és probable que us calguin diverses llengües instal·lades al sistema, " -"tant per un o diversos usuaris, hauríeu de fer servir el botó " -"<guibutton>Múltiples llengües</guibutton> i afegir-les ara. Serà difícil " -"afegir-les un cop feta la instal·lació." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Si és probable que us calguin diverses llengües instal·lades al sistema, tant per un o diversos usuaris, hauríeu de fer servir el botó <guibutton>Múltiples llengües</guibutton> i afegir-les ara. Serà difícil afegir-les un cop feta la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Encara que trieu més d'una llengua, n'heu de triar una com a llengua de " -"preferència a la pantalla de primera llengua. També es marcarà com a " -"escollida a la pantalla de múltiples llengües." +msgstr "Encara que trieu més d'una llengua, n'heu de triar una com a llengua de preferència a la pantalla de primera llengua. També es marcarà com a escollida a la pantalla de múltiples llengües." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Si la llengua del vostre teclat no es correspon amb la llengua preferida, " -"llavors és recomanable instal·lar també la llengua del vostre teclat." +msgstr "Si la llengua del vostre teclat no es correspon amb la llengua preferida, llavors és recomanable instal·lar també la llengua del vostre teclat." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -3369,66 +2828,52 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"Mageia té la codificació UTF-8 (Unicode) com a predeterminada. Es pot " -"deshabilitar a la pantalla «múltiples llengües» si sabeu que no cal per a la " -"vostra llengua. La desactivació d'UTF-8 s'aplica a totes les llengües " -"instal·lades." +msgstr "Mageia té la codificació UTF-8 (Unicode) com a predeterminada. Es pot deshabilitar a la pantalla «múltiples llengües» si sabeu que no cal per a la vostra llengua. La desactivació d'UTF-8 s'aplica a totes les llengües instal·lades." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Podeu canviar la llengua del sistema després de la instal·lació, al Centre " -"de Control de Mageia --> Sistema --> Gestiona la localització del " -"sistema." +msgstr "Podeu canviar la llengua del sistema després de la instal·lació, al Centre de Control de Mageia --> Sistema --> Gestiona la localització del sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Seleccioneu el ratolí" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "" -"Si no us agrada com respon el ratolí, aquí en podeu seleccionar un altre." +msgstr "Si no us agrada com respon el ratolí, aquí en podeu seleccionar un altre." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Normalment, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Qualsevol ratolí PS/2 " -"i USB</guilabel> és la millor tria." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "Normalment, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Qualsevol ratolí PS/2 i USB</guilabel> és la millor tria." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Força evdev</" -"guilabel> per a configurar els botons que no funcionen en un ratolí de sis " -"botons o més." +msgstr "Seleccioneu <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Força evdev</guilabel> per a configurar els botons que no funcionen en un ratolí de sis botons o més." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 @@ -3438,13 +2883,10 @@ msgstr "Afegeix o modifica una entrada al menú d'arrencada" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 @@ -3452,95 +2894,75 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Podeu afegir una entrada o modificar la que heu triat, prement el botó " -"adequat a la pantalla de <emphasis>Configuració de l'arrencada</emphasis> i " -"editant la pantalla que hi apareix." +msgstr "Podeu afegir una entrada o modificar la que heu triat, prement el botó adequat a la pantalla de <emphasis>Configuració de l'arrencada</emphasis> i editant la pantalla que hi apareix." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Algunes coses que es poden fer sense perill són canviar l'etiqueta d'una " -"entrada i marcar la casella per a fer-la predeterminada." +msgstr "Algunes coses que es poden fer sense perill són canviar l'etiqueta d'una entrada i marcar la casella per a fer-la predeterminada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Podeu afegir el número de versió d'una entrada, o bé reanomenar-la " -"completament." +msgstr "Podeu afegir el número de versió d'una entrada, o bé reanomenar-la completament." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"L'entrada predeterminada és aquella que es farà servir si no es fa cap " -"selecció mentre el sistema està arrencant." +msgstr "L'entrada predeterminada és aquella que es farà servir si no es fa cap selecció mentre el sistema està arrencant." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"L'edició d'altres coses us pot deixar amb un sistema que no pot arrencar. No " -"proveu altres coses si no sabeu què esteu fent." +msgstr "L'edició d'altres coses us pot deixar amb un sistema que no pot arrencar. No proveu altres coses si no sabeu què esteu fent." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opcions principals del menú d'arrencada" -# -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "" -"Si preferiu una configuració del carregador d'arrencada diferent de la que " -"ha estat triada automàticament, la podeu canviar aquí." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "Si preferiu una configuració del carregador d'arrencada diferent de la que ha estat triada automàticament, la podeu canviar aquí." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Potser ja teniu un altre sistema operatiu a l'ordinador. En aquest cas, heu " -"de decidir si voleu afegir Mageia al carregador d'arrencada existent, o bé " -"permetre a Mageia que en creï un de nou." +msgstr "Potser ja teniu un altre sistema operatiu a l'ordinador. En aquest cas, heu de decidir si voleu afegir Mageia al carregador d'arrencada existent, o bé permetre a Mageia que en creï un de nou." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3559,20 +2981,14 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Per defecte, Mageia escriu un nou carregador d'arrencada GRUB (antic) a " -"l'MBR (Master Boot Record) de la primera unitat de disc dur. Si ja teniu " -"altres sistemes operatius instal·lats, Mageia provarà d'afegir-los al nou " -"menú d'arrencada de Mageia." +msgstr "Per defecte, Mageia escriu un nou carregador d'arrencada GRUB (antic) a l'MBR (Master Boot Record) de la primera unitat de disc dur. Si ja teniu altres sistemes operatius instal·lats, Mageia provarà d'afegir-los al nou menú d'arrencada de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" -"Mageia també ofereix GRUB2 com a carregador d'arrencada opcional, a més de " -"l'antic GRUB i Lilo." +msgstr "Mageia també ofereix GRUB2 com a carregador d'arrencada opcional, a més de l'antic GRUB i Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3580,19 +2996,14 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "" -"Els sistemes Linux que fan servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2 no estan " -"admesos actualment per GRUB (antic) i no seran reconeguts si es fa servir el " -"carregador d'arrencada predeterminat GRUB." +msgstr "Els sistemes Linux que fan servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2 no estan admesos actualment per GRUB (antic) i no seran reconeguts si es fa servir el carregador d'arrencada predeterminat GRUB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "" -"Aquí la millor solució és fer servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2, que " -"està disponible a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació." +msgstr "Aquí la millor solució és fer servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2, que està disponible a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3603,57 +3014,41 @@ msgstr "Ús d'un carregador d'arrencada existent" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." -msgstr "" -"Si decidiu fer servir un carregador d'arrencada existent llavors haureu de " -"pensar a fer ATURA a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació, i clicar el " -"botó de <guibutton>Configuració</guibutton> del carregador d'arrencada, que " -"us permetrà canviar-ne la localització." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "Si decidiu fer servir un carregador d'arrencada existent llavors haureu de pensar a fer ATURA a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació, i clicar el botó de <guibutton>Configuració</guibutton> del carregador d'arrencada, que us permetrà canviar-ne la localització." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "" -"No seleccioneu un dispositiu, com ara «sda», o se sobreescriurà l'MBR " -"existent. Heu de seleccionar la partició arrel que heu triat durant la fase " -"prèvia de particionament, per exemple sda7." +msgstr "No seleccioneu un dispositiu, com ara «sda», o se sobreescriurà l'MBR existent. Heu de seleccionar la partició arrel que heu triat durant la fase prèvia de particionament, per exemple sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "" -"Perquè quedi clar, sda és un dispositiu, mentre que sda7 n'és una partició." +msgstr "Perquè quedi clar, sda és un dispositiu, mentre que sda7 n'és una partició." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." -msgstr "" -"Aneu a tty2 amb Ctrl+Alt+F2 i escriviu <literal>df</literal> per a comprovar " -"on és la partició <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 us torna a la " -"pantalla d'instal·lació." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "Aneu a tty2 amb Ctrl+Alt+F2 i escriviu <literal>df</literal> per a comprovar on és la partició <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 us torna a la pantalla d'instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "" -"El procediment exacte per a afegir Mageia a un carregador d'arrencada ja " -"existent està fora de l'abast d'aquesta ajuda, tot i que normalment " -"implicarà executar el programa d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada en " -"qüestió, que el detectarà i afegirà automàticament. Vegeu la documentació " -"del sistema operatiu corresponent." +msgstr "El procediment exacte per a afegir Mageia a un carregador d'arrencada ja existent està fora de l'abast d'aquesta ajuda, tot i que normalment implicarà executar el programa d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada en qüestió, que el detectarà i afegirà automàticament. Vegeu la documentació del sistema operatiu corresponent." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3664,76 +3059,66 @@ msgstr "Opció avançada del carregador d'arrencada" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "" -"Si l'espai de disc per a la partició <literal>/</literal> que conté " -"<literal>/tmp</literal> és molt limitat, cliqueu a <guibutton>Avançat</" -"guibutton> i marqueu la casella <guilabel>Neteja /tmp en cada arrencada</" -"guilabel>. Això ajudarà a mantenir espai lliure." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "Si l'espai de disc per a la partició <literal>/</literal> que conté <literal>/tmp</literal> és molt limitat, cliqueu a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> i marqueu la casella <guilabel>Neteja /tmp en cada arrencada</guilabel>. Això ajudarà a mantenir espai lliure." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Configuració SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" -"DrakX acostuma a detectar correctament els discs durs. Amb alguns " -"controladors SCSI antics, potser no és capaç de determinar correctament els " -"controladors que cal fer servir, i per tant no pot reconèixer el disc." +msgstr "DrakX acostuma a detectar correctament els discs durs. Amb alguns controladors SCSI antics, potser no és capaç de determinar correctament els controladors que cal fer servir, i per tant no pot reconèixer el disc." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "" -"Si passa això, caldrà indicar manualment a DrakX quins són els discs SCSI." +msgstr "Si passa això, caldrà indicar manualment a DrakX quins són els discs SCSI." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "" -"Llavors DrakX hauria de ser capaç de configurar els discs correctament." +msgstr "Llavors DrakX hauria de ser capaç de configurar els discs correctament." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:11 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configuració del so" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3741,9 +3126,7 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "" -"En aquesta pantalla es mostra el nom del controlador que l'instal·lador ha " -"triat per a la targeta de so, que serà el predeterminat si n'hi ha un." +msgstr "En aquesta pantalla es mostra el nom del controlador que l'instal·lador ha triat per a la targeta de so, que serà el predeterminat si n'hi ha un." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3753,25 +3136,16 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" -"El controlador predeterminat hauria de funcionar sense problemes. Tot i " -"així, si després de la instal·lació trobeu algun problema, executeu " -"<command>draksound</command> o bé inicieu aquesta eina des de l'MCC (Centre " -"de Control de Mageia), triant la pestanya <guilabel>Maquinari</guilabel> i " -"clicant a<guilabel>Configuració del so</guilabel> a la part superior dreta " -"de la pantalla." +msgstr "El controlador predeterminat hauria de funcionar sense problemes. Tot i així, si després de la instal·lació trobeu algun problema, executeu <command>draksound</command> o bé inicieu aquesta eina des de l'MCC (Centre de Control de Mageia), triant la pestanya <guilabel>Maquinari</guilabel> i clicant a<guilabel>Configuració del so</guilabel> a la part superior dreta de la pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." -msgstr "" -"Llavors, a la pantalla de l'eina draksound o «Configuració del so», cliqueu " -"a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> i després a <guibutton>Solució de " -"problemes</guibutton> per a trobar consells molt útils per a resoldre el " -"problema." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "Llavors, a la pantalla de l'eina draksound o «Configuració del so», cliqueu a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> i després a <guibutton>Solució de problemes</guibutton> per a trobar consells molt útils per a resoldre el problema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3784,93 +3158,44 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "" -"Clicar a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> en aquesta pantalla durant la " -"instal·lació és útil si no hi ha cap controlador predeterminat i n'hi ha " -"diversos de disponibles, però creieu que l'instal·lador n'ha seleccionat un " -"d'equivocat." +msgstr "Clicar a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> en aquesta pantalla durant la instal·lació és útil si no hi ha cap controlador predeterminat i n'hi ha diversos de disponibles, però creieu que l'instal·lador n'ha seleccionat un d'equivocat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"En aquest cas podeu seleccionar un controlador diferent després de fer clic " -"a <guibutton>Deixa'm triar un controlador</guibutton>." +msgstr "En aquest cas podeu seleccionar un controlador diferent després de fer clic a <guibutton>Deixa'm triar un controlador</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirmeu el disc dur que es formatarà" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Cliqueu a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segurs sobre la tria." +msgstr "Cliqueu a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segurs sobre la tria." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Feu clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> si esteu segur i voleu esborrar " -"totes les particions, tots els sistemes operatius i totes les dades del disc." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </" -#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </" -#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -#~ "special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -#~ "xref>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si hi ha problemes durant la instal·lació, llavors potser cal utilitzar " -#~ "paràmetres especials d'instal·lació. Vegeu <xref linkend=" -#~ "\"installationOptions\"></xref>." - -#~ msgid "Installation options" -#~ msgstr "Opcions d'instal·lació" - -#~ msgid "This will open the following text based help." -#~ msgstr "Això obrirà l'ajuda següent en mode text." - -#~ msgid "Installation Help Screen" -#~ msgstr "Pantalla d'ajuda de la instal·lació" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -#~ "imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -#~ "imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "Kernel Options" -#~ msgstr "Opcions del nucli" +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "Feu clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> si esteu segur i voleu esborrar totes les particions, tots els sistemes operatius i totes les dades del disc." diff --git a/docs/installer/ca/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/ca/DrakX.xml index d3b8ad6d..e42e4502 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ca/DrakX.xml @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ <!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> <!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> <!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur--> <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> --> <info> @@ -38,9 +39,12 @@ documentació</link>.</para> + + <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/> + <xi:include href="installer.xml"/> <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> diff --git a/docs/installer/ca/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/ca/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..979ebf27 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/ca/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,411 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca"> + + <info> + <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 --> +<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Select and use ISOs</title> + </info> + + <section> + <title>Media</title> + + <section> + <title>Definition</title> + + <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update +Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + + <para>You can find them <link +ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Classical installation media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, +Hardware Detection Tool.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free +software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD dual arch</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made +automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Xfce desktop only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) +TO BE CHECKED!</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>It contains non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a +HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean +installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous +releases.</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>They contains non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>KDE desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>32 bits only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>32 bits only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>KDE desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>All languages are present.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>All languages are present.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Boot-only CDs media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to +start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the +install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a +local network or on the Internet.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that +can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot-nonfree.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need +it.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + + <section> + <title>Downloading</title> + + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used +mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is +chosen, you can also see something like</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of +them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the +file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a +failure. Then this window appears:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Checking the downloaded media integrity</title> + + <para>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</para> + + <para>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a +while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Md5sum.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> + + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able +media.</para> + + <section> + <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + + <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly +to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not +correct. More information in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick +and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + + <warning> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the +partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to +the image size.</para> + </warning> + + <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + + <section> + <title>Using Mageia</title> + + <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para> + + <para>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Open a console</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the +final -)</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application +or file manager that read it)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Fdisk.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb +in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX +bs=1M</userinput></para> + + <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd +if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb +bs=1M</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Unplug your USB stick, it is done</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Using Windows</title> + + <para>You can try:</para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32 +Disk Imager</link></para> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Mageia Installation</title> + + <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the +Mageia documentation</link>.</para> + + <para>More information, is available in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ca/installer.xml b/docs/installer/ca/installer.xml index eab5d1aa..9ba8ffe8 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca/installer.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ca/installer.xml @@ -1,5 +1,4 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="installer"> - +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="installer" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca"> @@ -38,16 +37,127 @@ If you have peripherals like printers or scanners, it is [best] to predeterminada engegarà l'instal·lador, que normalment és tot el que cal.</para> <figure xml:id="dx-welcome"> -<info> + <info> <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Pantalla de benvinguda de la instal·lació</title> - </info> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="../dx-welcome.png" -align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1"> </imagedata> -</imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + </info> + + <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:</para> + +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + + <para>From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen +language for the system) by pressing the key F2</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter.</para> + + <para>Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live +DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue +System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware +Detection Tool</guilabel>.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key.</para> + + <para>If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one +of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called +<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:</para> + + <para>- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options.</para> + + <para>- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of +performances.</para> + + <para>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management +isn't taken into account.</para> + + <para>- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is +about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for.</para> + + <para>When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options +displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line.</para> + + <note> + <para>In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the +key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, +however, they are really taken into account.</para> + </note> - <para>Si hi ha problemes durant la instal·lació, llavors potser cal utilitzar -paràmetres especials d'instal·lació. Vegeu <xref -linkend="installationOptions"></xref>.</para> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1</para> + + <para>Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with +the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to +go back to the welcome screen.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <para>The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select +<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options +list. These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot +options</guilabel> line.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <note> + <para>The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key.</para> + </note> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based +Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):</para> + + <para>It does not allow to change the language, the available options are +described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired +Network-based Installation CD, see <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">the Mageia +Wiki</link></para> + + <warning> + <para>The keyboard layout is the American one.</para> + </warning> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2" align="center" +format="PNG" fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> <section xml:id="installationSteps"> <info> @@ -77,24 +187,6 @@ tecles <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després premeu alhora </section> <section xml:id="installationOptions"> - <info> - <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti1">Opcions d'instal·lació</title> - </info> - - <para>Si la instal·lació falla, potser és necessari tornar-ho a provar utilitzant -alguna de les opcions addicionals disponibles prement el botó <guibutton>F1 -(Ajuda)</guibutton>. Vegeu <xref linkend="dx-welcome"/></para> - - <para>Això obrirà l'ajuda següent en mode text.</para> - - <figure xml:id="dx-help"> -<info> - <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti2">Pantalla d'ajuda de la instal·lació</title> - </info> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="../dx-help.png" -align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="installer-im2"></imagedata> -</imageobject></mediaobject></figure> - <section xml:id="installationProblems"> <info> <title xml:id="installationProblems-ti1">Problemes en la instal·lació i possibles solucions</title> @@ -114,12 +206,11 @@ antics. Proveu a fer servir una resolució baixa, teclejant </listitem> <listitem> - <para revision="2">Si el maquinari és molt antic, potser la instal·lació gràfica no és -possible. En aquest cas val la pena provar una instal·lació en mode -text. Per a fer-ho, premeu ESC a la primera pantalla de benvinguda, i -confirmeu-ho amb la tecla de RETORN. Se us presentarà una pantalla negra amb -la paraula «boot:». Teclegeu «text» i premeu la tecla de RETORN. Llavors -continueu la instal·lació en mode text.<emphasis></emphasis></para> + <para revision="2">If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be +possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use +this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be +presented with a black screen with the word "boot:". Type "text" and hit +ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -138,7 +229,7 @@ d'altres.</para> <section xml:id="kernelOptions"> <info> - <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">Opcions del nucli</title> + <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">RAM problem</title> </info> <para>Això rarament serà necessari, però en alguns casos pot ser que l'informe de @@ -147,6 +238,18 @@ manualment, podeu fer servir el paràmetre <code>mem=xxxM</code>, on xxx és la quantitat correcta de RAM. Per exemple, <code>mem=256M</code> significaria 256MB de RAM.</para> </section> + + <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions"> + <info> + <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Dynamic partitions</title> + </info> + + <para>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic" format on +Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia on +this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: +<link +ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para> + </section> </section> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eu.po b/docs/installer/eu.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c54ac1c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu.po @@ -0,0 +1,3201 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. +# +# Translators: +# Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro2@hotmail.com>, 2014 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-15 13:20+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro2@hotmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Basque (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/eu/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: eu\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +msgid "License and Release Notes" +msgstr "Lizentzia eta Askatze Oharrak" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +msgid "License Agreement" +msgstr "Lizentzia Kontratua" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "<application>Mageia</application> instalatu aurretik, irakurri arretaz baldintzak eta lizentzia." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +msgid "" +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Baldintza horiek <application>Mageia</application> distribuzio osoaari aplikatzen dira eta jarraitzeko onartu behar dituzu." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +msgid "" +"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "Onartzeko, hautatu <guilabel>Ados</guilabel> eta egin klik <guibutton>Hurrengo</guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +msgid "" +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Aukeratu baduzu baldintza hauek ez onestea, irakurri duzula ere baloratuko dugu. <guibutton>Irten</guibutton> Klik eginda zure ordenagailua berrabiaraziko da." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +msgid "Release Notes" +msgstr "Askapen Oharrak" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +msgid "" +"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " +"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +msgstr "Zer berri dagoen bertsio honetan ikusteko <application>Mageia</application>, egin klik <guibutton>Bertsio Oharrak</guibutton>." + +#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 +#: en/media_selection.xml:1 +msgid "en" +msgstr "eu" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 +msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" +msgstr "Baliabide Aukeraketa (Konfiguratu Instalazio Baliabide Osagarriak)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"during the next steps." +msgstr "Pantaila honek dagoeneko aitortutako biltegi zerrenda erakusten du. Pakete iturri batzuk gehi ditzakezu disko optikoa edo urrutiko iturri gisa. Hurrengo urratsetan zer pakete aukeratu ahal izago den hautatutako iturriek zehazten dute." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 +msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" +msgstr "Sare iturri batentzat, bi pausu jarraitu beharko ditugu:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 +msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." +msgstr "Sarea aukeratzea eta aktibatzea, dagoeneko ez baldin badago." + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " +"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " +"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " +"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/addUser.xml:4 +msgid "User and Superuser Management" +msgstr "Erabiltzaile eta Supererabiltzaileen Kudeaketa" + +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous +#. screen), marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/addUser.xml:27 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/addUser.xml:34 +msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" +msgstr "Ezarri administratzaile (root) pasahitza:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:38 +msgid "" +"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " +"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " +"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " +"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " +"the first password by comparing them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:48 +msgid "" +"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " +"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." +msgstr "Pasahitz guztiak dira kasu sentikorra, onena da letrak (maiuskulak eta minuskulak), zenbakiak eta bestelako karaktereak nahasketa pasahitz batean." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/addUser.xml:56 +msgid "Enter a user" +msgstr "Sartu erabiltzaile bat" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:59 +msgid "" +"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " +"enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " +"anything else the average user does with his computer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:65 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " +"users icon." +msgstr "<guibutton>Ikonoa</guibutton>: botoi honetan klik egiten baduzu, erabiltzaile ikonoa aldatu egingo da." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:70 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " +"box." +msgstr "<guilabel>Benetako Izena</guilabel>: Erabiltzaileen benetako izena sartu ezazu testu-kutxa honetan." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:75 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Saio Hasiera Izena</guilabel>: Erabiltzailearen saio-hasierako izena hemen sartzen da edo drakx bertsio bari uzten diozu erabiltzaileen benetako izena erabiltzen.<emphasis> Saio-hasiera-izena sentibera da maiuskula eta minuskulei.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:81 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " +"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Pasahitza</guilabel>: Testu-kutxa honetan erabiltzaile-pasahitza idatzi behar izango zenuke. Ezkutu bat agertzen da pasahitzaren indarra adierazteko testu-kutxaren bukaeran. (Ikusi ezazu ere <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:87 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Pasahitza (berriz)</guilabel>: Erabiltzaile-pasahitza berridatziko duzu kutxa honetan eta drakx-ak begiratuko du testua, erabiltzailearen pasahitzeko testuko kutxetako bakoitzean pasahitz bera duzula." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:94 +msgid "" +"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " +"write protected) home directory." +msgstr "Mageia instalatzen duzun bitartean gehitutako edozein erabiltzaile, mundu bat irakurgarri izango du (baina idazteko babesarekin) home direktorioan." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:97 +msgid "" +"However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " +"System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " +"is both read and write protected." +msgstr "Hala ere, instalatzen ari zaren bitartean, edozein erabiltzaile <emphasis>MCC - Sistema -Erabiltzaile Kudeatzaile sistema</emphasis>n gehitu home direktorioa duena zein irakurtzeko eta idazteko babestuta izango dena." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:101 +msgid "" +"If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +msgstr "Ez baduzu nahi home direktorioa edonork irakurgarri izan dezan, aldi baterako erabiltzaile bat soilik gehitu orain eta berrabiarazi ondoren benetako(ak) gehitzea komeni da." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:105 +msgid "" +"If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " +"extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " +"during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:109 +msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." +msgstr "Sarbide baimena instalatu ondoren ere aldatu egin daiteke." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/addUser.xml:116 +msgid "Advanced User Management" +msgstr "Erabiltzailearen Kudeaketa Aurreratua" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:119 +msgid "" +"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " +"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "Botoi <guibutton> aurreratua </guibutton> sakatzen bada konfigurazioa gehitzen duen erabiltzailearentzat editatzea baimentzen dion pantaila eskaintzen zaio. Gainera, gaitu edo desgaitu dezake gonbidatu kontua." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:124 +msgid "" +"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " +"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " +"should save his important files to a USB key." +msgstr "gonbidatu erabiltzaile batek gordetako edozer gauza(<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>rekin) zure karpeta nagusitik ezabatu egingo da saioa amaitzean. Gonbidatuak bere fitxategi garrantzitsuak USB disko baten gorde behar ditu." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:131 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " +"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " +"but he has more restricted access than normal users." +msgstr "<guilabel>Gaitu gonbidatu kontua </guilabel>: Hemen gonbidatu kontu bat gaitu edo desgaitu dezakezu. Gonbidatu kontua gonbidatu bati PC-an sartu eta erabiltzeko aukera ematen du, baina erabiltzaile sarrera normala baino murritzagoak izaten dira." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:138 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " +"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " +"Bash, Dash and Sh" +msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Beherapen hori zerrendan behera ematen dio erabiltzaileari aurreko pantailara ere gehitzen ari zaren erabilitako shell-a aldatzeko aukera, aukerak dira Bash, Dash eta Sh" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:144 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " +"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " +"you know what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>Erabiltzaile ID</guilabel>: ID erabiltzailea hemen jar diezaiokezu aurreko pantailan gehitu duzun erabiltzaileari. Hau zenbaki bat da. Hutsik utzi ezazu ez badakizu zer egiten ari zaren." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:150 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>Talde ID</guilabel>: Honek uzten zaitu talde ID sorta, zenbaki bat, normalean erabiltzaileari dagokion berdina. Hutsik utzi ezazu ez badakizu zer egiten ari zaren." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 +msgid "Choose the mount points" +msgstr "Aukeratu muntatze-puntuak" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " +"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " +"can change the mount points." +msgstr "Hemen ordenagailuan aurkitutako Linux partizioak ikusi ahal izango dituzu. Gomendioarekin ados ez bazaude <application>DrakX</application>, muntatze puntu alda ditzake." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +msgid "" +"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " +"(root) partition." +msgstr "Edozer aldatzen baduzu, ziurtatu oraindik <literal>/</literal> (root) partizioa duzual." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Partizio bakoitza honela erakutsiko da: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point\", \"Type\")." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +msgid "" +"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "\"Gailua\", honako hauek osatzen dute: \"disko\", [\"Disko zurrun zenbakia\" (letra)], \"partizio-zenbakia\" (adibidez, \"sda5\")." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +msgid "" +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " +"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +msgid "" +"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " +"point field blank." +msgstr "Zuk satu behar ez duzun partizioen, muntaketa puntuaren eremua hutsik utzi dezakezu." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +msgid "" +"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " +"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " +"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +msgid "" +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "Idaztegi hautaketa" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "Zure hautapena arabera hemen, pantaila gehiago eskaini ahal izango duzu zure aukera doitzeko." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 +msgid "" +"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " +"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " +"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " +"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " +"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " +"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " +"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " +"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " +"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 +msgid "Package Group Selection" +msgstr "Pakete-taldearen hautapena" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " +"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " +"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " +"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 +msgid "Workstation." +msgstr "Lanpostua." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 +msgid "Server." +msgstr "Zerbitzaria." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 +msgid "Graphical Environment." +msgstr "Ingurumen Grafikoa." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " +"remove packages." +msgstr "Banakako Pakete Hautaketa: Aukera hau erabili ahal izango duzu eskuz gehitu edo kentzeko paketeak." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Irakur <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> instalazio minimo bat egiteko argibideak." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 +msgid "Choose Individual Packages" +msgstr "Aukeratu Banakako Paketeak" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Hemen edozein extra pakete gehitu edo kendu dezakezu zure instalazioa pertsonalizatzeko." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 +msgid "" +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureServices.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Services" +msgstr "Konfiguratu zure Serbitzuak" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Hona hemen zein zerbitzu (ez) duten hasi behar zure sistema abiarazterakoan ezar dezakezu." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +msgid "" +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Badira lau talde, sakatu triangelua talde baten aurrean zabaltzeko eta zerbitzuak ikusteko atalean." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:34 +msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." +msgstr "Aukeratutako DrakX ezarpenak onak izaten dira." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " +"box below." +msgstr "Zerbitzu bat nabarmendu baduzu, hari buruzko informazioa beheko info koadroan erakusten da." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:41 +msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." +msgstr "Gauza bakarra aldatzen duzunean, oso ondo dakizu zer egiten ari zaren." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Timezone" +msgstr "Konfiguratu zure Denbora-Eremua" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Aukera ezazu zure ordu-zona zure herrialdea edo hiri bat behar duzu ordu zona berekoa aukeratuz." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +msgid "" +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "Hurrengo pantailan zure hardware erlojua tokiko ordu edo GMT, UTC gisa ezagutzen denaa ezartzeko aukera daukazu." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +msgid "" +"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " +"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." +msgstr "Ordenagailuan sistema eragilearen bat baino gehiago badituzu, ziurtatu guztiak bertako orduan ezarrita dutela, edota UTC/GMT." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 +msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" +msgstr "Aukeratu X zerbitzari bat (Konfiguratu Txartel Grafikoa)" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " +"correctly identify your video device." +msgstr "DrakX bideo txartelen datu-base osoa dauka, eta normaleanzure bideo gailua behar bezala identifikatuko du." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 +msgid "" +"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " +"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" +msgstr "Instalatzaileak ez du behar bezala zure txartel grafikoa detektatu, eta zein duzun baldin badakizu, hautatu ahal izango duzu zuhaitzean:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +msgid "vendor" +msgstr "hornitzailea" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 +msgid "then the name of your card" +msgstr "ondoren zure txartela izena" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 +msgid "and the type of card" +msgstr "eta txartel mota" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 +msgid "" +"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " +"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " +"Xorg category" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 +msgid "" +"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " +"to the Commandline Interface." +msgstr "Kontutan izan baterezin kontrolatzaile bat hautatzen baduzu Aginte Interfazerako sarbidea soilik izan dezakezula." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " +"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." +msgstr "Nonfree biltegia esplizituki gaituta egon behar da sartzeko. Ez baduzu hura aurretik hautatu, hau egin beharko duzu berrabiarazi ondoren lehenengoz." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 +msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" +msgstr "Txartel Grafikoa eta Pantaila Konfigurazioa" + +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 +msgid "" +"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " +"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " +"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " +"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " +"from the list if needed." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Txartel Grafikoa</guibutton></emphasis>: Aukeratu zure txartela zerrendatik behar izanez gero." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " +"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " +"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " +"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 +msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" +msgstr "Freskatze tasa okerra pure pantaila kaltetu dezake" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " +"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Bereizmena</guibutton></emphasis>: Hemen pantailan ezarri nahi den ebazpen eta kolore sakonera." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " +"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " +"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " +"enable or disable various options." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Aukerak</guibutton></emphasis>: Hemen hainbat aukera aktibatzeko edo desaktibatzeko aukera dezakezu." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 +msgid "Choosing your Monitor" +msgstr "Aukeratu zure Pantaila" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " +"correctly identify yours." +msgstr "DrakX pantailen datu-base osoa dauka, eta normalean zurea behar bezala identifika dezake." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " +"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " +"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " +"documentation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 +msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Pertsonalizatua</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 +msgid "" +"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Aukera horrek bi parametro kritiko, freskatze maiztasun bertikala eta sinkronismo horizontala aldatzea uzten du. Freskatze maiztasun bertikala nola freskatuko den pantailan askotan zehazten du, eta sinkronismo horizontal tasa zein lerro ikus daitezke." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 +msgid "" +"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " +"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " +"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " +"consult your monitor documentation." +msgstr "<Emphasis> GARRANTZITSUA </emphasis> da ez aukeratzea pantaila mota bat zure benetako panatilaren freskatze tasa baino haundiagoa duenik, kaltetu baitezake. Zalantzarik izanez gero, ezarpen kontserbadore bat aukeratu eta ikusi zure pantailaren dokumentazioa." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 +msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 +msgid "" +"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " +"monitor database." +msgstr "Hau da aukera lehenetsia eta pantaila pantailaren mota datu-basetik zehazten saiatzen da." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 +msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Hornitzailea</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 +msgid "" +"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " +"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" +msgstr "Instalatzaileak ez du behar bezala zure pantaila detektatu, eta zein duzun baldin badakizu, hautatu ahal izango duzu hautaketa zuhaitzean:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 +msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" +msgstr "pantailaren fabrikatzailearen izena" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 +msgid "the monitor description" +msgstr "pantailaren deskribapena" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 +msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Generikoa</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 +msgid "" +"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "hautatu 30 talde inguruko pantaila ezarpenak 1024x768 @ 60Hz pantaila lauak eta eramangarriak bezalakoak erabiltzen dira. Hau da, askotan pantaila aukeraketa talde on bat da Vesa kontrolatzile txartela erabili behar den bideo txartelr eta ezin da automatikoki zehaztu. Berriz ere, zure aukeraketa kontserbadorea izan behar da." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" +msgstr "Pertsonalizatua disko partizioak DiskDrake-rekin" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +msgid "" +"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"is in them before you start." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +msgid "" +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "Sakatu <guibutton>Garbitu guztia</guibutton> aukeratutako biltegi gailu partizio guztiak garbitzeko" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +msgid "" +"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " +"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." +msgstr "Beste ekintza guztiak: sakatu nahi den partizioa lehenik. Gero ikusi, edo aukeratu fitxategi sistema eta muntatze puntua, tamainaz aldatu edo garbitu." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." +msgstr "Jarraitu dena zure nahiei egokitu arte." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." +msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Eginda</guibutton> prest zaudenean." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +msgid "Partitioning" +msgstr "Partizioa egiten" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " +"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +msgid "" +"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " +"particular hard drive(s) layout and content." +msgstr "Erabilgarri dauden aukerak beheko zerrendatik bereziki zure disko gogor(rren) diseinua eta edukien arabera aldatzen da." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +msgid "Use Existing Partitions" +msgstr "Lehendik dauden Partizioak" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +msgid "" +"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " +"been found and may be used for the installation." +msgstr "Aukera hori eskuragarri badago, orduan Linux partizioak bateragarria aurkitu egin dira eta instalazioa erabili ahal izango du." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +msgid "Use Free Space" +msgstr "Erabili Espazio Hutsa" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +msgid "" +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Erabili gabeko espazio baduzu zure disko gogorrean orduan aukera hau erabiliko da zure Mageia instalazio berriarentzat." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" +msgstr "Erabili Espazio Librea Windows-en Partizioan" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +msgid "" +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Lehendik dauden Windows partiziotik erabili gabeko espazioa baduzu, instalatzaileak, erabili ahal izateko eskainiko dizu." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +msgid "" +"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " +"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " +"important files!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +msgid "" +"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " +"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " +"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, " +"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " +"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " +"back up your personal files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." +msgstr "Ezabatu eta erabili disko osoa." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." +msgstr "Aukera honek disko osoa erabiliko du Mageia-rantzat." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" +msgstr "Oharra! Aukeratutako disko gogorraren datu guztiak ezabatuko dira. Kontuz ibili!" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +msgid "" +"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " +"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +msgid "Custom" +msgstr "Pertsonalizatua" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "" +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Honek erabateko kontrola ematen dizu instalazioan jartzen zure disko gogorrean." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " +"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " +"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " +"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"settings:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" +msgstr "\"lerrokatu\" \"MiB\"" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" +msgstr "\"Aurreko espazio librea (MiB)\" \"2\"" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +msgid "" +"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." +msgstr "Ziurtatzen partizio guztiak sortzen diturela megabyte kopuru batekin." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "DrakX-rekin Instalazioa" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" +msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "2014ko Otsaila" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "Mageia 4" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" +msgstr "Mageia-ren dokumentazio Ofiziala" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:4 +msgid "Congratulations" +msgstr "Zorionak" + +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. same day, added "s" to "sytems" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:14 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:21 +msgid "" +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:25 +msgid "" +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:28 +msgid "" +"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " +"will be automatically selected and started." +msgstr "Zuk ez badituzu abio kargatzaile ezarpenak doitzen, zure Mageia instalazioa automatikoki hautatuko eta hasiko da." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:31 +msgid "Enjoy!" +msgstr "Gozatu!" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " +"Mageia" +msgstr "Bisitatu www.mageia.org zalantzarik izanez gero edo mageia lagundu nahi izanez" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 +msgid "Formatting" +msgstr "Formateatzen" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " +"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" +msgstr "Normalean gutxienez DrakX hautatutaako partizioak, formateatu behar izaten dira" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " +"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " +"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " +"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " +"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +msgid "" +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:17 +msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" +msgstr "DrakX, Mageia Instalatzilea" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " +"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " +"possible." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:28 +msgid "" +"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " +"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:34 +msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" +msgstr "Instalazio Ongi etorri Pantaila" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/installer.xml:33 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> +#: en/installer.xml:37 +msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +msgstr "Hona hemen Mageia DVDko lehenetsitako ongietorri pantaila:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:40 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/installer.xml:39 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:46 +msgid "" +"From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" +msgstr "Lehenengo pantaila honetan, posible da lehentasun pertsonal batzuk ezartzea:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:51 +msgid "" +"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " +"language for the system) by pressing the key F2" +msgstr "Hizkuntzan (instalazioa egiteko bakarrik, desberdinak izan daitezke, aukeratutako sistemaren hizkuntzaz) F2 sakatu" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:57 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:62 +msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." +msgstr "Erabili geziak hizkuntza aukeratzeko eta sakatu Sartu." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:73 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:82 +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." +msgstr "Aldatu pantailaren bereizmena F3 tekla sakatuz." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:85 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:92 +msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." +msgstr "Gehitu kernel aukera batzuk F6 sakatuz." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:94 +msgid "" +"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " +"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " +"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:99 +msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." +msgstr "- Berez, ez du lehenetsitako aukeretan ezer aldatzen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " +"performances." +msgstr "- Ezarpenak Seguruak, lehentasuna ematen da aukera seguruei prozeduraren kalterako." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:105 +msgid "" +"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " +"isn't taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:108 +msgid "" +"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " +"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:112 +msgid "" +"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " +"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> +#: en/installer.xml:116 +msgid "" +"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " +"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " +"however, they are really taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:123 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:130 +msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" +msgstr "Gehitu kernel funtsezko aukerak baino gehiago F1 sakatuz" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:132 +msgid "" +"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " +"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " +"go back to the welcome screen." +msgstr "F1 Sakatuz aukera berrien leihoa irekitzen da. Bat aukera ezazu gezi-teklekin eta ENTER-a saka ezazu xehetasun gehiago izateko edo Esc tekla saka ezazu ongietorri-pantailara itzultzeko." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:139 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:146 +msgid "" +"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select " +"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " +"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:152 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> +#: en/installer.xml:160 +msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." +msgstr "Laguntzak F2 teklaz aukeratutako hizkuntza emaitza du." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:166 +msgid "" +"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " +"Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:169 +msgid "" +"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " +"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/installer.xml:175 +msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." +msgstr "Teklatuaren diseinua amerikarra da." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:179 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:186 +msgid "The installation steps" +msgstr "Instalazio urratsak" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:189 +msgid "" +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:192 +msgid "" +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:196 +msgid "" +"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " +"explanations about the current step." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/installer.xml:200 +msgid "" +"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " +"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " +"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " +"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " +"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:215 +msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" +msgstr "Instalazio arazoak eta Konponbide Posibleak" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:221 +msgid "No Graphical Interface" +msgstr "Interfaze Grafikorik gabe" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:226 +msgid "" +"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " +"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " +"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:233 +msgid "" +"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " +"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " +"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:245 +msgid "The Install Freezes" +msgstr "Instalatu Osagaiak" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:248 +msgid "" +"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " +"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " +"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " +"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " +"other options as necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:257 +msgid "RAM problem" +msgstr "RAM arazoak" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:260 +msgid "" +"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " +"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:269 +msgid "Dynamic partitions" +msgstr "Partizio dinamikoak" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:272 +msgid "" +"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " +"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " +"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:3 +msgid "Updates" +msgstr "Eguneraketak" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:13 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " +"packages will have been updated or improved." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " +"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " +"aren't connected to the Internet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:28 +msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" +msgstr "Ondoren, sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> jarraitzeko" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/media_selection.xml:3 +msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" +msgstr "Baliabide Aukeraketa (Nonfree)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/media_selection.xml:12 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:25 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " +"the base of the distribution." +msgstr "<emphasis>Core</emphasis> biltegia ezin da desaktibatu, distribuzioaren oinarria daukanez gero." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " +"cards, etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:38 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 +msgid "Minimal Install" +msgstr "Instalazio Minimoa" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 +msgid "" +"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +msgid "" +"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " +"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " +"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " +"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " +"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:3 +msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" +msgstr "Hainbat parametroen laburpena" + +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/misc-params.xml:33 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:38 +msgid "" +"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on " +"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " +"settings here and change them if you want after pressing " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:45 +msgid "System parameters" +msgstr "Sistema parametroak" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:50 +msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Denbora-Eremua</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:52 +msgid "" +"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:58 +msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Herrialde/Eskualde</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " +"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:67 +msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Abio kargatzailea</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:69 +msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." +msgstr "DrakX aukerak onak egin ditu abio zamatzailearen ezarpenarekin." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" +msgstr "Ez ezer aldatu, Grub edo/ta Lilo konfiguratzeaz jakin ezean" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:75 +msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" +msgstr "Informazio gehiagorako, ikus <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:80 +msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Erabiltzaile kudeaketa</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:83 +msgid "" +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "Erabiltzaile extrak hemen gehi dezakezu. Bakoitzak bere <literal>/home</literal> direktorioa izango du." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:89 +msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Serbitzuak</guilabel>:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:91 +msgid "" +"System services refer to those small programs which run the background " +"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:95 +msgid "" +"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " +"prevent your computer from operating correctly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:99 +msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" +msgstr "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:106 +msgid "Hardware parameters" +msgstr "Hardware parametroak" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:111 +msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Teklatua</guilabel>:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:113 +msgid "" +"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " +"your location, language or type of keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:119 +msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Sagua</guilabel>:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:121 +msgid "" +"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " +"etc." +msgstr "Hemen gehitu edo konfiguratu dezakezu beste gailu batzuk, tabletak, trackballs, etab " + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:126 +msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Soinu txartela</guilabel>:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:129 +msgid "" +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:136 +msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Interfaze grafikoa</guilabel>:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:139 +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "Atal honen bitartez, zure txartel grafikoa(k) eta pantaila konfigura dezakezu." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:142 +msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." +msgstr "Informazio gehiagorako, ikus <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/misc-params.xml:148 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:156 +msgid "Network and Internet parameters" +msgstr "Sare eta Internet parametroak" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:162 +msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Sarea</guilabel>:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:164 +msgid "" +"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free " +"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " +"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " +"repositories." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:171 +msgid "" +"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " +"that interface as well." +msgstr "Sare txartel bat gehitzen duzunean, ez ahaztu zure suebakia interfazena ezartzen, ikusteko ere." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:178 +msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Proxiak</guilabel>:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:180 +msgid "" +"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " +"internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " +"proxy service." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:185 +msgid "" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "Zure sistema administratzaileari kontsultatu beharko diozu eskuratzeko hemen sartu beharreko parametroak" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:194 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Segurtasuna" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:199 +msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Segurtasun Maila</guilabel>:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:202 +msgid "" +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:206 +msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage." +msgstr "Begiratu zure erabilerara hoberen egokitzen den aukera." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:211 +msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Suebakia</guilabel>:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:213 +msgid "" +"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " +"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:217 +msgid "" +"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " +"selections will depend on what you use your computer for." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:222 +msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." +msgstr "Kontuan izan dena ahalbidetzea (suebaki gabe) oso arriskutsua izan daitekeela." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " +"partition" +msgstr "<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> Partizioaren tamaina aldatu" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 +msgid "" +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 +msgid "Security Level" +msgstr "Segurtasun-maila" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 +msgid "You can adjust your security level here." +msgstr "Zure segurtasun maila egokitu dezakezu hemen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." +msgstr "Zuk zer aukeratu ez badakizu, lehenetsitako konfigurazioa utz ezazu." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 +msgid "" +"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " +"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +msgid "Select and use ISOs" +msgstr "Aukeratu eta erabili ISOa" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "Baliabidea" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "Definition" +msgstr "Definizioa" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +msgid "" +"We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " +"Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." +msgstr "Aurki ditzakezu <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">hemen</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +msgid "Classical installation media" +msgstr "Instalazioa Klasiko baliabidea" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +msgid "Common features" +msgstr "Ezaugarri komunak" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." +msgstr "DrakX izeneko instalatzaile tradizionalak erabiltzen dituzte." + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +msgid "" +"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." +msgstr "Eskuragarri dago instalazio garbi bat egitea edo berritzea aurreko bertsio batetatik." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +msgid "DVD" +msgstr "DVD" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 +msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." +msgstr "Baliabide ezberdinak 32 edo 64 biteko arkitekturentzat." + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " +"Hardware Detection Tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." +msgstr "DVD bakoitzak eskuragarri ditu edozein mahaigaineko ingurune eta hizkuntzak." + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +msgid "" +"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " +"software." +msgstr "Emango zaizu aukera instalazioan zehar software ez librea gehitzea edo ez." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +msgid "DVD dual arch" +msgstr "arkitektura bikoitzeko DVDa" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " +"automatically according to the detected CPU." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +msgid "Xfce desktop only." +msgstr "Xfce mahaigaina soilik." + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)" +" TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "Hizkuntza batzuk soilik (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) HAUTATU EGIN DIRA!" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +msgid "It contains non free software." +msgstr "Software ez librea dauka." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +msgid "Live media" +msgstr "Live baliabidea" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " +"HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." +msgstr "ISO mahaigaineko ingurune bakar bat du (KDE edo GNOME)." + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +msgid "They contains non free software." +msgstr "Software ez librea dauka." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +msgid "Live CD KDE" +msgstr "KDE-ren Live CDa" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +msgid "KDE desktop environment only." +msgstr "KDE mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik." + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 +msgid "English language only." +msgstr "Ingelera hizkuntza soilik" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +msgid "32 bits only." +msgstr "32 bite soilik." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +msgid "Live CD GNOME" +msgstr "GNOME-ren Live CD-a" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." +msgstr "GNOME mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +msgid "Live DVD KDE" +msgstr "KDE-ren Live DVD-a" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +msgid "All languages are present." +msgstr "Hizkuntza guztiak presente daude." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +msgid "Live DVD GNOME" +msgstr "GNOME-ren Live DVD-a" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +msgid "Boot-only CDs media" +msgstr "Abioko CD baliabidea soilik" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete " +"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, " +"on a local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 +msgid "" +"These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that" +" can't boot on a USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 +msgid "boot.iso" +msgstr "boot.iso" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 +msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." +msgstr "Software librea soilik dauka, software ez librea uko egiten duen gendearentzat." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 +msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" +msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " +"it." +msgstr "Software librea ez diren (batez ere, kontrolatzaileak, kodek...) ditu behar duten pertsonentzat." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 +msgid "Media downloading and checking" +msgstr "Baliabidea deskargatzea eta egiaztatzea" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +msgid "Downloading" +msgstr "Deskargatzen" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 +msgid "" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the " +"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"http is chosen, you can also see something like" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 +msgid "" +"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " +"failure. Then this window appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 +msgid "Check the radio button Save File." +msgstr "Egiaztatu Fitxategia Gorde botoia." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" +msgstr "Deskargatutako baliabide osotasunaren egiaztapena" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" +msgstr "Ireki kontsola bat, ez da root izan beharrik, eta:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +msgid "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "- md5sum erabiltzeko, idatzi: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 +msgid "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "- sha1sum erabiltzeko, idatzi: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 +msgid "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "eta lortutako zenbakia zure ordenagailuan konparatu mageia emandako zenbakiarekin (pixka bat itxaron beharko duzu). Adibidea:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 +msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" +msgstr "Grabatu edo irauli ISOa" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +msgid "" +"The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. " +"These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" +msgstr "ISO-a CD/DVD baten grabatu" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +msgid "" +"Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " +"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " +"not correct. More information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 +msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" +msgstr "Irauli ISOa USB makil baten" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +msgid "" +"All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick " +"and use it to boot and install the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330 +msgid "" +"\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in " +"the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced " +"to the image size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick." +msgstr "Jatorrizko ahalmena berreskuratzeko, USB formateatu behar duzu." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 +msgid "Using Mageia" +msgstr "Mageia erabiliz" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 +msgid "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 +msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" +msgstr "dd kontsola tresna bezala ere erabil dezakezu:" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 +msgid "Open a console" +msgstr "Kontsola bat ireki" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 +msgid "" +"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " +"final -)" +msgstr "Bihurtu root agindua <userinput> su - </ userinput> (ez ahaztu azkenean -)" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +msgid "" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application" +" or file manager that read it)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" +msgstr "Idatzi <userinput>fdisk-l</userinput> komandoa" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +msgid "" +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " +"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +msgid "" +"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " +"bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "Agindua sartu: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd " +"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb " +"bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "(x)=zure gailu izena adib: /dev/sdc Adibidea: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" +msgstr "Agindua sartu: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" +msgstr "Deskonektatu zure USB, eginda dago" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +msgid "Using Windows" +msgstr "Windows erabiltzen" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +msgid "You can try:" +msgstr "Proba dezakezu:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +msgid "Mageia Installation" +msgstr "MAgeia Instalazioa" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +msgid "" +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "Urrats hori <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\"> Mageia-ren dokumentazioan </link> zehazten da." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +msgid "" +"More information, is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." +msgstr "Informazio gehiago, eskuragarri <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>-an." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 +msgid "Select your Country / Region" +msgstr "Aukeratu zure Herrialdea / Eskualdea" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " +"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " +"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 +msgid "" +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " +"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " +"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"choice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 +msgid "Input method" +msgstr "Sarrera metodoa" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 +msgid "" +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " +"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " +"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 +msgid "Install or Upgrade" +msgstr "Instalatu edo Berritu" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 +msgid "Install" +msgstr "Instalatu" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +msgstr "Aukera hau erabili ezazu <application>Mageia</application> instalazio fresko baterako." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "Berritu" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 +msgid "" +"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " +"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " +"latest release." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " +"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " +"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 +msgid "" +"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 +msgid "" +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 +msgid "Keyboard" +msgstr "Teklatua" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 +msgid "" +"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " +"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +msgid "" +"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " +"full list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +msgid "" +"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " +"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " +"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +msgid "Please choose a language to use" +msgstr "Aukeratu erabiltzeko hizkuntza bat" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " +"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " +"the installation and for your installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +msgid "" +"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " +"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " +"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +msgstr "Zure teklatu hizkuntza ez da zure gogoko hizkuntzaren berdina, orduan, komeni da, zure teklatuaren hizkuntza instalatzea." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " +"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " +"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +msgid "" +"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:4 +msgid "Select mouse" +msgstr "Aukeratu sagua" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:16 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:23 +msgid "" +"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " +"different one here." +msgstr "Ez bazaude pozik zure saguak nola erantzuten duen, beste bat hemen hautatu ahal izango duzu." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "Normalean, <guilabel>Unibertsal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Edozein PS/2 eta USB sagu</guilabel> aukera ona da." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " +"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 +msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" +msgstr "Gegitu edo Aldatu Abio Menuko Sarrera" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " +"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " +"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " +"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 +msgid "" +"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." +msgstr "Sarrera bat bertsio-multzo egokia gehi dezakezu, edo erabat berrizendatu." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 +msgid "" +"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " +"choice while booting up." +msgstr "Lehenetsitako sarrera bat du sistemak ez baduzu aukera bat egiten abiarazteko honetan sartu eta abiaraziko da." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"just try something without knowing what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +msgid "Bootloader main options" +msgstr "Abio zamatzailearen aukera nagusiak" + +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +msgid "" +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "Instalatzaileak automatikoki aukeratutako abio kargatzaile ezarpen ezberdinak nahiago badituzu, hemen alda ditzakezu." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +msgid "" +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"allow Mageia to create a new one." +msgstr "Dagoeneko beste sistema eragile bat duzu zure makinan, eta kasu horretan Mageia zure abio kargatzailera gehitu , edo baimendu Mageia berri bat sortzea erabaki behar duzu." + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +msgstr "The mageia menuak grafikoa politak ditu :)" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" +msgstr "Mageia abio kargatzailea erabiliz" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +msgid "" +"By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " +"boot menu." +msgstr "Berez, mageia GRUB kargatzailea berria zure disko gogorreko MBR (Master Boot Record)-an idazten du lehenengoz. Sistema eragile bat baino gehiago badituzu, mageia saiatuko da abio menu berriak gehitzen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " +"legacy and Lilo." +msgstr "Mageia gaur egun GRUB2 eskaintzen GRUB ondarea eta Lilo gain aukerako abioko kargatzailea gisa." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +msgid "" +"The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " +"the Summary page during installation." +msgstr "Instalazioan orrialdean zehar laburpena eskuragarri duen GRUB2 abio kargatzailea hemen erabiltzea da konponbiderik onena." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +msgid "Using an existing bootloader" +msgstr "Existitzen den abio kargatzaile bat erabiliz" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +msgid "" +"If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." +msgstr "Argi izan, sda gailu bat, sda7 gailuaren partizio bat da." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +msgid "" +"Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +msgid "" +"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " +"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"question." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +msgid "Bootloader advanced option" +msgstr "Abioko kargatzailearen aukera aurreratuak" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +msgid "" +"If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 +msgid "Setup SCSI" +msgstr "SCSI konfiguratu" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 +msgid "" +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"fail to recognise the drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 +msgid "" +"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " +"you have." +msgstr "Horrela bada, eskuz kontatu behar izango dituzu DrakX-ekin dituzun SCSI disko(ak)." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 +msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." +msgstr "Orduan DrakX kontrolatzile zuzena konfiguratzeko gai izan beharko litzateke." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/soundConfig.xml:11 +msgid "Sound Configuration" +msgstr "Soinu Konfiguraketa" + +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/soundConfig.xml:17 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/soundConfig.xml:23 +msgid "" +"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " +"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " +"one." +msgstr "Pantaila honetan instalatzailea zure soinu txartela duen kontrolatzailearen izena erabiltzen da, zein lehenetsitako kontrolatzailea izango da lehenespen bat baduzu." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/soundConfig.xml:27 +msgid "" +"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install " +"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start " +"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " +"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " +"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/soundConfig.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "Orduan, draksound-en \"Soinua Konfiguratu\" tresnaren pantailan, egin klik <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> eta <guibutton>Arazoen konponketa</guibutton>n arazoa nola konpondu buruzko aholku lagungarria aurkitzeko." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/soundConfig.xml:41 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Aurreratua" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/soundConfig.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " +"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " +"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." +msgstr "Klik egin <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> pantaila instalazio honetan zehar, erabilgarria da ez kontrolatzaile lehenetsia ez eta asko eskuragarri badago , edo instalatzaileak okerreko kontrolatzailea aukeratu duela uste baduzu." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/soundConfig.xml:49 +msgid "" +"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " +"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." +msgstr "Kasu horretan beste kontrolatzaile bat <guibutton>Edozein gidari hautatu</guibutton>-n klik egin ondoren hautatu dezakezu." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 +msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" +msgstr "Baieztatzeko formateatu beharreko disko gogorra" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr +#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " +"choice." +msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Aurreko</guibutton>ziur ez bazaude zure aukeraz." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>Ziur bazaude eta partizio guztiak ezabatu nahi dituzual, sistema eragilea eta disko gogor horretako datu guztiak." diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/eu/DrakX-cover.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..38b44f64 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 --> +<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="Quick-Startup"> + <info> + <title>DrakX-rekin Instalazioa</title> + <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> + <revhistory> + <revision> + <date>2014ko Otsaila</date> + <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + <cover> + <para role="tagline">Mageia-ren dokumentazio Ofiziala</para> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <info> + <title>DrakX-rekin Instalazioa</title> + <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> + <revhistory> + <revision> + <date>2014ko Otsaila</date> + <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + </info> + </cover> + </info> + <article> + + + + + + + <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before--> +<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed --> +<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> +<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> +<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<para><note> + <para>No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which +screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make +while installing.</para> + </note></para> + + <para>Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude +<link +ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> + + <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link +ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link +ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para> + + <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link +ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation +Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> + --> +<xi:include href="installer.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/> + + + <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> --> +<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml"> +</xi:include> + + <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include> + + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> + + + <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> + --> +</article> +</book> diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/eu/DrakX.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3e023da7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/DrakX.xml @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 --> +<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="Quick-Startup"> + <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before--> +<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed --> +<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> +<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> +<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur--> +<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> + --> +<info> + <title>DrakX-rekin Instalazioa</title> + + <cover> + <para><note> + <para>No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which +screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make +while installing.</para> + </note></para> + + <para>Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude +<link +ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> + + <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link +ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link +ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para> + + <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link +ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation +Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para> + </cover> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + + + <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="installer.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/> + + + <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> --> +<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml"> +</xi:include> + + <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include> + + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> + + +<!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> + --> +</article> diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/eu/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..afe4d16a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,411 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu"> + + <info> + <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 --> +<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Aukeratu eta erabili ISOa</title> + </info> + + <section> + <title>Baliabidea</title> + + <section> + <title>Definizioa</title> + + <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update +Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + + <para>Aurki ditzakezu <link +ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">hemen</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Instalazioa Klasiko baliabidea</title> + + <section> + <title>Ezaugarri komunak</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>DrakX izeneko instalatzaile tradizionalak erabiltzen dituzte.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Eskuragarri dago instalazio garbi bat egitea edo berritzea aurreko bertsio +batetatik.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Baliabide ezberdinak 32 edo 64 biteko arkitekturentzat.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, +Hardware Detection Tool.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>DVD bakoitzak eskuragarri ditu edozein mahaigaineko ingurune eta hizkuntzak.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Emango zaizu aukera instalazioan zehar software ez librea gehitzea edo ez.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>arkitektura bikoitzeko DVDa</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made +automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Xfce mahaigaina soilik.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Hizkuntza batzuk soilik (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, +uk) HAUTATU EGIN DIRA!</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Software ez librea dauka.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live baliabidea</title> + + <section> + <title>Ezaugarri komunak</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a +HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>ISO mahaigaineko ingurune bakar bat du (KDE edo GNOME).</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Baliabide ezberdinak 32 edo 64 biteko arkitekturentzat.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean +installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous +releases.</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Software ez librea dauka.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>KDE-ren Live CDa</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>KDE mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Ingelera hizkuntza soilik</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>32 bite soilik.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>GNOME-ren Live CD-a</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>GNOME mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Ingelera hizkuntza soilik</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>32 bite soilik.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>KDE-ren Live DVD-a</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>KDE mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Hizkuntza guztiak presente daude.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Baliabide ezberdinak 32 edo 64 biteko arkitekturentzat.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>GNOME-ren Live DVD-a</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>GNOME mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Hizkuntza guztiak presente daude.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Baliabide ezberdinak 32 edo 64 biteko arkitekturentzat.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Abioko CD baliabidea soilik</title> + + <section> + <title>Ezaugarri komunak</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to +start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the +install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a +local network or on the Internet.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that +can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Baliabide ezberdinak 32 edo 64 biteko arkitekturentzat.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Ingelera hizkuntza soilik</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Software librea soilik dauka, software ez librea uko egiten duen +gendearentzat.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot-nonfree.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Software librea ez diren (batez ere, kontrolatzaileak, kodek...) ditu behar +duten pertsonentzat.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Baliabidea deskargatzea eta egiaztatzea</title> + + <section> + <title>Deskargatzen</title> + + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used +mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is +chosen, you can also see something like</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of +them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the +file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a +failure. Then this window appears:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Egiaztatu Fitxategia Gorde botoia.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Deskargatutako baliabide osotasunaren egiaztapena</title> + + <para>Ireki kontsola bat, ez da root izan beharrik, eta:</para> + + <para>- md5sum erabiltzeko, idatzi: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>- sha1sum erabiltzeko, idatzi: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>eta lortutako zenbakia zure ordenagailuan konparatu mageia emandako +zenbakiarekin (pixka bat itxaron beharko duzu). Adibidea:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Md5sum.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Grabatu edo irauli ISOa</title> + + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able +media.</para> + + <section> + <title>ISO-a CD/DVD baten grabatu</title> + + <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly +to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not +correct. More information in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Irauli ISOa USB makil baten</title> + + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick +and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + + <warning> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the +partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to +the image size.</para> + </warning> + + <para>Jatorrizko ahalmena berreskuratzeko, USB formateatu behar duzu.</para> + + <section> + <title>Mageia erabiliz</title> + + <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para> + + <para>dd kontsola tresna bezala ere erabil dezakezu:</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Kontsola bat ireki</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Bihurtu root agindua <userinput> su - </ userinput> (ez ahaztu azkenean -)</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application +or file manager that read it)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Idatzi <userinput>fdisk-l</userinput> komandoa</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Fdisk.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb +in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Agindua sartu: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX +bs=1M</userinput></para> + + <para>(x)=zure gailu izena adib: /dev/sdc Adibidea: # <userinput>dd +if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb +bs=1M</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Agindua sartu: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Deskonektatu zure USB, eginda dago</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Windows erabiltzen</title> + + <para>Proba dezakezu:</para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32 +Disk Imager</link></para> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>MAgeia Instalazioa</title> + + <para>Urrats hori <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"> Mageia-ren +dokumentazioan </link> zehazten da.</para> + + <para>Informazio gehiago, eskuragarri <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">Mageia +wiki</link>-an.</para> + </section> + +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/installer/eu/acceptLicense.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5427fe36 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/acceptLicense.xml @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="acceptLicense" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 --> +<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back --> +<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications: + http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html --> +<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore, + but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( + ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one--> +<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 --> +<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not + sure what is causing the corruption --> +<!-- JohnR 2012-04-19 language proofreading --> +<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Lizentzia eta Askatze Oharrak</title> + </info> + + <mediaobject condition="expert"> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-license.png" +format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <section xml:id="license"> + <info> + <title xml:id="license-ti1">Lizentzia Kontratua</title> + </info> + + <para><application>Mageia</application> instalatu aurretik, irakurri arretaz +baldintzak eta lizentzia.</para> + + <para>Baldintza horiek <application>Mageia</application> distribuzio osoaari +aplikatzen dira eta jarraitzeko onartu behar dituzu.</para> + + <para>Onartzeko, hautatu <guilabel>Ados</guilabel> eta egin klik +<guibutton>Hurrengo</guibutton>.</para> + + <para>Aukeratu baduzu baldintza hauek ez onestea, irakurri duzula ere baloratuko +dugu. <guibutton>Irten</guibutton> Klik eginda zure ordenagailua +berrabiaraziko da.</para> + + + <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section - + marja, 20120405 --> +</section> + + <section xml:id="releaseNotes"> + <!-- + <para> +Release Notes</para> +--> +<info> + <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Askapen Oharrak</title> + </info> + + + + <para>Zer berri dagoen bertsio honetan ikusteko <application>Mageia</application>, +egin klik <guibutton>Bertsio Oharrak</guibutton>.</para> + </section> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/addUser.xml b/docs/installer/eu/addUser.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f598c454 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/addUser.xml @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="addUser" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Erabiltzaile eta Supererabiltzaileen Kudeaketa</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back --> +<!-- removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but + changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing + about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or + disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous + screen), marja, 20120409--> +<!-- barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand + "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? --> +<!-- JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot --> +<!-- marja 2013-04-26 added new note --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" +format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <section xml:id="root-password"> + <info> + <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Ezarri administratzaile (root) pasahitza:</title> + </info> + + <para>It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to +set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the +<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the +top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green +depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are +using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box +just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped +the first password by comparing them.</para> + + <note xml:id="givePassword"> + <para>Pasahitz guztiak dira kasu sentikorra, onena da letrak (maiuskulak eta +minuskulak), zenbakiak eta bestelako karaktereak nahasketa pasahitz batean.</para> + </note> + </section> + + <section xml:id="enterUser"> + <info> + <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Sartu erabiltzaile bat</title> + </info> + + <para>Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but +enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and +anything else the average user does with his computer</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><guibutton>Ikonoa</guibutton>: botoi honetan klik egiten baduzu, +erabiltzaile ikonoa aldatu egingo da.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Benetako Izena</guilabel>: Erabiltzaileen benetako izena sartu +ezazu testu-kutxa honetan.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Saio Hasiera Izena</guilabel>: Erabiltzailearen saio-hasierako +izena hemen sartzen da edo drakx bertsio bari uzten diozu erabiltzaileen +benetako izena erabiltzen.<emphasis> Saio-hasiera-izena sentibera da +maiuskula eta minuskulei.</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Pasahitza</guilabel>: Testu-kutxa honetan erabiltzaile-pasahitza +idatzi behar izango zenuke. Ezkutu bat agertzen da pasahitzaren indarra +adierazteko testu-kutxaren bukaeran. (Ikusi ezazu ere <xref +linkend="givePassword"></xref>)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Pasahitza (berriz)</guilabel>: Erabiltzaile-pasahitza berridatziko +duzu kutxa honetan eta drakx-ak begiratuko du testua, erabiltzailearen +pasahitzeko testuko kutxetako bakoitzean pasahitz bera duzula.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <note> + <para>Mageia instalatzen duzun bitartean gehitutako edozein erabiltzaile, mundu +bat irakurgarri izango du (baina idazteko babesarekin) home direktorioan.</para> + + <para>Hala ere, instalatzen ari zaren bitartean, edozein erabiltzaile +<emphasis>MCC - Sistema -Erabiltzaile Kudeatzaile sistema</emphasis>n gehitu +home direktorioa duena zein irakurtzeko eta idazteko babestuta izango dena.</para> + + <para>Ez baduzu nahi home direktorioa edonork irakurgarri izan dezan, aldi +baterako erabiltzaile bat soilik gehitu orain eta berrabiarazi ondoren +benetako(ak) gehitzea komeni da.</para> + + <para>If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all +extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step +during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>.</para> + + <para>Sarbide baimena instalatu ondoren ere aldatu egin daiteke.</para> + </note> + + </section> + + <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced"> + <info> + <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Erabiltzailearen Kudeaketa Aurreratua</title> + </info> + + <para>Botoi <guibutton> aurreratua </guibutton> sakatzen bada konfigurazioa +gehitzen duen erabiltzailearentzat editatzea baimentzen dion pantaila +eskaintzen zaio. Gainera, gaitu edo desgaitu dezake gonbidatu kontua.</para> + + <warning> + <para>gonbidatu erabiltzaile batek gordetako edozer +gauza(<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>rekin) zure karpeta nagusitik ezabatu egingo +da saioa amaitzean. Gonbidatuak bere fitxategi garrantzitsuak USB disko +baten gorde behar ditu.</para> + </warning> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Gaitu gonbidatu kontua </guilabel>: Hemen gonbidatu kontu bat +gaitu edo desgaitu dezakezu. Gonbidatu kontua gonbidatu bati PC-an sartu eta +erabiltzeko aukera ematen du, baina erabiltzaile sarrera normala baino +murritzagoak izaten dira.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Beherapen hori zerrendan behera ematen dio +erabiltzaileari aurreko pantailara ere gehitzen ari zaren erabilitako +shell-a aldatzeko aukera, aukerak dira Bash, Dash eta Sh</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Erabiltzaile ID</guilabel>: ID erabiltzailea hemen jar diezaiokezu +aurreko pantailan gehitu duzun erabiltzaileari. Hau zenbaki bat da. Hutsik +utzi ezazu ez badakizu zer egiten ari zaren.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Talde ID</guilabel>: Honek uzten zaitu talde ID sorta, zenbaki +bat, normalean erabiltzaileari dagokion berdina. Hutsik utzi ezazu ez +badakizu zer egiten ari zaren.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/installer/eu/add_supplemental_media.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5862f2af --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/add_supplemental_media.xml @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="add_supplemental_media" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + <info> + <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Baliabide Aukeraketa (Konfiguratu Instalazio Baliabide Osagarriak)</title> + </info> + + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13 - created --> +<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection --> +<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell --> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" +fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1" +xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Pantaila honek dagoeneko aitortutako biltegi zerrenda erakusten du. Pakete +iturri batzuk gehi ditzakezu disko optikoa edo urrutiko iturri +gisa. Hurrengo urratsetan zer pakete aukeratu ahal izago den hautatutako +iturriek zehazten dute.</para> + + <para>Sare iturri batentzat, bi pausu jarraitu beharko ditugu:</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Sarea aukeratzea eta aktibatzea, dagoeneko ez baldin badago. </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a +mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by +Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With +the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS +installation.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/installer/eu/ask_mntpoint_s.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b42725fe --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/ask_mntpoint_s.xml @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Aukeratu muntatze-puntuak</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back --> +<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 --> +<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" + with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) --> +<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes --> +<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans + write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it--> +<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) --> +<!-- 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Hemen ordenagailuan aurkitutako Linux partizioak ikusi ahal izango +dituzu. Gomendioarekin ados ez bazaude <application>DrakX</application>, +muntatze puntu alda ditzake.</para> + + <note> + <para>Edozer aldatzen baduzu, ziurtatu oraindik <literal>/</literal> (root) +partizioa duzual.</para> + </note> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Partizio bakoitza honela erakutsiko da: "Device" ("Capacity", "Mount point", +"Type").</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>"Gailua", honako hauek osatzen dute: "disko", ["Disko zurrun zenbakia" +(letra)], "partizio-zenbakia" (adibidez, "sda5").</para> + </listitem> + + + <listitem> + <para>If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from +the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> +and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for +instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store +your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the +<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Zuk satu behar ez duzun partizioen, muntaketa puntuaren eremua hutsik utzi +dezakezu.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <warning> + <para>Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, +and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen +that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size.</para> + </warning> + + <para>If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on +<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the +partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/installer/eu/chooseDesktop.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..badce6dc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/chooseDesktop.xml @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="chooseDesktop"> + + + <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page--> +<info> + <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Idaztegi hautaketa</title> + </info> + + + + + <para>Zure hautapena arabera hemen, pantaila gehiago eskaini ahal izango duzu zure +aukera doitzeko.</para> + + <para>After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package +installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the +<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button</para> + + + +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png" align="center" +format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or +<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full +set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if +you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the +default software choices for these desktop environments. The +<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, +sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default.</para> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/installer/eu/choosePackageGroups.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c24e1113 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/choosePackageGroups.xml @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="choosePackageGroups"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Pakete-taldearen hautapena</title> + </info> + + + +<mediaobject> +<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page--> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png" +align="center" format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on +your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however +more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which +become visible as the mouse is hovered over them.</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Lanpostua.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Zerbitzaria.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Ingurumen Grafikoa.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Banakako Pakete Hautaketa: Aukera hau erabili ahal izango duzu eskuz gehitu +edo kentzeko paketeak.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>Irakur <xref linkend="minimal-install"></xref> instalazio minimo bat egiteko +argibideak.</para> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/installer/eu/choosePackagesTree.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6e5e1c18 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/choosePackagesTree.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="choosePackagesTree"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Aukeratu Banakako Paketeak</title> + </info> + + + +<mediaobject> +<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page--> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center" +format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Hemen edozein extra pakete gehitu edo kendu dezakezu zure instalazioa +pertsonalizatzeko.</para> + + <para>After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy +icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages +(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the +same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install +and choosing to load it.</para> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/configureServices.xml b/docs/installer/eu/configureServices.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..73ea8319 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/configureServices.xml @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu"> + + + <info> + <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Konfiguratu zure Serbitzuak</title> + </info> + + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml --> +<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Hona hemen zein zerbitzu (ez) duten hasi behar zure sistema abiarazterakoan +ezar dezakezu.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Badira lau talde, sakatu triangelua talde baten aurrean zabaltzeko eta +zerbitzuak ikusteko atalean.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">Aukeratutako DrakX ezarpenak onak izaten dira.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">Zerbitzu bat nabarmendu baduzu, hari buruzko informazioa beheko info +koadroan erakusten da.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Gauza bakarra aldatzen duzunean, oso ondo dakizu zer egiten ari zaren.</para> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/installer/eu/configureTimezoneUTC.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a326dfa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/configureTimezoneUTC.xml @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu"> + + + <info> + <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Konfiguratu zure Denbora-Eremua</title> + </info> + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml --> +<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Aukera ezazu zure ordu-zona zure herrialdea edo hiri bat behar duzu ordu +zona berekoa aukeratuz.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">Hurrengo pantailan zure hardware erlojua tokiko ordu edo GMT, UTC gisa +ezagutzen denaa ezartzeko aukera daukazu.</para> + + <note> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Ordenagailuan sistema eragilearen bat baino gehiago badituzu, ziurtatu +guztiak bertako orduan ezarrita dutela, edota UTC/GMT.</para> + </note> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/installer/eu/configureX_card_list.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c2dec7f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/configureX_card_list.xml @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="configureX_card_list"> + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Initiated by Marja 2012-08-08 --> +<!-- Further text JohnR 2012-08-29 --> +<!-- tproof --> +<!-- lproof --> +<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur --> +<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Aukeratu X zerbitzari bat (Konfiguratu Txartel Grafikoa)</title> + </info> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center" +xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png" +format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>DrakX bideo txartelen datu-base osoa dauka, eta normaleanzure bideo gailua +behar bezala identifikatuko du.</para> + + <para>Instalatzaileak ez du behar bezala zure txartel grafikoa detektatu, eta zein +duzun baldin badakizu, hautatu ahal izango duzu zuhaitzean: <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>hornitzailea</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>ondoren zure txartela izena</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>eta txartel mota</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist></para> + + <para>If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in +the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the +Xorg category</para> + + <para>The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card +drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the +option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities.</para> + + <para>Kontutan izan baterezin kontrolatzaile bat hautatzen baduzu Aginte +Interfazerako sarbidea soilik izan dezakezula.</para> + + <para>Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which +may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from +the card manufacturers' websites.</para> + + <para>Nonfree biltegia esplizituki gaituta egon behar da sartzeko. Ez baduzu hura +aurretik hautatu, hau egin beharko duzu berrabiarazi ondoren lehenengoz.</para> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/installer/eu/configureX_chooser.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4630b289 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/configureX_chooser.xml @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Txartel Grafikoa eta Pantaila Konfigurazioa</title> + </info> + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page--> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) +you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are +all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window +System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for +<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or +any other graphical environment to work well, the following +<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct +settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a +choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect.</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Txartel Grafikoa</guibutton></emphasis>: Aukeratu zure +txartela zerrendatik behar izanez gero.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose +<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor +from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> +list. Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the +horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor.</para> + + <warning> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Freskatze tasa okerra pure pantaila kaltetu dezake</para> + </warning> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Bereizmena</guibutton></emphasis>: Hemen pantailan +ezarri nahi den ebazpen eta kolore sakonera.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not +always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your +settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your +settings are correct, you can answer "yes", and the settings will be +kept. If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen +and be able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make +sure your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't +available</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Aukerak</guibutton></emphasis>: Hemen hainbat aukera +aktibatzeko edo desaktibatzeko aukera dezakezu.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/installer/eu/configureX_monitor.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b0043187 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/configureX_monitor.xml @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="configureX_monitor" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 --> +<!-- Further text JohnR 2012-08-30 --> +<!-- tproof --> +<!-- lproof --> +<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Aukeratu zure Pantaila</title> + </info> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX pantailen datu-base osoa dauka, eta normalean zurea behar bezala +identifika dezake.</para> + + <warning> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage +your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing +what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor +documentation</para> + </warning> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png" +format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" + xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Pertsonalizatua</emphasis></para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">Aukera horrek bi parametro kritiko, freskatze maiztasun bertikala eta +sinkronismo horizontala aldatzea uzten du. Freskatze maiztasun bertikala +nola freskatuko den pantailan askotan zehazten du, eta sinkronismo +horizontal tasa zein lerro ikus daitezke.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4"><Emphasis> GARRANTZITSUA </emphasis> da ez aukeratzea pantaila mota bat zure +benetako panatilaren freskatze tasa baino haundiagoa duenik, kaltetu +baitezake. Zalantzarik izanez gero, ezarpen kontserbadore bat aukeratu eta +ikusi zure pantailaren dokumentazioa.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis></para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">Hau da aukera lehenetsia eta pantaila pantailaren mota datu-basetik zehazten +saiatzen da.</para> + + <para revision="1" + xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Hornitzailea</emphasis></para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">Instalatzaileak ez du behar bezala zure pantaila detektatu, eta zein duzun +baldin badakizu, hautatu ahal izango duzu hautaketa zuhaitzean: <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>hornitzailea</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>pantailaren fabrikatzailearen izena</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>pantailaren deskribapena</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist></para> + + <para revision="1" + xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Generikoa</emphasis></para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">hautatu 30 talde inguruko pantaila ezarpenak 1024x768 @ 60Hz pantaila lauak +eta eramangarriak bezalakoak erabiltzen dira. Hau da, askotan pantaila +aukeraketa talde on bat da Vesa kontrolatzile txartela erabili behar den +bideo txartelr eta ezin da automatikoki zehaztu. Berriz ere, zure aukeraketa +kontserbadorea izan behar da.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/diskdrake.xml b/docs/installer/eu/diskdrake.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..23dee0f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/diskdrake.xml @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="diskdrake"> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 29 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! --> +<!-- JohnR added note for bug 133 re encrypted partitions --> +<!-- JohnR 2012-04-10 - tidy up module formatting --> +<!-- Marja, 2012-04-18 changed "If you wish to use encryption on + any of your partitions" into "If you wish to use encryption on + your <literal> +/</literal> partition" because pterjan said this is only for root + Also added some text. --> +<!--marja 20120418 moved section end tag down to where it belongs--> +<!--marja 20120418 added para 6a--> +<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Pertsonalizatua disko partizioak DiskDrake-rekin</title> + </info> + + + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png" +align="center"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + +<warning> + <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you +must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The +encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be +set, otherwise your system will be unbootable.</para> + </warning> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake-pa3">Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, +change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what +is in them before you start. + </para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake-pa4">There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an +USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them. + </para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake-pa5">Sakatu <guibutton>Garbitu guztia</guibutton> aukeratutako biltegi gailu +partizio guztiak garbitzeko</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake-pa6">Beste ekintza guztiak: sakatu nahi den partizioa lehenik. Gero ikusi, edo +aukeratu fitxategi sistema eta muntatze puntua, tamainaz aldatu edo garbitu.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a">Jarraitu dena zure nahiei egokitu arte. </para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake-pa7">Klik <guibutton>Eginda</guibutton> prest zaudenean.</para> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/installer/eu/doPartitionDisks.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..177f8257 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/doPartitionDisks.xml @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="doPartitionDisks"> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 29 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! --> +<!-- JohnR 2012-04-10 - tidy up module formatting --> +<!-- barjac 2012-04-20 Yes I agree with Lebarhon - reference to home partition removed --> +<!-- Simonnzg - doing anything to a Windows partition is DANGEROUS. I would prefer + if this was not an option, but... --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 put the para xml id's back. --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-29 changed text as discussed on the ml and with papoteur's approval + lebarhon: 2012-08-18 warning added--> +<!-- marja 2013-04-05 changed warning to text suggested by Dave Hodgings in bug 9594 --> +<!-- marja 2013-04-05 adjusted last line of warning as suggested by obgr_seneca --> +<!-- lebarhon 2013-04-11 adjusted last line of warning as suggested by Dave Hodgins/Marja--> +<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Partizioa egiten</title> + </info> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1">In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the +solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install +<application>Mageia</application>.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2">Erabilgarri dauden aukerak beheko zerrendatik bereziki zure disko +gogor(rren) diseinua eta edukien arabera aldatzen da.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Lehendik dauden Partizioak</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5">Aukera hori eskuragarri badago, orduan Linux partizioak bateragarria aurkitu +egin dira eta instalazioa erabili ahal izango du.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6">Erabili Espazio Hutsa</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7">Erabili gabeko espazio baduzu zure disko gogorrean orduan aukera hau +erabiliko da zure Mageia instalazio berriarentzat.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8">Erabili Espazio Librea Windows-en Partizioan</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9">Lehendik dauden Windows partiziotik erabili gabeko espazioa baduzu, +instalatzaileak, erabili ahal izateko eskainiko dizu.</para> + + <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, +but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all +important files!</para> + + <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11" revision="3">Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The +partition must be "clean", meaning that Windows must have closed down +correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, +although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been +moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to +back up your personal files.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12">Ezabatu eta erabili disko osoa.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13">Aukera honek disko osoa erabiliko du Mageia-rantzat.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14">Oharra! Aukeratutako disko gogorraren datu guztiak ezabatuko dira. Kontuz +ibili!</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15">If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already +have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use +this option.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16">Pertsonalizatua</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17">Honek erabateko kontrola ematen dizu instalazioan jartzen zure disko +gogorrean.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist></para> + + <warning> + <para>Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the +previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available +hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested +with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 +MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning +tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following +settings: </para> + + <para>"lerrokatu" "MiB" </para> + + <para>"Aurreko espazio librea (MiB)" "2" </para> + + <para>Ziurtatzen partizio guztiak sortzen diturela megabyte kopuru batekin.</para> + </warning> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/exitInstall.xml b/docs/installer/eu/exitInstall.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1460f95d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/exitInstall.xml @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Zorionak</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 29 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! --> +<!-- marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text --> +<!-- same day, added "s" to "sytems"--> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png" +format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"> </imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="exitInstall-pa1">You have finished installing and configuring +<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the +installation medium and reboot your computer.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="exitInstall-pa2">After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating +systems on your computer (if you have more than one).</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-pa3">Zuk ez badituzu abio kargatzaile ezarpenak doitzen, zure Mageia instalazioa +automatikoki hautatuko eta hasiko da. </para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-pa4">Gozatu!</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-pa5">Bisitatu www.mageia.org zalantzarik izanez gero edo mageia lagundu nahi +izanez </para> + + +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/installer/eu/formatPartitions.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e2f42fce --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/formatPartitions.xml @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="formatPartitions"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Formateatzen</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" +format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on +partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Normalean gutxienez DrakX hautatutaako partizioak, formateatu behar izaten +dira</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to +check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis></para> + + <tip> + <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on +<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> +and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. +In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions.</para> + </tip> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">When you are confident about the selection, click on +<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/installUpdates.xml b/docs/installer/eu/installUpdates.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d77b6c77 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/installUpdates.xml @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> + +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Eguneraketak</title></info> + + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename--> +<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png" +format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some +packages will have been updated or improved.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, +select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you +aren't connected to the Internet</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Ondoren, sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> jarraitzeko</para> + +</section> +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/installer.xml b/docs/installer/eu/installer.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f4b9f0d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/installer.xml @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="installer" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu"> + + + + + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30, using barjac's text --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!--removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 --> +<!--barjac 2012-04-11 - corrected link to Welcome screen and unmangled header - + seems to be corrupted by xxe addon when saving --> +<!-- JohnR - apparent corruption is caused by the positioning of this comment block + - corrected Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes --> +<!-- barjac 18/04/2012 Commented out para relating to peripherals, as it's apparently wrong --> +<title xml:id="installer-ti1">DrakX, Mageia Instalatzilea</title> + </info> + + <para>Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia +Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as +possible.</para> + + + + <!-- <para> +If you have peripherals like printers or scanners, it is [best] to + connect them and make sure they are powered up during installation. These + will be automatically detected and configured.</para> --> +<para>The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will +start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need.</para> + + <figure xml:id="dx-welcome"> + <info> + <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Instalazio Ongi etorri Pantaila</title> + </info> + + <para>Hona hemen Mageia DVDko lehenetsitako ongietorri pantaila:</para> + +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + + <para>Lehenengo pantaila honetan, posible da lehentasun pertsonal batzuk ezartzea:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Hizkuntzan (instalazioa egiteko bakarrik, desberdinak izan daitezke, +aukeratutako sistemaren hizkuntzaz) F2 sakatu</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Erabili geziak hizkuntza aukeratzeko eta sakatu Sartu.</para> + + <para>Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live +DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue +System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware +Detection Tool</guilabel>.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Aldatu pantailaren bereizmena F3 tekla sakatuz.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Gehitu kernel aukera batzuk F6 sakatuz.</para> + + <para>If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one +of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called +<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:</para> + + <para>- Berez, ez du lehenetsitako aukeretan ezer aldatzen.</para> + + <para>- Ezarpenak Seguruak, lehentasuna ematen da aukera seguruei prozeduraren +kalterako.</para> + + <para>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management +isn't taken into account.</para> + + <para>- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is +about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for.</para> + + <para>When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options +displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line.</para> + + <note> + <para>In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the +key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, +however, they are really taken into account.</para> + </note> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Gehitu kernel funtsezko aukerak baino gehiago F1 sakatuz</para> + + <para>F1 Sakatuz aukera berrien leihoa irekitzen da. Bat aukera ezazu +gezi-teklekin eta ENTER-a saka ezazu xehetasun gehiago izateko edo Esc tekla +saka ezazu ongietorri-pantailara itzultzeko.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <para>The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select +<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options +list. These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot +options</guilabel> line.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <note> + <para>Laguntzak F2 teklaz aukeratutako hizkuntza emaitza du.</para> + </note> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based +Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):</para> + + <para>It does not allow to change the language, the available options are +described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired +Network-based Installation CD, see <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">the Mageia +Wiki</link></para> + + <warning> + <para>Teklatuaren diseinua amerikarra da.</para> + </warning> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2" align="center" +format="PNG" fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <section xml:id="installationSteps"> + <info> + <title xml:id="installationSteps-ti1">Instalazio urratsak</title> + </info> + + <para>The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed +on the side panel of the screen.</para> + + <para>Each step has one or more screens which may also have +<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, +options.</para> + + <para>Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further +explanations about the current step.</para> + + <note> + <para>If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is +possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a +partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your +computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well +leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure +rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys +<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press +<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot.</para> + </note> + </section> + + <section xml:id="installationOptions"> + <section xml:id="installationProblems"> + <info> + <title xml:id="installationProblems-ti1">Instalazio arazoak eta Konponbide Posibleak</title> + </info> + + <section xml:id="noX"> + <info> + <title xml:id="noX-ti2">Interfaze Grafikorik gabe</title> + </info> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection +screen. This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using +low resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="2">If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be +possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use +this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be +presented with a black screen with the word "boot:". Type "text" and hit +ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="installFreezes"> + <info> + <title xml:id="installFreezes-ti1">Instalatu Osagaiak</title> + </info> + + <para>If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a +problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of +hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type +<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with +other options as necessary.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="kernelOptions"> + <info> + <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">RAM arazoak</title> + </info> + + <para>These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the +available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the +<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of +RAM. e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions"> + <info> + <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Partizio dinamikoak</title> + </info> + + <para>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic" format on +Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia on +this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: +<link +ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para> + </section> + </section> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/media_selection.xml b/docs/installer/eu/media_selection.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5295a442 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/media_selection.xml @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu"> + <info> + <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Baliabide Aukeraketa (Nonfree)</title> + </info> + + + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11 - created --> +<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)--> +<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell --> +<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)--> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png" +format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are +available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories +selection determines which packages will be available for selection during +the next steps.</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><emphasis>Core</emphasis> biltegia ezin da desaktibatu, distribuzioaren +oinarria daukanez gero.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are +free-of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain +closed-source software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this +repository includes nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, +firmware for various WiFi cards, etc.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under +a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is +that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, +e.g. Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages +needed to play commercial video DVD, etc.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/minimal-install.xml b/docs/installer/eu/minimal-install.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..243d178d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/minimal-install.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="minimal-install"> + <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page--> +<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ --> +<info> + <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Instalazio Minimoa</title> + </info> + + + + + <para>You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the +Package Group Selection screen, see <xref +linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para> + <para>Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for +their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised +workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package +Selection, see <xref linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para> + <para>If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer +you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X.</para> + +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/misc-params.xml b/docs/installer/eu/misc-params.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a3f38ef6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/misc-params.xml @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="misc-params" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu"> + <info> + <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Hainbat parametroen laburpena</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! --> +<!--marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( --> +<!--marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots --> +<!--JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)--> +<!--marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages --> +<!--marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and + the drakxid-miscellaneous section --> +<!--marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph --> +<!--marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph --> +<!-- 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. --> +<!-- 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" --> +<!--2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files--> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summary.png" revision="1" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="summary-im1" /> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-pa1">DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on +the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the +settings here and change them if you want after pressing +<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>.</para> + + <section xml:id="misc-params-system"> + <info> + <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Sistema parametroak</title> + </info> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Denbora-Eremua</guilabel></para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred +language. You can change it if needed. See also <xref +linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Herrialde/Eskualde</guilabel></para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a">If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you +correct the setting. See <xref linkend="selectCountry"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Abio kargatzailea</guilabel></para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a">DrakX aukerak onak egin ditu abio zamatzailearen ezarpenarekin.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b">Ez ezer aldatu, Grub edo/ta Lilo konfiguratzeaz jakin ezean</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c">Informazio gehiagorako, ikus <xref linkend="setupBootloader"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5"><guilabel>Erabiltzaile kudeaketa</guilabel></para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a">Erabiltzaile extrak hemen gehi dezakezu. Bakoitzak bere +<literal>/home</literal> direktorioa izango du.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6"><guilabel>Serbitzuak</guilabel>:</para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">System services refer to those small programs which run the background +(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks.</para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may +prevent your computer from operating correctly.</para> + + <para>For more information, see <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware"> + <info> + <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Hardware parametroak</title> + </info> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1"><guilabel>Teklatua</guilabel>:</para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on +your location, language or type of keyboard.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2"><guilabel>Sagua</guilabel>:</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a">Hemen gehitu edo konfiguratu dezakezu beste gailu batzuk, tabletak, +trackballs, etab </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3"><guilabel>Soinu txartela</guilabel>:</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a">The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option +to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one +driver for your card, but none of them is the default one.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Interfaze grafikoa</guilabel>:</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a">Atal honen bitartez, zure txartel grafikoa(k) eta pantaila konfigura +dezakezu.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b">Informazio gehiagorako, ikus <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"/>.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="summaryBottom-im1" revision="1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" /> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </section> + + <section xml:id="misc-params-network"> + <info> + <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Sare eta Internet parametroak</title> + </info> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1"><guilabel>Sarea</guilabel>:</para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free +drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia +Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media +repositories.</para> + + <warning> + <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">Sare txartel bat gehitzen duzunean, ez ahaztu zure suebakia interfazena +ezartzen, ikusteko ere.</para> + </warning> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Proxiak</guilabel>:</para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider +internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a +proxy service.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b">Zure sistema administratzaileari kontsultatu beharko diozu eskuratzeko hemen +sartu beharreko parametroak</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="misc-params-security"> + <info> + <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Segurtasuna</title> + </info> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Segurtasun Maila</guilabel>:</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a">Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default +setting (Standard) is adequate for general use.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b">Begiratu zure erabilerara hoberen egokitzen den aukera.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Suebakia</guilabel>:</para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a" revision="1">A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the +rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b">Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your +selections will depend on what you use your computer for.</para> + + <warning> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c">Kontuan izan dena ahalbidetzea (suebaki gabe) oso arriskutsua izan +daitekeela.</para> + </warning> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/installer/eu/resizeFATChoose.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7ded8c77 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/resizeFATChoose.xml @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="resizeFATChoose"> + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 --> +<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en + in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2--> +<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1"><application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> Partizioaren +tamaina aldatu</title> + </info> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">You have more than one +<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. +Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing +<application>Mageia</application>.</para> + + + +<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2"> +.......</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>--> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/securityLevel.xml b/docs/installer/eu/securityLevel.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4a53b7ce --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/securityLevel.xml @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu"> + + + <info> + <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Segurtasun-maila</title> + </info> + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" --> +<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Zure segurtasun maila egokitu dezakezu hemen.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Zuk zer aukeratu ez badakizu, lehenetsitako konfigurazioa utz ezazu.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings +in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center.</para> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/selectCountry.xml b/docs/installer/eu/selectCountry.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3054d5cc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/selectCountry.xml @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu"> + + + + <info> + <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Aukeratu zure Herrialdea / Eskualdea</title> + </info> + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params --> +<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + + <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, +like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country +can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other +Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there.</para> + + <note> + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, +after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the +first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real +choice.</para> + </note> + + <section xml:id="inputMethod"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Sarrera metodoa</title> + </info> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa4">In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an +input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input +multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the +default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India +Live-CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input +method so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input +methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be +installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection.</para> + + <note> + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa5">If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it +after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" -> +"System", or by running localedrake as root.</para> + </note> + </section> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/installer/eu/selectInstallClass.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..efa5900d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/selectInstallClass.xml @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="selectInstallClass"> + + + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 --> +<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR --> +<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to + "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409--> +<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version --> +<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed --> +<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Instalatu edo Berritu</title> + </info> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center" +format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Instalatu</para> + + <para>Aukera hau erabili ezazu <application>Mageia</application> instalazio fresko +baterako.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Berritu</para> + + <para>If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on +your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the +latest release.</para> + +<warning> + <para>Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still +supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been +thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already +reached its End Of Life when this one was released, then it is better to do +a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition.</para> +</warning> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <note> + <para>If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to +reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been +formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in +the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an +unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you +want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl +F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl +Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot.</para> + </note> + + <tip> + <para>If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you +can return from the "Install or Upgrade" screen to the language choice +screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do +<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install.</para> + </tip> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/installer/eu/selectKeyboard.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7d77a920 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/selectKeyboard.xml @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="selectKeyboard" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + + + + + <info> + <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Teklatua</title> + </info> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable +keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" /> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard +layout. If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the +specifications that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There +may even be a label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also +look here: <link +xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on +<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard +there.</para> + + <para revision="1"><warning> + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, +you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though +a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly +and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the +full list.</para> + </warning></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an +extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin +and non-Latin keyboard layouts</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/installer/eu/selectLanguage.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fddeea30 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/selectLanguage.xml @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="selectLanguage"> + + + + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look --> +<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong + code in figure, marja, 20120409 --> +<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean + up mess made of this header by xxe --> +<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Aukeratu erabiltzeko hizkuntza bat</title> + </info> + + <para>Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your +continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during +the installation and for your installed system.</para> + + <para>If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your +system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the +<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be +difficult to add extra language support after installation.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" align="center" +format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <warning> + <para>Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them +as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be +marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen .</para> + </warning> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Zure teklatu hizkuntza ez da zure gogoko hizkuntzaren berdina, orduan, +komeni da, zure teklatuaren hizkuntza instalatzea.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the +"multiple languages" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your +language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia +Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/selectMouse.xml b/docs/installer/eu/selectMouse.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7640d4f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/selectMouse.xml @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Aukeratu sagua</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place--> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center" +format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">Ez bazaude pozik zure saguak nola erantzuten duen, beste bat hemen hautatu +ahal izango duzu.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Normalean, <guilabel>Unibertsal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Edozein PS/2 eta USB +sagu</guilabel> aukera ona da.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to +configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/installer/eu/setupBootloader.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3b1b2b5e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/setupBootloader.xml @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="setupBootloader"> + <info> + <title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Abio zamatzailearen aukera nagusiak</title> + </info> + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. + + 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist--> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center" +fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" xml:id="setupBootloader-im1" format="PNG" +/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para xml:id="setupBootloader-pa1" revision="4">Instalatzaileak automatikoki aukeratutako abio kargatzaile ezarpen +ezberdinak nahiago badituzu, hemen alda ditzakezu.</para> + + <para xml:id="setupBootloader-pa2" revision="4">Dagoeneko beste sistema eragile bat duzu zure makinan, eta kasu horretan +Mageia zure abio kargatzailera gehitu , edo baimendu Mageia berri bat +sortzea erabaki behar duzu.</para> + + <tip> + <para revision="2" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa3">The mageia menuak grafikoa politak ditu :)</para> + </tip> + + <section xml:id="usingMageiaBootloader"> + <info> + <title xml:id="usingMageiaBootloader-ti2">Mageia abio kargatzailea erabiliz</title> + </info> + + <para revision="3" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa4">Berez, mageia GRUB kargatzailea berria zure disko gogorreko MBR (Master Boot +Record)-an idazten du lehenengoz. Sistema eragile bat baino gehiago +badituzu, mageia saiatuko da abio menu berriak gehitzen.</para> + + <para revision="3">Mageia gaur egun GRUB2 eskaintzen GRUB ondarea eta Lilo gain aukerako abioko +kargatzailea gisa.</para> + + <warning> + <para revision="3" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa6">Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by +GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is +used.</para> + + <para revision="3">Instalazioan orrialdean zehar laburpena eskuragarri duen GRUB2 abio +kargatzailea hemen erabiltzea da konponbiderik onena.</para> + </warning> + </section> + + <section xml:id="usingExistingBootloader"> + <info> + <title revision="2" xml:id="usingExistingBootloader-ti4">Existitzen den abio kargatzaile bat erabiliz</title> + </info> + + <para revision="3" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa46">If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember +to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader +<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the +bootloader install location.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa47">Do not select a device e.g."sda", or you will overwrite your existing +MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the +partitioning phase earlier, e.g. sda7.</para> + + <para xml:id="setupBootloader-pa48" revision="1">Argi izan, sda gailu bat, sda7 gailuaren partizio bat da.</para> + + <tip> + <para revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa48a">Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where +your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to +the installer screen.</para> + </tip> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa49">The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader +is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve +running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and +add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in +question.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="advancedOptionBootloader"> + <info> + <title revision="2" xml:id="advancedOptionBootloader-ti5">Abioko kargatzailearen aukera aurreratuak</title> + </info> + + <para revision="3" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa52">If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition +that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on +<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp +at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space.</para> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/eu/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4d2bc5e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> + + + +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry"><info><title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Gegitu edo Aldatu Abio Menuko Sarrera</title></info> + + + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" +fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" format="PNG" align="center" +xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + + + <para>You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the +relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen +and editing the screen that pops up on top of it.</para> + + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" +fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png" format="PNG" align="center" +xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an +entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one.</para> + <para>Sarrera bat bertsio-multzo egokia gehi dezakezu, edo erabat berrizendatu.</para> + <para>Lehenetsitako sarrera bat du sistemak ez baduzu aukera bat egiten +abiarazteko honetan sartu eta abiaraziko da.</para> +<warning><para>Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't +just try something without knowing what you are doing.</para></warning> + + </section> diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/installer/eu/setupSCSI.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..83beb11c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/setupSCSI.xml @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">SCSI konfiguratu</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 --> +<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) --> +<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the + Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png" +format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers +it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently +fail to recognise the drive.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">Horrela bada, eskuz kontatu behar izango dituzu DrakX-ekin dituzun SCSI +disko(ak).</para> + + <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">Orduan DrakX kontrolatzile zuzena konfiguratzeko gai izan beharko litzateke.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/soundConfig.xml b/docs/installer/eu/soundConfig.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a7826e76 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/soundConfig.xml @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Soinu Konfiguraketa</title> + </info> + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Started by marja on 2013-12-07 --> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png" revision="1" +format="PNG" xml:id="soundConfig-im1" /> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Pantaila honetan instalatzailea zure soinu txartela duen kontrolatzailearen +izena erabiltzen da, zein lehenetsitako kontrolatzailea izango da lehenespen +bat baduzu. + </para> + <para>The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install +you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start +this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the +<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound +Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen. + </para> + <para>Orduan, draksound-en "Soinua Konfiguratu" tresnaren pantailan, egin klik +<guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> eta <guibutton>Arazoen +konponketa</guibutton>n arazoa nola konpondu buruzko aholku lagungarria +aurkitzeko. + </para> + + <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced"> + <info> + <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Aurreratua</title> + </info> + + <para>Klik egin <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> pantaila instalazio honetan +zehar, erabilgarria da ez kontrolatzaile lehenetsia ez eta asko eskuragarri +badago , edo instalatzaileak okerreko kontrolatzailea aukeratu duela uste +baduzu. + </para> + + <para>Kasu horretan beste kontrolatzaile bat <guibutton>Edozein gidari +hautatu</guibutton>-n klik egin ondoren hautatu dezakezu. + </para> + + </section> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/installer/eu/takeOverHdConfirm.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bff67d06 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eu/takeOverHdConfirm.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Baieztatzeko formateatu beharreko disko gogorra</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 --> +<!-- test comment - johnr --> +<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct + hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I + saw this help screen when I had only one HD --> +<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" +align="center" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Klik <guibutton>Aurreko</guibutton>ziur ez bazaude zure aukeraz.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Klik <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>Ziur bazaude eta partizio guztiak +ezabatu nahi dituzual, sistema eragilea eta disko gogor horretako datu +guztiak.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/fr.po b/docs/installer/fr.po index 63dc5f0f..c470b2d6 100644 --- a/docs/installer/fr.po +++ b/docs/installer/fr.po @@ -1,27 +1,28 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: -# Dune <dune06@free.fr>, 2013 -# Dune <dune06@free.fr>, 2013-2014 +# Rémi Verschelde <akien@mageia.org>, 2014 +# Eric Barbero <dune06@free.fr>, 2013 +# Eric Barbero <dune06@free.fr>, 2013-2014 # Lebarhon <lebarhon@free.fr>, 2013 # Lebarhon <lebarhon@free.fr>, 2013 -# Akien <akien@mageia.org>, 2014 # papoteur, 2013 +# Rémi Verschelde <akien@mageia.org>, 2014 +# Yves Brungard, 2013 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-09 20:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Dune <dune06@free.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" -"fr/)\n" -"Language: fr\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-06 04:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Eric Barbero <dune06@free.fr>\n" +"Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -32,12 +33,9 @@ msgstr "Licence et Notes de version" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -47,40 +45,31 @@ msgstr "Accord de Licence" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Avant d'installer <application>Mageia,</application> veuillez lire les " -"termes et conditions de la licence avec attention.<application></application>" +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Avant d'installer <application>Mageia,</application> veuillez lire les termes et conditions de la licence avec attention.<application></application>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Ces termes et conditions s'appliquent à toute la distribution " -"<application>Mageia </application>et doivent être acceptés avant de pouvoir " -"continuer." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Ces termes et conditions s'appliquent à toute la distribution <application>Mageia </application>et doivent être acceptés avant de pouvoir continuer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Pour accepter, simplement sélectionner <guilabel>Accepter</guilabel> puis " -"cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>." +msgstr "Pour accepter, simplement sélectionner <guilabel>Accepter</guilabel> puis cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Si vous décidez de ne pas accepter ces conditions, alors nous vous " -"remercions de l'intérêt porté. Cliquer sur <guibutton>Quitter</guibutton> " -"redémarrera votre ordinateur." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Si vous décidez de ne pas accepter ces conditions, alors nous vous remercions de l'intérêt porté. Cliquer sur <guibutton>Quitter</guibutton> redémarrera votre ordinateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -92,10 +81,7 @@ msgstr "Notes de version" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Pour prendre connaissance des nouveautés de cette version de " -"<application>Mageia</application>, cliquez sur le bouton<guibutton> Notes de " -"version.</guibutton>" +msgstr "Pour prendre connaissance des nouveautés de cette version de <application>Mageia</application>, cliquez sur le bouton<guibutton> Notes de version.</guibutton>" #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -106,35 +92,29 @@ msgstr "fr" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -msgstr "" -"Sélection de média (Configurer l'installation de média supplémentaires)" +msgstr "Sélection de média (Configurer l'installation de média supplémentaires)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"add_supplemental_media." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-" -"im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Cet écran liste toutes les sources déjà disponibles. Il est possible " -"d'ajouter des sources supplémentaires de paquetages, comme un disque optique " -"ou une source distante. Le choix des sources détermine quels paquetages " -"seront disponibles à l'installation lors des étapes suivantes." +msgstr "Cet écran liste toutes les sources déjà disponibles. Il est possible d'ajouter des sources supplémentaires de paquetages, comme un disque optique ou une source distante. Le choix des sources détermine quels paquetages seront disponibles à l'installation lors des étapes suivantes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -154,39 +134,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner un miroir ou spécifier une URL (toute première entrée). " -"Sélectionner un miroir vous donne la possibilité de choisir parmi tous les " -"dépôts gérés par Mageia, tels que le Nonfree, le Tainted et le Update. Avec " -"l'URL, vous pouvez désigner un dépôt spécifique de votre propre réseau NFS." +msgstr "Sélectionner un miroir ou spécifier une URL (toute première entrée). Sélectionner un miroir vous donne la possibilité de choisir parmi tous les dépôts gérés par Mageia, tels que le Nonfree, le Tainted et le Update. Avec l'URL, vous pouvez désigner un dépôt spécifique de votre propre réseau NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gestion de l'Utilisateur et du Superutilisateur" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -198,31 +177,20 @@ msgstr "Définir le mot de passe Administrateur (Root) :" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"Pour chaque installation de Mageia, il est conseillé de définir un mot de " -"passe superutilisateur ou administrateur, souvent appelé <emphasis>mot de " -"passe root</emphasis> dans Linux. Pendant que vous entrez le mot de passe, " -"le bouclier change de couleur du rouge vers le jaune puis le vert en " -"fonction de l'efficacité du mot de passe. Un bouclier vert indique un mot de " -"passe fort. Vous devez ressaisir le même mot de passe dans le champ juste en-" -"dessous a des fins de vérification par comparaison au cas où vous auriez " -"fait une erreur de saisie." +msgstr "Pour chaque installation de Mageia, il est conseillé de définir un mot de passe superutilisateur ou administrateur, souvent appelé <emphasis>mot de passe root</emphasis> dans Linux. Pendant que vous entrez le mot de passe, le bouclier change de couleur du rouge vers le jaune puis le vert en fonction de l'efficacité du mot de passe. Un bouclier vert indique un mot de passe fort. Vous devez ressaisir le même mot de passe dans le champ juste en-dessous a des fins de vérification par comparaison au cas où vous auriez fait une erreur de saisie." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"Tous les mots de passe sont sensibles à la casse, il est recommandé " -"d'utiliser un mélange de lettres (majuscules et minuscules), de nombres et " -"autres caractères." +msgstr "Tous les mots de passe sont sensibles à la casse, il est recommandé d'utiliser un mélange de lettres (majuscules et minuscules), de nombres et autres caractères." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -235,40 +203,29 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"Ajouter ici un utilisateur. Il a moins de droits que le superutilisateur " -"(root), mais suffisamment par défaut pour naviguer sur internet, utiliser " -"les applications de bureautique, jouer et faire toutes autres choses " -"habituellement réalisées par un utilisateur ordinaire avec son PC." +msgstr "Ajouter ici un utilisateur. Il a moins de droits que le superutilisateur (root), mais suffisamment par défaut pour naviguer sur internet, utiliser les applications de bureautique, jouer et faire toutes autres choses habituellement réalisées par un utilisateur ordinaire avec son PC." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Icône </guibutton>: en cliquant sur ce bouton, vous changerez " -"l'icône de l'utilisateur." +msgstr "<guibutton>Icône </guibutton>: en cliquant sur ce bouton, vous changerez l'icône de l'utilisateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Nom et prénom </guilabel>: inscrire ici le nom réel de " -"l'utilisateur." +msgstr "<guilabel>Nom et prénom </guilabel>: inscrire ici le nom réel de l'utilisateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Identifiant de connexion</guilabel> : inscrire ici un identifiant " -"de connexion ou bien drakx transposera les nom et prénom pour en créer un. " -"<emphasis>L'identifiant de connexion est sensible à la casse.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Identifiant de connexion</guilabel> : inscrire ici un identifiant de connexion ou bien drakx transposera les nom et prénom pour en créer un. <emphasis>L'identifiant de connexion est sensible à la casse.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -276,32 +233,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Mot de passe </guilabel>: Vous devez inscrire dans ce champ le mot " -"de passe utilisateur. On retrouve dans son extrémité droite le bouclier qui " -"indique la force du mot de passe. (voir aussi <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/" -">)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Mot de passe </guilabel>: Vous devez inscrire dans ce champ le mot de passe utilisateur. On retrouve dans son extrémité droite le bouclier qui indique la force du mot de passe. (voir aussi <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Mot de passe (vérification) </guilabel>: Inscrire à nouveau le mot " -"de passe ici et drakx vérifiera que le même mot de passe a bien été saisi " -"dans les deux champs." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Mot de passe (vérification) </guilabel>: Inscrire à nouveau le mot de passe ici et drakx vérifiera que le même mot de passe a bien été saisi dans les deux champs." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Tout utilisateur ajouté lors de l'installation de Mageia aura un répertoire " -"personnel (dans /home) qui sera accessible en lecture par quiconque, mais " -"protégé en écriture." +msgstr "Tout utilisateur ajouté lors de l'installation de Mageia aura un répertoire personnel (dans /home) qui sera accessible en lecture par quiconque, mais protégé en écriture." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -309,20 +256,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"Cependant, tout nouvel utilisateur ajouté par l'intermédiaire du Centre de " -"Contrôle de Mageia (CCM) aura un répertoire protégé en écriture et en " -"lecture pour les autres utilisateurs." +msgstr "Cependant, tout nouvel utilisateur ajouté par l'intermédiaire du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia (CCM) aura un répertoire protégé en écriture et en lecture pour les autres utilisateurs." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez un répertoire protégé en lecture, il est recommandable de " -"créer un utilisateur de manière temporaire et de recréer un nouvel " -"utilisateur principal une fois la session démarrée." +msgstr "Si vous souhaitez un répertoire protégé en lecture, il est recommandable de créer un utilisateur de manière temporaire et de recréer un nouvel utilisateur principal une fois la session démarrée." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -330,16 +271,12 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Si vous préférez des répertoires accessibles en lecture par tous, ajoutez " -"les utilisateurs supplémentaires à l'étape du <emphasis>Résumé</emphasis> de " -"l'installation, avec le bouton <emphasis>Gestion des utilisateurs</emphasis>." +msgstr "Si vous préférez des répertoires accessibles en lecture par tous, ajoutez les utilisateurs supplémentaires à l'étape du <emphasis>Résumé</emphasis> de l'installation, avec le bouton <emphasis>Gestion des utilisateurs</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "" -"Les permissions d'accès peuvent aussi être changées après l'installation." +msgstr "Les permissions d'accès peuvent aussi être changées après l'installation." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -352,10 +289,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"En cliquant sur le bouton <guibutton>avancé</guibutton> vous accédez à cet " -"écran d'édition des paramètres de l'utilisateur en cours de création. De " -"plus, vous pouvez désactiver ou activer un compte invité." +msgstr "En cliquant sur le bouton <guibutton>avancé</guibutton> vous accédez à cet écran d'édition des paramètres de l'utilisateur en cours de création. De plus, vous pouvez désactiver ou activer un compte invité." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -363,11 +297,7 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "" -"Tout ce qu'un invité, possédant un compte invité par défaut <emphasis>rbash</" -"emphasis>, enregistre dans son répertoire /home sera effacé lors de la " -"déconnexion. Un invité peut enregistrer ses fichiers importants sur une clé " -"USB." +msgstr "Tout ce qu'un invité, possédant un compte invité par défaut <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, enregistre dans son répertoire /home sera effacé lors de la déconnexion. Un invité peut enregistrer ses fichiers importants sur une clé USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -375,11 +305,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Activer le compte Invité </guilabel>: Il est possible ici " -"d'activer ou de désactiver un compte Invité. Ce type de compte permet à un " -"invité de se connecter et d'utiliser le PC, mais avec des droits plus " -"restreints qu'un utilisateur ordinaire." +msgstr "<guilabel>Activer le compte Invité </guilabel>: Il est possible ici d'activer ou de désactiver un compte Invité. Ce type de compte permet à un invité de se connecter et d'utiliser le PC, mais avec des droits plus restreints qu'un utilisateur ordinaire." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -387,10 +313,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Shell de démarrage </guilabel>: cette liste déroulante permet de " -"choisir le shell utilisé par l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent, les " -"choix possibles sont Bash, Dash et Sh" +msgstr "<guilabel>Shell de démarrage </guilabel>: cette liste déroulante permet de choisir le shell utilisé par l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent, les choix possibles sont Bash, Dash et Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -398,48 +321,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>ID de l'Utilisateur </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID de " -"l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent. Il s'agit d'un nombre. Ne rien " -"entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas." +msgstr "<guilabel>ID de l'Utilisateur </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID de l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent. Il s'agit d'un nombre. Ne rien entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>ID du groupe </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID du groupe. Il s'agit " -"encore d'un nombre, généralement le même que l'ID de l'utilisateur. Ne rien " -"entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>ID du groupe </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID du groupe. Il s'agit encore d'un nombre, généralement le même que l'ID de l'utilisateur. Ne rien entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Choix des points de montage" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountPoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountPoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -447,64 +364,46 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "" -"Sont présentées ici les partitions Linux qui ont été trouvées sur votre " -"ordinateur. Si vous n'êtes pas d'accord avec les suggestions de " -"<application>DrakX</application>, il est possible de modifier les points de " -"montage." +msgstr "Sont présentées ici les partitions Linux qui ont été trouvées sur votre ordinateur. Si vous n'êtes pas d'accord avec les suggestions de <application>DrakX</application>, il est possible de modifier les points de montage." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"Quoi que vous changiez, assurez vous de toujours avoir au moins UNE " -"partition <literal>/</literal> ." +msgstr "Quoi que vous changiez, assurez vous de toujours avoir au moins UNE partition <literal>/</literal> ." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Chaque partition est présentée comme suit : \"Périphérique\" (\"Capacité\", " -"\"Point de montage\", \"Type\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Chaque partition est présentée comme suit : \"Périphérique\" (\"Capacité\", \"Point de montage\", \"Type\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"\"Périphérique\", est composé de : \"type disque dur\", \"lettre d'ordre du " -"disque dur \", \"numéro de partition\" (exemple, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "\"Périphérique\", est composé de : \"type disque dur\", \"lettre d'ordre du disque dur \", \"numéro de partition\" (exemple, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez beaucoup de partitions, vous pouvez choisir beaucoup de points " -"de montage dans la liste déroulante tels que <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/" -"home</literal> et <literal>/var</literal>. Il est même possible de créer ses " -"propres points de montage, par exemple <literal>/video</literal> pour une " -"partition de stockage des films, ou <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pour " -"la partition <literal>/home</literal> d'une installation de cauldron." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Si vous avez beaucoup de partitions, vous pouvez choisir beaucoup de points de montage dans la liste déroulante tels que <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> et <literal>/var</literal>. Il est même possible de créer ses propres points de montage, par exemple <literal>/video</literal> pour une partition de stockage des films, ou <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pour la partition <literal>/home</literal> d'une installation de cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"Pour les partitions où l'accès n'est pas nécessaire, vous pouvez laisser le " -"champ point de montage en blanc." +msgstr "Pour les partitions où l'accès n'est pas nécessaire, vous pouvez laisser le champ point de montage en blanc." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -512,22 +411,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne savez pas quoi choisir, cliquez sur <guibutton>Précédent</" -"guibutton> et cochez <guilabel>Partitionnement personnalisé du disque</" -"guilabel>. Dans l'écran suivant, cliquez sur un partition pour connaître son " -"type et sa taille." +msgstr "Si vous ne savez pas quoi choisir, cliquez sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> et cochez <guilabel>Partitionnement personnalisé du disque</guilabel>. Dans l'écran suivant, cliquez sur un partition pour connaître son type et sa taille." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Vous êtes sûr que les points de montage sont corrects ? Alors cliquez sur " -"<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>, et décidez si vous désirez seulement " -"formater la(es) partition(s) suggérée(s) par DrakX, ou plus." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Vous êtes sûr que les points de montage sont corrects ? Alors cliquez sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>, et décidez si vous désirez seulement formater la(es) partition(s) suggérée(s) par DrakX, ou plus." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -537,11 +429,9 @@ msgstr "Sélection du bureau" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"En fonction des sélections faites ici, des écrans supplémentaires peuvent " -"apparaître pour préciser les choix." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "En fonction des sélections faites ici, des écrans supplémentaires peuvent apparaître pour préciser les choix." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -549,19 +439,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Après l'(es) étape(s) de sélection, un diaporama s'affiche pendant " -"l'installation des packages. Il peut être invalidé en cliquant sur le bouton " -"<guilabel>Détails</guilabel>" +msgstr "Après l'(es) étape(s) de sélection, un diaporama s'affiche pendant l'installation des packages. Il peut être invalidé en cliquant sur le bouton <guilabel>Détails</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -573,30 +458,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Choisir entre les bureaux <application>KDE</application> ou " -"<application>Gnome</application> suivant sa préférence. Les deux proposent " -"un ensemble complet d'applications et d'outils utiles. Cocher " -"<guilabel>Personnaliser</guilabel> pour n'utiliser ni l'un ni l'autre ou les " -"deux ou bien pour obtenir autre chose que les logiciels fournis par défaut " -"pour ces bureaux. Le bureau <application>LXDE</application> est plus léger " -"que les deux précédents, d'esthétique moins léchée et possède moins de " -"paquetages installés par défaut." +msgstr "Choisir entre les bureaux <application>KDE</application> ou <application>Gnome</application> suivant sa préférence. Les deux proposent un ensemble complet d'applications et d'outils utiles. Cocher <guilabel>Personnaliser</guilabel> pour n'utiliser ni l'un ni l'autre ou les deux ou bien pour obtenir autre chose que les logiciels fournis par défaut pour ces bureaux. Le bureau <application>LXDE</application> est plus léger que les deux précédents, d'esthétique moins léchée et possède moins de paquetages installés par défaut." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Sélection du groupe de paquetages" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -605,11 +481,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Les paquetages sont triés par groupes pour faciliter le choix de ce qui est " -"nécessaire sur le système. Le contenu de ces groupes est évident, cependant, " -"des informations complémentaires sur chacun d'entre eux est disponible dans " -"l'infobulle qui devient visible lorsque la souris les survole." +msgstr "Les paquetages sont triés par groupes pour faciliter le choix de ce qui est nécessaire sur le système. Le contenu de ces groupes est évident, cependant, des informations complémentaires sur chacun d'entre eux est disponible dans l'infobulle qui devient visible lorsque la souris les survole." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -631,92 +503,74 @@ msgstr "Environnement graphique" msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Sélection Individuelle des Paquetages : Utiliser cette option pour ajouter " -"ou retirer manuellement des paquetages." +msgstr "Sélection Individuelle des Paquetages : Utiliser cette option pour ajouter ou retirer manuellement des paquetages." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Lire <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pour avoir des indications " -"sur la manière de réaliser une installation minimale." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Lire <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pour avoir des indications sur la manière de réaliser une installation minimale." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Choisir individuellement des paquetages" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible ici d'ajouter n'importe quel paquetage supplémentaire pour " -"personnaliser l'installation." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Il est possible ici d'ajouter n'importe quel paquetage supplémentaire pour personnaliser l'installation." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Après avoir fait son choix, cliquer sur <guibutton>l'icône de la disquette</" -"guibutton> en bas de la page pour enregistrer le choix des paquetages (il " -"est aussi possible de l'enregistrer sur une clé USB). Utiliser alors ce " -"fichier pour réaliser l'installation des mêmes paquetages sur un autre " -"système, en cliquant sur la même icône pendant l'installation et en " -"choisissant de charger le fichier." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "Après avoir fait son choix, cliquer sur <guibutton>l'icône de la disquette</guibutton> en bas de la page pour enregistrer le choix des paquetages (il est aussi possible de l'enregistrer sur une clé USB). Utiliser alors ce fichier pour réaliser l'installation des mêmes paquetages sur un autre système, en cliquant sur la même icône pendant l'installation et en choisissant de charger le fichier." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configurer les Services" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"Désigner ici quels services doivent (ne doivent pas) s'activer au démarrage " -"du système." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Désigner ici quels services doivent (ne doivent pas) s'activer au démarrage du système." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Il y a quatre groupes, cliquer sur le triangle devant chaque groupe pour le " -"déployer et voir tous les services qu'il contient." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Il y a quatre groupes, cliquer sur le triangle devant chaque groupe pour le déployer et voir tous les services qu'il contient." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -728,9 +582,7 @@ msgstr "Les choix réalisés par DrakX sont généralement les bons." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "" -"Si un service est mis en surbrillance, des informations à son sujet sont " -"disponibles dans l'infobulle en dessous." +msgstr "Si un service est mis en surbrillance, des informations à son sujet sont disponibles dans l'infobulle en dessous." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 @@ -742,45 +594,36 @@ msgstr "Ne modifier quelque chose qu'avec la certitude de bien faire." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configurer le fuseau horaire" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Choisir le fuseau horaire en choisissant le pays ou la ville la plus proche " -"dans le même fuseau." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Choisir le fuseau horaire en choisissant le pays ou la ville la plus proche dans le même fuseau." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"Dans l'écran suivant, il est possible de régler l'horloge système à l'heure " -"locale ou GMT, aussi appelée UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "Dans l'écran suivant, il est possible de régler l'horloge système à l'heure locale ou GMT, aussi appelée UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"En cas de plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation sur l'ordinateur, il doivent " -"tous être réglés sur la même heure (heure locale ou GMT/UTC)." +msgstr "En cas de plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation sur l'ordinateur, il doivent tous être réglés sur la même heure (heure locale ou GMT/UTC)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -790,31 +633,24 @@ msgstr "Choisissez un serveur d'affichage (serveur X)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"L'outil d'installation a une base de données assez complète des cartes " -"graphiques et identifie en général correctement votre matériel." +msgstr "L'outil d'installation a une base de données assez complète des cartes graphiques et identifie en général correctement votre matériel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Si l'installateur n'a pas détecté correctement votre carte graphique et si " -"vous connaissez celle-ci, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence :" +msgstr "Si l'installateur n'a pas détecté correctement votre carte graphique et si vous connaissez celle-ci, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence :" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -837,10 +673,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne trouvez pas votre carte dans la liste du fabricant, parce qu'elle " -"n'est pas encore répertoriée ou qu'elle est trop ancienne, vous pouvez " -"espérer trouver un pilote adapté dans la catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>." +msgstr "Si vous ne trouvez pas votre carte dans la liste du fabricant, parce qu'elle n'est pas encore répertoriée ou qu'elle est trop ancienne, vous pouvez espérer trouver un pilote adapté dans la catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -848,20 +681,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"La catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> contient plus de 40 pilotes " -"génériques et libres. Si vous ne trouvez pas de pilotes correspondant à " -"votre carte, vous pouvez sélectionner le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> " -"qui fournit des possibilités basiques pour la plupart des cartes." +msgstr "La catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> contient plus de 40 pilotes génériques et libres. Si vous ne trouvez pas de pilotes correspondant à votre carte, vous pouvez sélectionner le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> qui fournit des possibilités basiques pour la plupart des cartes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Soyez conscients que vous n'aurez accès qu'à la ligne de commande si le " -"pilote sélectionné est inadapté." +msgstr "Soyez conscients que vous n'aurez accès qu'à la ligne de commande si le pilote sélectionné est inadapté." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -869,36 +696,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Certains pilotes sont fournis par les fabricants et en licence non ouverte " -"et ne peuvent être installés que si vous avez accepté le dépôt \"Nonfree\"." -"Dans certains cas, les pilotes ne sont accessibles que sur des sites " -"Internet du fabricant et sont à installer après le démarrage de Mageia." +msgstr "Certains pilotes sont fournis par les fabricants et en licence non ouverte et ne peuvent être installés que si vous avez accepté le dépôt \"Nonfree\".Dans certains cas, les pilotes ne sont accessibles que sur des sites Internet du fabricant et sont à installer après le démarrage de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Les dépôts \"Nonfree\" doivent être activés de façon explicite pour y " -"accéder, il est conseillé de le faire après le premier redémarrage." +msgstr "Les dépôts \"Nonfree\" doivent être activés de façon explicite pour y accéder, il est conseillé de le faire après le premier redémarrage." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Configuration de X, de la carte graphique et du moniteur" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupX.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupX.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -907,30 +728,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Quelque soit l'environnement graphique (connu aussi sous le nom de bureau) " -"choisi pour cette installation de <application>Mageia</application>, il est " -"basé sur une interface utilisateur graphique appelée <acronym>X-Window</" -"acronym>, ou simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Ainsi pour assurer le " -"fonctionnement de <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, " -"<acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou n'importe quel autre environnement graphique, les " -"paramètres suivants de <acronym>X</acronym> doivent être corrects. Choisir " -"les paramètres corrects si <application>DrakX</application> ne détermine " -"rien ou bien si les choix réalisés ne semblent pas corrects." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Quelque soit l'environnement graphique (connu aussi sous le nom de bureau) choisi pour cette installation de <application>Mageia</application>, il est basé sur une interface utilisateur graphique appelée <acronym>X-Window</acronym>, ou simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Ainsi pour assurer le fonctionnement de <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou n'importe quel autre environnement graphique, les paramètres suivants de <acronym>X</acronym> doivent être corrects. Choisir les paramètres corrects si <application>DrakX</application> ne détermine rien ou bien si les choix réalisés ne semblent pas corrects." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Carte Graphique </guibutton></emphasis>: Si besoin, " -"choisir la carte dans la liste." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Carte Graphique </guibutton></emphasis>: Si besoin, choisir la carte dans la liste." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -940,28 +750,19 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Moniteur</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quand cela est possible, ou choisir le " -"moniteur dans la liste des <guilabel>Vendeurs</guilabel> ou bien celle des " -"<guilabel>Génériques</guilabel>. Choisir <guilabel>Personnalisé</guilabel> " -"en cas de préférence pour une configuration manuelle des taux de " -"rafraîchissement horizontaux et verticaux du moniteur." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Moniteur</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quand cela est possible, ou choisir le moniteur dans la liste des <guilabel>Vendeurs</guilabel> ou bien celle des <guilabel>Génériques</guilabel>. Choisir <guilabel>Personnalisé</guilabel> en cas de préférence pour une configuration manuelle des taux de rafraîchissement horizontaux et verticaux du moniteur." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" -msgstr "" -"Le moniteur peut être endommagé par des taux de rafraîchissement incorrects." +msgstr "Le moniteur peut être endommagé par des taux de rafraîchissement incorrects." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Résolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Indiquer ici la " -"résolution et la profondeur de couleur du moniteur." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Résolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Indiquer ici la résolution et la profondeur de couleur du moniteur." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -969,29 +770,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Le bouton test n'apparaît " -"pas toujours pendant l'installation. S'il est présent, il est possible de " -"cliquer dessus pour vérifier le résultat des réglages. Si une question " -"apparaît demandant si les réglages sont corrects, répondre \"oui\" et ils " -"seront conservés. Si rien n'est visible, l'écran de configuration va " -"réapparaître et il sera possible de modifier les réglages jusqu'à ce que le " -"test soit satisfaisant.<emphasis> Si le bouton de test n'est pas disponible, " -"redoubler de précautions dans le choix des paramètres.</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Le bouton test n'apparaît pas toujours pendant l'installation. S'il est présent, il est possible de cliquer dessus pour vérifier le résultat des réglages. Si une question apparaît demandant si les réglages sont corrects, répondre \"oui\" et ils seront conservés. Si rien n'est visible, l'écran de configuration va réapparaître et il sera possible de modifier les réglages jusqu'à ce que le test soit satisfaisant.<emphasis> Si le bouton de test n'est pas disponible, redoubler de précautions dans le choix des paramètres.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir ici de valider " -"ou d'invalider différentes options." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir ici de valider ou d'invalider différentes options." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -1003,9 +794,7 @@ msgstr "Choisissez un moniteur" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX comporte une importante base de données de moniteurs et en général, " -"votre matériel est bien identifié." +msgstr "DrakX comporte une importante base de données de moniteurs et en général, votre matériel est bien identifié." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -1014,22 +803,15 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Le choix d'un moniteur avec des caractéristiques inappropriées au " -"matériel peut endommager la carte graphique ou le moniteur, en particulier " -"les écrans cathodiques. N'essayez que ce dont vous êtes sûrs.</emphasis> En " -"cas de doute, vous devez consulter la documentation de votre matériel." +msgstr "<emphasis>Le choix d'un moniteur avec des caractéristiques inappropriées au matériel peut endommager la carte graphique ou le moniteur, en particulier les écrans cathodiques. N'essayez que ce dont vous êtes sûrs.</emphasis> En cas de doute, vous devez consulter la documentation de votre matériel." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1040,15 +822,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personnalisé</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Cette option vous permet de spécifier deux paramètres critiques, la " -"fréquence de rafraichissement vertical et la fréquence de synchronisation " -"horizontale. La fréquence de rafraichissement vertical détermine à quelle " -"fréquence l'écran est rafraîchi, tandis que la fréquence de synchronisation " -"horizontale détermine la fréquence à laquelle les lignes sont affichées." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Cette option vous permet de spécifier deux paramètres critiques, la fréquence de rafraichissement vertical et la fréquence de synchronisation horizontale. La fréquence de rafraichissement vertical détermine à quelle fréquence l'écran est rafraîchi, tandis que la fréquence de synchronisation horizontale détermine la fréquence à laquelle les lignes sont affichées." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1057,12 +834,7 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"Il est <emphasis role=\"bold\">très important</emphasis> que les " -"spécifications que vous donnez ne soient pas au-delà des capacités de votre " -"moniteur : vous pourriez endommager votre moniteur. En cas de doute, vous " -"devez choisir une configuration conservatrice et consulter la documentation " -"de votre matériel." +msgstr "Il est <emphasis role=\"bold\">très important</emphasis> que les spécifications que vous donnez ne soient pas au-delà des capacités de votre moniteur : vous pourriez endommager votre moniteur. En cas de doute, vous devez choisir une configuration conservatrice et consulter la documentation de votre matériel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -1074,9 +846,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" -"C'est l'option par défaut. Le système essaye de déterminer le type de " -"moniteur à partir de la base de données." +msgstr "C'est l'option par défaut. Le système essaye de déterminer le type de moniteur à partir de la base de données." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1088,10 +858,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vendeur</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Si le système n'a pas déterminé correctement votre matériel et si vous " -"connaissez ses références, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence " -"en sélectionnant dans l'ordre :" +msgstr "Si le système n'a pas déterminé correctement votre matériel et si vous connaissez ses références, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence en sélectionnant dans l'ordre :" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1112,17 +879,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Générique</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"La sélection de ce groupe permet de choisir parmi 30 configurations " -"d'affichage telles que le 1024x768 @ 60Hz et comprend les écrans plats tels " -"qu'utilisés par les portables. c'est souvent un choix adapté lorsque vous " -"utilisez le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> et que votre matériel graphique " -"ne peut pas être détecté automatiquement. A nouveau, il convient d'être " -"prudent dans vos choix." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "La sélection de ce groupe permet de choisir parmi 30 configurations d'affichage telles que le 1024x768 @ 60Hz et comprend les écrans plats tels qu'utilisés par les portables. c'est souvent un choix adapté lorsque vous utilisez le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> et que votre matériel graphique ne peut pas être détecté automatiquement. A nouveau, il convient d'être prudent dans vos choix." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1132,65 +893,47 @@ msgstr "Partitionnement personnalisé du disque avec DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez chiffrer la partition <literal>/</literal> il faut d'abord " -"s'assurer que la partition <literal>/boot</literal> est séparée des autres. " -"La partition <literal>/boot</literal> NE doit PAS être chiffrée, sinon le " -"système ne pourra pas s'amorcer." +msgstr "Si vous souhaitez chiffrer la partition <literal>/</literal> il faut d'abord s'assurer que la partition <literal>/boot</literal> est séparée des autres. La partition <literal>/boot</literal> NE doit PAS être chiffrée, sinon le système ne pourra pas s'amorcer." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Définir ici la disposition du(es) disque(s). Il est possible de créer ou de " -"supprimer des partitions, de changer le type du système de fichiers d'une " -"partition, ou de modifier sa taille et même voir ce qu'elle contient avant " -"de démarrer." +msgstr "Définir ici la disposition du(es) disque(s). Il est possible de créer ou de supprimer des partitions, de changer le type du système de fichiers d'une partition, ou de modifier sa taille et même voir ce qu'elle contient avant de démarrer." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "" -"Un onglet est présent pour chaque disque dur détecté et chaque autre " -"périphérique de stockage tel qu'une clé USB. Par exemple sda, sdb et sdc " -"s'ils sont trois." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "Un onglet est présent pour chaque disque dur détecté et chaque autre périphérique de stockage tel qu'une clé USB. Par exemple sda, sdb et sdc s'ils sont trois." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" -msgstr "" -"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Supprimer toutes les partitions</guibutton> pour " -"supprimer toutes les partitions du périphérique de stockage sélectionné." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Supprimer toutes les partitions</guibutton> pour supprimer toutes les partitions du périphérique de stockage sélectionné." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"Pour toutes les autres actions : Cliquer d'abord sur la partition concernée. " -"Ensuite, l'observer, choisir un système de fichiers et un point de montage, " -"la redimensionner ou la supprimer." +msgstr "Pour toutes les autres actions : Cliquer d'abord sur la partition concernée. Ensuite, l'observer, choisir un système de fichiers et un point de montage, la redimensionner ou la supprimer." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -1213,28 +956,21 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Cet écran présente le contenu du(des) disque(s) dur(s) et les propositions " -"faites par l'assistant de partitionnement de DrakX pour l'endroit où " -"installer <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Cet écran présente le contenu du(des) disque(s) dur(s) et les propositions faites par l'assistant de partitionnement de DrakX pour l'endroit où installer <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"Les options proposées dans la liste ci-dessous varient en fonction du " -"contenu et de l'agencement de chaque disque dur en particulier." +msgstr "Les options proposées dans la liste ci-dessous varient en fonction du contenu et de l'agencement de chaque disque dur en particulier." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1246,9 +982,7 @@ msgstr "Utiliser les partitions existantes" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Si cette option est disponible, alors des partitions compatibles avec Linux " -"ont été trouvées et sont utilisables pour l'installation de Mageia." +msgstr "Si cette option est disponible, alors des partitions compatibles avec Linux ont été trouvées et sont utilisables pour l'installation de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1258,11 +992,9 @@ msgstr "Utiliser l'espace libre" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Si le disque dur comporte de l'espace inutilisé, alors cette option " -"l'utilisera pour l'installation de Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Si le disque dur comporte de l'espace inutilisé, alors cette option l'utilisera pour l'installation de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1272,11 +1004,9 @@ msgstr "Utiliser l'espace libre sur une partition Microsoft Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"Si une partition Windows existante comporte de l'espace inutilisé, " -"l'installateur propose de l'utiliser." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Si une partition Windows existante comporte de l'espace inutilisé, l'installateur propose de l'utiliser." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1284,10 +1014,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"Cela peut être une façon pratique de faire de la place pour l'installation " -"de Mageia, mais il s'agit d'une opération risquée, vous devriez donc vous " -"assurer de posséder une sauvegarde de tous les fichiers importants." +msgstr "Cela peut être une façon pratique de faire de la place pour l'installation de Mageia, mais il s'agit d'une opération risquée, vous devriez donc vous assurer de posséder une sauvegarde de tous les fichiers importants." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1298,14 +1025,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Noter que cela impose de rétrécir la partition Windows. La partition doit " -"être \"intègre\", signifiant que Windows doit s'être correctement arrêté " -"lors de sa dernière utilisation. La partition doit avoir été défragmentée " -"également, bien que ce ne soit pas une garantie que tous les fichiers de la " -"partition aient été déplacés en dehors de la zone à utiliser. Il est " -"fortement recommandé de sauvegarder ses données personnelles importantes au " -"préalable." +msgstr "Noter que cela impose de rétrécir la partition Windows. La partition doit être \"intègre\", signifiant que Windows doit s'être correctement arrêté lors de sa dernière utilisation. La partition doit avoir été défragmentée également, bien que ce ne soit pas une garantie que tous les fichiers de la partition aient été déplacés en dehors de la zone à utiliser. Il est fortement recommandé de sauvegarder ses données personnelles importantes au préalable." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1320,9 +1040,7 @@ msgstr "Cette option utilise le disque complet pour Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"Attention ! Cela effacera TOUTES les données sur le disque sélectionné. " -"Faites attention !" +msgstr "Attention ! Cela effacera TOUTES les données sur le disque sélectionné. Faites attention !" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1330,10 +1048,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser une partie du disque pour autre chose, " -"ou bien des données déjà présentes sur le disque ne doivent pas être " -"perdues, alors ne pas utiliser cette option." +msgstr "Si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser une partie du disque pour autre chose, ou bien des données déjà présentes sur le disque ne doivent pas être perdues, alors ne pas utiliser cette option." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1343,11 +1058,9 @@ msgstr "Partitionnement de disque personnalisé" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"Ceci vous donne le contrôle complet sur la localisation de votre " -"installation sur le(s) disque(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Ceci vous donne le contrôle complet sur la localisation de votre installation sur le(s) disque(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1356,18 +1069,10 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "" -"Certains nouveaux disques utilisent maintenant des secteurs logiques de 4096 " -"octets, au lieu des traditionnels 512 octets. En raison d'un manque de " -"matériel disponible, l'outil de partitionnement utilisé par l'installateur " -"n'a pas pu être testé avec de tels disques. Des disques SSD utilisent aussi " -"maintenant des blocs d'effacement de plus de 1Mo. Nous vous suggérons de " -"partitionner votre disque au préalable à l'aide d'un outil de " -"partitionnement tiers tel que gparted, et d'utiliser la configuration " -"suivante :" +msgstr "Certains nouveaux disques utilisent maintenant des secteurs logiques de 4096 octets, au lieu des traditionnels 512 octets. En raison d'un manque de matériel disponible, l'outil de partitionnement utilisé par l'installateur n'a pas pu être testé avec de tels disques. Des disques SSD utilisent aussi maintenant des blocs d'effacement de plus de 1Mo. Nous vous suggérons de partitionner votre disque au préalable à l'aide d'un outil de partitionnement tiers tel que gparted, et d'utiliser la configuration suivante :" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1383,9 +1088,7 @@ msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "" -"Assurez vous aussi que toutes les partitions sont créées avec un nombre pair " -"de Mo." +msgstr "Assurez vous aussi que toutes les partitions sont créées avec un nombre pair de Mo." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1402,7 +1105,8 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Février 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1425,13 +1129,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"Lors d'une installation, seuls certains écrans présentés ci-après " -"apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que " -"vous faites." +msgstr "Lors d'une installation, seuls certains écrans présentés ci-après apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que vous faites." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1442,84 +1143,64 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la " -"licence CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la licence CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Ce manuel a été réalisé avec l'aide de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." -"com\">Calenco CMS</link> développé par <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" -"\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Ce manuel a été réalisé avec l'aide de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> développé par <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Il est rédigé par des bénévoles sur leur temps libre. Si vous désirez aider " -"à l'amélioration de ce manuel, veuillez contacter <link ns6:href=\"https://" -"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'Equipe de documentation</link>." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "Il est rédigé par des bénévoles sur leur temps libre. Si vous désirez aider à l'amélioration de ce manuel, veuillez contacter <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'Equipe de documentation</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Félicitations" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"L'installation et la configuration de <application>Mageia</application> sont " -"terminées et il est maintenant possible d'enlever le medium d'installation " -"et de redémarrer l'ordinateur." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "L'installation et la configuration de <application>Mageia</application> sont terminées et il est maintenant possible d'enlever le medium d'installation et de redémarrer l'ordinateur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"Après le redémarrage, le choix entre les différents systèmes d'exploitation " -"présents sur l'ordinateur (s'il en existe plus d'un) est possible dans " -"l'écran du chargeur de démarrage ." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "Après le redémarrage, le choix entre les différents systèmes d'exploitation présents sur l'ordinateur (s'il en existe plus d'un) est possible dans l'écran du chargeur de démarrage ." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Si les réglages du chargeur de démarrage n'ont pas été modifiés, " -"l'installation de Mageia sera automatiquement sélectionnée et démarrée." +msgstr "Si les réglages du chargeur de démarrage n'ont pas été modifiés, l'installation de Mageia sera automatiquement sélectionnée et démarrée." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1531,56 +1212,43 @@ msgstr "Prenez plaisir !" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Visitez www.mageia.org pour toute question ou si vous désirez contribuer à " -"Mageia." +msgstr "Visitez www.mageia.org pour toute question ou si vous désirez contribuer à Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatage" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Choisir ici quelle(s) partition(s) est(sont) à formater. Toutes les données " -"présentes sur les partitions <emphasis>non</emphasis> cochées seront " -"préservées." +msgstr "Choisir ici quelle(s) partition(s) est(sont) à formater. Toutes les données présentes sur les partitions <emphasis>non</emphasis> cochées seront préservées." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "" -"Habituellement, au moins les partitions sélectionnées par DrakX doivent être " -"formatées." +msgstr "Habituellement, au moins les partitions sélectionnées par DrakX doivent être formatées." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> pour désigner les partitions où " -"l'on souhaite que soient recherchés les <emphasis> blocs défectueux.</" -"emphasis>" +msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> pour désigner les partitions où l'on souhaite que soient recherchés les <emphasis> blocs défectueux.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1589,21 +1257,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Si vous n'êtes pas encore sûr de votre choix, cliquer sur " -"<guibutton>Précédent</guibutton>, à nouveau sur <guibutton>Précédent</" -"guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Personnaliser</guibutton> pour revenir à " -"l'écran principal. Dans cet écran, il est possible d'examiner le contenu " -"des partitions." +msgstr "Si vous n'êtes pas encore sûr de votre choix, cliquer sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton>, à nouveau sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Personnaliser</guibutton> pour revenir à l'écran principal. Dans cet écran, il est possible d'examiner le contenu des partitions." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque la sélection est faites avec certitude, cliquer sur " -"<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "Lorsque la sélection est faites avec certitude, cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1616,20 +1277,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"Que vous soyez nouvel utilisateur de GNU-Linux ou expérimenté, " -"l'installateur de Mageia est conçu pour vous rendre l'installation ou la " -"mise à jour aussi aisée que possible." +msgstr "Que vous soyez nouvel utilisateur de GNU-Linux ou expérimenté, l'installateur de Mageia est conçu pour vous rendre l'installation ou la mise à jour aussi aisée que possible." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"L'écran du menu initial présente plusieurs options, cependant l'option par " -"défaut démarre l'installation, ce qui correspondra à ce qui est souhaité la " -"plupart du temps ." +msgstr "L'écran du menu initial présente plusieurs options, cependant l'option par défaut démarre l'installation, ce qui correspondra à ce qui est souhaité la plupart du temps ." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1644,17 +1299,15 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "" -"Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut lorsque vous utilisez un DVD Mageia :" +msgstr "Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut lorsque vous utilisez un DVD Mageia :" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1665,51 +1318,38 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "" -"A partir de ce premier écran, il est possible de paramétrer des préférences " -"personnelles :" +msgstr "A partir de ce premier écran, il est possible de paramétrer des préférences personnelles :" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez la langue (pour l'installation uniquement, pourra être " -"différent de la langue choisie pour le système) en pressant la touche F2" +msgstr "Sélectionnez la langue (pour l'installation uniquement, pourra être différent de la langue choisie pour le système) en pressant la touche F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez les touches fléchées pour sélectionner la langue puis presser sur " -"la touche Entrée." +msgstr "Utilisez les touches fléchées pour sélectionner la langue puis presser sur la touche Entrée." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"Voici par exemple l'écran d'accueil en Français si vous utilisez in DVD/CD " -"\"live\". Notez que le menu du DVD/CD \"live\" ne propose pas : le " -"<guilabel>système de secours</guilabel>, le <guilabel>test de mémoire</" -"guilabel> et <guilabel>l'outil de détection du matériel</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "Voici par exemple l'écran d'accueil en Français si vous utilisez in DVD/CD \"live\". Notez que le menu du DVD/CD \"live\" ne propose pas : le <guilabel>système de secours</guilabel>, le <guilabel>test de mémoire</guilabel> et <guilabel>l'outil de détection du matériel</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1718,10 +1358,8 @@ msgstr "Modifiez la résolution de l'écran en pressant la touche F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1734,11 +1372,7 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "" -"Si l'installation échoue, il peut alors être nécessaire de réessayer en " -"utilisant l'une des options spéciales. Le menu appelé par la touche F6 " -"affiche une nouvelle ligne appelée <guilabel>Options de démarrage</" -"guilabel> et propose quatre entrées :" +msgstr "Si l'installation échoue, il peut alors être nécessaire de réessayer en utilisant l'une des options spéciales. Le menu appelé par la touche F6 affiche une nouvelle ligne appelée <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel> et propose quatre entrées :" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1750,37 +1384,28 @@ msgstr "- par défaut. Cela ne modifie rien dans les options par défaut." msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "" -"- sauvegarde des paramètres, la priorité étant donnée à la sécurité au " -"détriment performances." +msgstr "- sauvegarde des paramètres, la priorité étant donnée à la sécurité au détriment performances." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "" -"- pas d'ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la gestion de " -"l'alimention n'est pas prise en compte." +msgstr "- pas d'ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la gestion de l'alimention n'est pas prise en compte." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "" -"- Pas d'APIC (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) local. Ceci ne " -"concerne que le fonctionnement interne de l'Unité Centrale, sélectionnez " -"cette option uniquement si on vous le demande." +msgstr "- Pas d'APIC (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) local. Ceci ne concerne que le fonctionnement interne de l'Unité Centrale, sélectionnez cette option uniquement si on vous le demande." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "" -"Si vous sélectionnez l'une de ces entrées, cela modifie les options par " -"défaut affichées dans la ligne <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>." +msgstr "Si vous sélectionnez l'une de ces entrées, cela modifie les options par défaut affichées dans la ligne <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1788,18 +1413,12 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "" -"Dans certaines versions de Mageia, il peut arriver que les entrées " -"sélectionnées avec la touche F6 n'apparaissent pas dans la ligne " -"<guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>, cependant elles sont bien prises " -"en compte." +msgstr "Dans certaines versions de Mageia, il peut arriver que les entrées sélectionnées avec la touche F6 n'apparaissent pas dans la ligne <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>, cependant elles sont bien prises en compte." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1812,18 +1431,12 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "" -"Presser la touche F1 ouvre une nouvelle fenêtre avec plus d'options " -"disponibles. Sélectionnez-en une avec les touches directionnelles, puis " -"pressez \"Entrée\" pour obtenir plus de détails ou la touche d'échappement " -"Esc pour revenir vers l'écran d'accueil." +msgstr "Presser la touche F1 ouvre une nouvelle fenêtre avec plus d'options disponibles. Sélectionnez-en une avec les touches directionnelles, puis pressez \"Entrée\" pour obtenir plus de détails ou la touche d'échappement Esc pour revenir vers l'écran d'accueil." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1832,46 +1445,34 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "" -"La vue détaillée sur l'option splash. Pressez la touche Echappement ou " -"sélectionnez <guilabel>Retournez vers les options de démarrage</guilabel> " -"pour revenir vers la liste des options. Ces options peuvent être ajoutées " -"manuellement sur la ligne <guilabel>options de Démarrage</guilabel>." +msgstr "La vue détaillée sur l'option splash. Pressez la touche Echappement ou sélectionnez <guilabel>Retournez vers les options de démarrage</guilabel> pour revenir vers la liste des options. Ces options peuvent être ajoutées manuellement sur la ligne <guilabel>options de Démarrage</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." -msgstr "" -"L'aide est traduite dans la langue sélectionnée en pressant la touche F2." +msgstr "L'aide est traduite dans la langue sélectionnée en pressant la touche F2." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:166 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "" -"Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut si vous utilisez un CD d'installation par " -"le Réseau (les images Boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso) :" +msgstr "Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut si vous utilisez un CD d'installation par le Réseau (les images Boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso) :" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" -msgstr "" -"Cela ne permet pas de modifier la langue, les options disponibles sont " -"décrites dans l'écran. Pour plus d'information sur l'utilisation d'un CD " -"d'installation par le Réseau, consulter <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." -"org/en/Boot.iso_install\">le Wiki Mageia</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" +msgstr "Cela ne permet pas de modifier la langue, les options disponibles sont décrites dans l'écran. Pour plus d'information sur l'utilisation d'un CD d'installation par le Réseau, consulter <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">le Wiki Mageia</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1881,11 +1482,9 @@ msgstr "Le clavier est Américain." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1895,30 +1494,24 @@ msgstr "Les étapes de l'installation" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Le processus d'installation se divise en étapes successives qui peuvent être " -"suivies dans le panneau latéral à gauche de l'écran." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "Le processus d'installation se divise en étapes successives qui peuvent être suivies dans le panneau latéral à gauche de l'écran." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Chaque étape contient un ou plusieurs écrans qui peuvent à leur tour " -"présenter un bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> qui offre des options " -"supplémentaires moins communes." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Chaque étape contient un ou plusieurs écrans qui peuvent à leur tour présenter un bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> qui offre des options supplémentaires moins communes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"La plupart des écrans présentent un bouton d'<guibutton>Aide</guibutton> qui " -"apporte davantage d'explications au sujet de l'étape en cours." +msgstr "La plupart des écrans présentent un bouton d'<guibutton>Aide</guibutton> qui apporte davantage d'explications au sujet de l'étape en cours." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1928,19 +1521,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son " -"déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. " -"Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé " -"à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage " -"peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes " -"sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur " -"les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer " -"simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> " -"pour redémarrer." +msgstr "Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> pour redémarrer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1952,33 +1536,25 @@ msgstr "Problèmes d'installation et solutions possibles" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Pas d'interface graphique" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Après l'écran initial, vous n'obtenez pas l'écran de sélection de la langue. " -"Cela peut arriver avec certaines cartes graphiques et vieux systèmes. " -"Essayez d'utiliser une basse résolution en tapant <code>vgalo</code> à " -"l'invite." +msgstr "Après l'écran initial, vous n'obtenez pas l'écran de sélection de la langue. Cela peut arriver avec certaines cartes graphiques et vieux systèmes. Essayez d'utiliser une basse résolution en tapant <code>vgalo</code> à l'invite." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "" -"Si le matériel est très ancien, une installation graphique pourrait être " -"impossible. Dans ce cas il vaut mieux essayer une installation en mode " -"texte. Pour utiliser celle-ci pressez la touche Echappement/ESC au premier " -"écran d'accueil et confirmez avec ENTREE. Un écran noir s'affichera avec le " -"mot \"boot:\". Tapez \"text\" et pressez ENTREE. Maintenant continuez " -"l'installation en mode texte." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "Si le matériel est très ancien, une installation graphique pourrait être impossible. Dans ce cas il vaut mieux essayer une installation en mode texte. Pour utiliser celle-ci pressez la touche Echappement/ESC au premier écran d'accueil et confirmez avec ENTREE. Un écran noir s'affichera avec le mot \"boot:\". Tapez \"text\" et pressez ENTREE. Maintenant continuez l'installation en mode texte." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1993,12 +1569,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Si le système semble se figer pendant l'installation, cela peut provenir " -"d'un problème de détection du matériel. Dans ce cas, la détection " -"automatique peut être escamotée et traitée ultérieurement. Pour tenter " -"cela, tapez <code>noauto</code> à l'invite. Cette option peut être combinée " -"avec les précédentes si nécessaire.." +msgstr "Si le système semble se figer pendant l'installation, cela peut provenir d'un problème de détection du matériel. Dans ce cas, la détection automatique peut être escamotée et traitée ultérieurement. Pour tenter cela, tapez <code>noauto</code> à l'invite. Cette option peut être combinée avec les précédentes si nécessaire.." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -2010,19 +1581,14 @@ msgstr "Problème de mémoire vive" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"Cela sera rarement nécessaire, mais dans certains cas, le matériel peut " -"détecter la mémoire vive (RAM) disponible de manière incorrecte. Pour la " -"spécifier manuellement, utilisez le paramètre <code>mem=xxxM</code> où xxx " -"est la quantité correcte de RAM. Par exemple <code>mem=256M</code> pour " -"spécifier 256Mo de RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "Cela sera rarement nécessaire, mais dans certains cas, le matériel peut détecter la mémoire vive (RAM) disponible de manière incorrecte. Pour la spécifier manuellement, utilisez le paramètre <code>mem=xxxM</code> où xxx est la quantité correcte de RAM. Par exemple <code>mem=256M</code> pour spécifier 256Mo de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 msgid "Dynamic partitions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Partitions dynamiques" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:272 @@ -2030,38 +1596,39 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." -msgstr "" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "Si vous avez converti votre disque dur d'un format \"primaire\" vers un format \"dynamique\" dans Microsoft Windows, vous devez savoir qu'il est impossible d'installer Mageia sur ce disque. Pour revenir vers un format primaire, consultez la documentation Microsoft : <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Mises à jour" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Depuis la publication de cette version de <application>Mageia</application>, " -"un certain nombre de paquets ont été mis à jour ou améliorés." +msgstr "Depuis la publication de cette version de <application>Mageia</application>, un certain nombre de paquets ont été mis à jour ou améliorés." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -2069,10 +1636,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Choisissez <guilabel>oui</guilabel> si vous souhaitez les télécharger et les " -"installer, sélectionnez <guilabel>non</guilabel> si vous ne le souhaitez " -"pas, ou si vous n'êtes pas connecté à Internet" +msgstr "Choisissez <guilabel>oui</guilabel> si vous souhaitez les télécharger et les installer, sélectionnez <guilabel>non</guilabel> si vous ne le souhaitez pas, ou si vous n'êtes pas connecté à Internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -2084,73 +1648,55 @@ msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Sélection des média (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez ici la liste des dépôts disponibles. Leur disponibilité dépend du " -"média utilisé pour réaliser l'installation. Le choix des dépôts détermine " -"quels seront les paquetages proposés à l'installation au cours des étapes " -"suivantes." +msgstr "Vous avez ici la liste des dépôts disponibles. Leur disponibilité dépend du média utilisé pour réaliser l'installation. Le choix des dépôts détermine quels seront les paquetages proposés à l'installation au cours des étapes suivantes." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Le dépôt <emphasis>Core</emphasis> est obligatoire car il contient la base " -"de la distribution." +msgstr "Le dépôt <emphasis>Core</emphasis> est obligatoire car il contient la base de la distribution." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"Le dépôt <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> comprend les paquetages qui sont " -"gratuits, Mageia peut donc les distribuer, mais ils contiennent du logiciel " -"soumis à des droits (d'où le nom Nonfree, signifiant Non libre). Par " -"exemple, dans ce dépôt se trouvent les pilotes propriétaires des cartes " -"graphiques nVidia et ATI, les firmwares de diverses cartes Wifi, etc." +msgstr "Le dépôt <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> comprend les paquetages qui sont gratuits, Mageia peut donc les distribuer, mais ils contiennent du logiciel soumis à des droits (d'où le nom Nonfree, signifiant Non libre). Par exemple, dans ce dépôt se trouvent les pilotes propriétaires des cartes graphiques nVidia et ATI, les firmwares de diverses cartes Wifi, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"Le dépôt <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> comprend les paquetages publiés sous " -"licence libre. La principale raison qui fait placer un paquetage dans ce " -"dépôt est qu'il peut violer des lois de protection des droits d'auteur dans " -"certains pays, en général, des codecs Multimedia nécessaires à l'exécution " -"de divers fichiers audio/video; ou bien des paquetages nécessaires pour " -"jouer des DVD vidéo commerciaux, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "Le dépôt <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> comprend les paquetages publiés sous licence libre. La principale raison qui fait placer un paquetage dans ce dépôt est qu'il peut violer des lois de protection des droits d'auteur dans certains pays, en général, des codecs Multimedia nécessaires à l'exécution de divers fichiers audio/video; ou bien des paquetages nécessaires pour jouer des DVD vidéo commerciaux, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -2161,12 +1707,9 @@ msgstr "Installation minimale" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible de choisir une installation minimale en dé-sélectionnant " -"tout dans l'écran Sélection du groupe de paquetages, voir <xref linkend=" -"\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "Il est possible de choisir une installation minimale en dé-sélectionnant tout dans l'écran Sélection du groupe de paquetages, voir <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -2175,21 +1718,14 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "" -"L'installation minimale est destinée à ceux qui envisagent des utilisations " -"spécifiques pour leur <application>Mageia</application>, telles qu'un " -"serveur ou une station de travail spécialisée. Il est probable que cette " -"option soit employée en combinaison avec la Sélection Individuelle des " -"Paquetages, voir <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "L'installation minimale est destinée à ceux qui envisagent des utilisations spécifiques pour leur <application>Mageia</application>, telles qu'un serveur ou une station de travail spécialisée. Il est probable que cette option soit employée en combinaison avec la Sélection Individuelle des Paquetages, voir <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Avec le choix de cette classe d'installation, l'écran suivant propose " -"d'installer quelques extras utiles tels que de la documentation et X." +msgstr "Avec le choix de cette classe d'installation, l'écran suivant propose d'installer quelques extras utiles tels que de la documentation et X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -2197,37 +1733,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Résumé des différents paramètres" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2236,11 +1769,7 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"DrakX a fait les choix judicieux pour la configuration du système en tenant " -"compte des choix faits par vous-même et du matériel détecté. Il est possible " -"ici de vérifier les paramètres et de les changer si souhaité en cliquant sur " -"<guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>." +msgstr "DrakX a fait les choix judicieux pour la configuration du système en tenant compte des choix faits par vous-même et du matériel détecté. Il est possible ici de vérifier les paramètres et de les changer si souhaité en cliquant sur <guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -2256,11 +1785,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fuseau horaire :</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" -msgstr "" -"DrakX a sélectionné un fuseau horaire en fonction de la langue préférée. Le " -"modifier si nécessaire. Voir aussi <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "DrakX a sélectionné un fuseau horaire en fonction de la langue préférée. Le modifier si nécessaire. Voir aussi <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -2272,9 +1799,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Pays / Région :</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne vivez pas dans le pays sélectionné, il est très important de " -"rectifier. Voir <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "Si vous ne vivez pas dans le pays sélectionné, il est très important de rectifier. Voir <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -2284,15 +1809,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Chargeur de démarrage : </guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "" -"DrakX a fait les bons choix pour le paramétrage du chargeur de démarrage." +msgstr "DrakX a fait les bons choix pour le paramétrage du chargeur de démarrage." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "" -"Ne rien modifier a moins de connaître comment configurer GRUB et/ou Lilo." +msgstr "Ne rien modifier a moins de connaître comment configurer GRUB et/ou Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 @@ -2307,11 +1830,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gestion de l'utilisateur :</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible d'ajouter des utilisateurs supplémentaires ici. Chacun se " -"verra attribuer son propre répertoire <literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "Il est possible d'ajouter des utilisateurs supplémentaires ici. Chacun se verra attribuer son propre répertoire <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -2323,19 +1844,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Services :</guilabel>" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "" -"Les services systèmes sont ces petits programmes exécutés en tâche de fond " -"(démons). Cet outil permet d'autoriser ou interdire l'exécution de certaines " -"tâches." +msgstr "Les services systèmes sont ces petits programmes exécutés en tâche de fond (démons). Cet outil permet d'autoriser ou interdire l'exécution de certaines tâches." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "" -"Soyez sûrs de ce que vous faîtes avant de changer quoi que ce soit ici - une " -"erreur peut empêcher le fonctionnement correct de l'ordinateur." +msgstr "Soyez sûrs de ce que vous faîtes avant de changer quoi que ce soit ici - une erreur peut empêcher le fonctionnement correct de l'ordinateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -2357,9 +1873,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Clavier </guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"C'est l'endroit où configurer la disposition du clavier, lequel dépend du " -"pays, de la langue ou du type de clavier." +msgstr "C'est l'endroit où configurer la disposition du clavier, lequel dépend du pays, de la langue ou du type de clavier." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2371,9 +1885,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Souris :</guilabel>" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "" -"Configurer ou ajouter ici d'autres périphériques de pointage, tablettes, " -"trackballs etc." +msgstr "Configurer ou ajouter ici d'autres périphériques de pointage, tablettes, trackballs etc." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -2383,13 +1895,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Carte son :</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "" -"L'installeur sélectionne le pilote par défaut, s'il en existe un. L'option " -"de sélection d'un pilote différent n'est fournie que s'il existe plus d'un " -"pilote pour votre carte, mais qu'aucun d'entre eux n'est celui par défaut." +msgstr "L'installeur sélectionne le pilote par défaut, s'il en existe un. L'option de sélection d'un pilote différent n'est fournie que s'il existe plus d'un pilote pour votre carte, mais qu'aucun d'entre eux n'est celui par défaut." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2398,10 +1907,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interface graphique : </guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "" -"Cette partie permet la configuration de la(des) carte(s) graphique(s) et de " -"l'affichage." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "Cette partie permet la configuration de la(des) carte(s) graphique(s) et de l'affichage." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 @@ -2411,12 +1919,10 @@ msgstr "Pour plus d'informations voir <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2435,21 +1941,14 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible de configurer le réseau ici, mais pour les cartes réseau " -"exigeant un pilote non libre, il est préférable de le faire après le " -"redémarrage, dans le <application>Centre de Contrôle de Mageia</" -"application>, si vous n'avez pas encore validé les dépôts de média non " -"libres (nonfree)." +msgstr "Il est possible de configurer le réseau ici, mais pour les cartes réseau exigeant un pilote non libre, il est préférable de le faire après le redémarrage, dans le <application>Centre de Contrôle de Mageia</application>, si vous n'avez pas encore validé les dépôts de média non libres (nonfree)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"Lors de l'ajout d'une carte réseau, ne pas oublier de paramétrer le pare-feu " -"pour qu'il surveille aussi cette interface." +msgstr "Lors de l'ajout d'une carte réseau, ne pas oublier de paramétrer le pare-feu pour qu'il surveille aussi cette interface." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2462,19 +1961,14 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "" -"Un serveur Proxy (aussi appelé serveur mandataire) se comporte en " -"intermédiaire entre votre ordinateur et internet. Cette partie permet de " -"configurer votre ordinateur pour qu'il utilise un service proxy." +msgstr "Un serveur Proxy (aussi appelé serveur mandataire) se comporte en intermédiaire entre votre ordinateur et internet. Cette partie permet de configurer votre ordinateur pour qu'il utilise un service proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" -msgstr "" -"Peut-être sera t-il utile de consulter l'administrateur système pour obtenir " -"les valeurs des paramètres à entrer ici." +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "Peut-être sera t-il utile de consulter l'administrateur système pour obtenir les valeurs des paramètres à entrer ici." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -2489,17 +1983,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Niveau de sécurité</guilabel> :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "" -"Régler ici le niveau de sécurité choisi pour l'ordinateur, le plus souvent " -"les valeurs par défaut (Standard) conviennent pour un usage général." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "Régler ici le niveau de sécurité choisi pour l'ordinateur, le plus souvent les valeurs par défaut (Standard) conviennent pour un usage général." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage." -msgstr "" -"Cocher l'option qui convient le mieux à votre utilisation de l'ordinateur." +msgstr "Cocher l'option qui convient le mieux à votre utilisation de l'ordinateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:211 @@ -2511,63 +2002,50 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Pare-feu</guilabel> :" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "" -"Un pare-feu tente de se dresser en barrière entre les données importantes " -"sur l'ordinateur et les voyous qui tournent autour, depuis internet, et qui " -"cherchent à les compromettre ou à les voler." +msgstr "Un pare-feu tente de se dresser en barrière entre les données importantes sur l'ordinateur et les voyous qui tournent autour, depuis internet, et qui cherchent à les compromettre ou à les voler." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "" -"Choisir les services dont l'accès est nécessaire sur le système. Le choix " -"dépend de l'utilisation de l'ordinateur." +msgstr "Choisir les services dont l'accès est nécessaire sur le système. Le choix dépend de l'utilisation de l'ordinateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "" -"Garder à l'esprit que tout autoriser (pas de pare-feu) est très risqué." +msgstr "Garder à l'esprit que tout autoriser (pas de pare-feu) est très risqué." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "" -"Redimensionner la partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</" -"superscript></application>" +msgstr "Redimensionner la partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Vous disposez de plus d'une partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</" -"superscript></application>. Sélectionnez celle dont vous voulez diminuer la " -"taille afin de pouvoir installer <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Vous disposez de plus d'une partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Sélectionnez celle dont vous voulez diminuer la taille afin de pouvoir installer <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Niveau de Sécurité" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2585,372 +2063,385 @@ msgstr "Laisser les valeurs par défaut si les choix à faire sont inconnus." msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Après l'installation, il sera toujours possible de régler les paramètres de " -"sécurité dans le volet <guilabel>Sécurité </guilabel>dans le Centre de " -"Contrôle de Mageia." +msgstr "Après l'installation, il sera toujours possible de régler les paramètres de sécurité dans le volet <guilabel>Sécurité </guilabel>dans le Centre de Contrôle de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 -#, fuzzy msgid "Select and use ISOs" -msgstr "Sélection de la souris" +msgstr "Sélectionner et utiliser les ISOs" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 msgid "Media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Média" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 msgid "Definition" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Définition" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 msgid "" "We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " "Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nous nommons ici \"média\" un fichier d'image ISO qui permet d'installer et/ou de mettre à jour Mageia ainsi que par extension tout support physique sur lequel l'image ISO est copiée." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." -msgstr "" +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." +msgstr "Vous pouvez les trouver <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/downloads/\">ici</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 -#, fuzzy msgid "Classical installation media" -msgstr "Les étapes de l'installation" +msgstr "Média d'installation classique" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 msgid "Common features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fonctionnalités habituelles" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ils utilisent l'installeur traditionnel appelé drakx." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ils peuvent réaliser une nouvelle installation ou une mise à jour à partir de versions précédentes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Un média différent pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Certains outils sont disponibles dans l'écran d'accueil : système de secours, test de mémoire, outil de détection de matériel." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chaque DVD contient plusieurs environnements de bureau et langues." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " "software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vous aurez le choix lors de l'installation d'ajouter ou non des logiciels non-libres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 msgid "DVD dual arch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVD dual arch" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Les deux architectures sont présentes sur le même média, le choix est réalisé automatiquement en fonction du processeur détecté." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Xfce desktop only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bureau Xfce uniquement." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" -"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " -"TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)" +" TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "Seules certaines langues (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) sont à cocher !" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Il contient des logiciels non libres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 msgid "Live media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Média \"Live\"" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Peut être utilisé pour tester la distribution sans l'installer immédiatement sur votre disque dur, puis ensuite l'installer éventuellement." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'ISO contient uniquement un seul environnement de bureau (KDE ou GNOME)." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Les ISO Live peuvent être utilisées uniquement pour des installations nouvelles, elles ne peuvent pas l'être pour mettre à niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contains non free software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ils contiennent des logiciels non libres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 msgid "Live CD KDE" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CD live KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Environnement de bureau KDE uniquement." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 msgid "English language only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En anglais uniquement." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bits only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En 32 bits uniquement." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 msgid "Live CD GNOME" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CD live GNOME" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Environnement de bureau GNOME uniquement." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 msgid "Live DVD KDE" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVD live KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Toutes les langues sont présentes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVD Live GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 msgid "Boot-only CDs media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Média CD de démarrage uniquement" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " -"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " -"local network or on the Internet." -msgstr "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete " +"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, " +"on a local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "Chacun d'eux est une petite image qui contient le strict nécessaire pour démarrer l'installeur drakx et trouver le fichier ISO afin de continuer et terminer l'installation. Ces fichiers ISO peuvent être sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur, sur un périphérique local, sur un réseau local ou sur Internet." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " -"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " -"can't boot on a USB stick." -msgstr "" +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that" +" can't boot on a USB stick." +msgstr "Ces médias sont très légers (moins de 100 Mo) et sont adaptés lorsque le débit est trop faible pour télécharger un DVD complet, l'ordinateur n'a pas de lecteur de DVD ou il ne peut pas démarrer sur une clé USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 msgid "boot.iso" -msgstr "" +msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contient uniquement des logiciels libres, pour les personnes qui refusent les logiciels non-libres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" -msgstr "" +msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 msgid "" "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contient des logiciels non-libres (pour la plupart des pilotes, codecs,...) pour les personnes qui en ont besoin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 msgid "Media downloading and checking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Téléchargement et vérification du média" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Téléchargement" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used " -"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " -"chosen, you can also see something like" -msgstr "" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the " +"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"http is chosen, you can also see something like" +msgstr "Une fois choisi votre fichier ISO, vous pouvez le télécharger en utilisant soit HTTP soit BitTorrent. Dans les deux cas, une fenêtre vous fournira quelques informations, comme le miroir utilisé et la possibilité de le modifier si le débit est trop faible. Si vous choisissez HTTP, vous pouvez également voir quelque chose comme" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " "failure. Then this window appears:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "md5sum et sha1sum sont des outils pour vérifier l'intégrité de votre ISO. Utilisez seulement l'un d'entre eux. Les deux nombres hexadécimaux ont été calculés par un algorithme à partir du fichier à télécharger. Si vous demandez à cet algorithme de calculer à nouveau ce nombre à partir du fichier téléchargé, soit vous obtiendrez le même nombre et votre fichier est correct, soit le nombre est différent et vous rencontrez une anomalie. Cette fenêtre apparaît alors :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cochez le bouton radio \"Sauvegarder un fichier\"" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vérification de l'intégrité du média téléchargé" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ouvrir une console, sans être administrateur, et :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "- Pour utiliser md5sum, taper : [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum chemin/vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "- Pour utiliser sha1sum, taper : [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum chemin/vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "et comparer le nombre obtenu sur votre ordinateur (cela peut prendre un certain temps) avec le nombre fourni par Mageia. Exemple :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Graver ou copier l'ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media." -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'ISO peut désormais être gravée sur un CD ou un DVD ou copiée sur une clé USB. Ces opérations ne sont pas une simple copie et sont destinées à créer un média de démarrage." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Graver l'ISO sur un CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" +"not correct. More information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." +msgstr "Utilisez le logiciel de gravure que vous voulez mais assurez-vous que le graveur est bien paramétré pour <emphasis role=\"bold\">graver une image</emphasis>, car graver des données ou des fichiers n'est pas correct. Pour plus d'information, voir <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">le wiki Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Copier l'ISO sur une clé USB" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick " "and use it to boot and install the system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Toutes les ISO Mageia sont hybrides, ce qui signifie que vous pouvez les copier sur une clé USB et les utiliser pour démarrer et installer le système d'exploitation." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330 @@ -2958,162 +2449,167 @@ msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in " "the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced " "to the image size." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"Copier\" une image sur un équipement de type Flash détruit tout le système de fichier présent à l'origine sur la partition ; toutes les données seront perdues et la capacité de la partition sera réduite à la taille de l'image." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pour récupérer la capacité d'origine, vous devez formater la clé USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 -#, fuzzy msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Utiliser un chargeur de démarrage Mageia" +msgstr "En utilisant Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "Vous pouvez utiliser un outil graphique tel que <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vous pouvez également utiliser l'outil dd dans une console :" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "Open a console" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ouvrir une console" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final -)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Devenez administrateur avec la commande <userinput>su -</userinput> (n'oubliez pas le - final)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" -"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " -"or file manager that read it)" -msgstr "" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application" +" or file manager that read it)" +msgstr "Connectez votre clé USB (ne la montez pas, ce qui signifie n'ouvrez pas une application ou un gestionnaire de fichiers qui la lirait)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Saisissez la commande <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Trouvez le nom de périphérique de votre clé USB (à l'aide de sa taille) ; par exemple /dev/sdb dans la copie d'écran ci-dessus, il s'agit d'une clé USB de 8 Go." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "" -"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/" -"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd " +"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb " +"bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "(x)=votre nom de périphérique, par ex. : /dev/sdc. Exemple : # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Débranchez votre clé USB, c'est terminé." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "En utilisant Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "You can try:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vous pouvez essayer :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -#, fuzzy msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Installation minimale" +msgstr "Installation de Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "Cette étape est détaillée dans <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/doc/\">la documentation Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" +"More information, is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." +msgstr "Plus d'information est disponible dans <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">le wiki Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Sélection du Pays / Région" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -3121,19 +2617,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner le pays ou la région. Cela est important pour définir bien des " -"paramètres comme la monnaie ou le domaine de régulation du wi-fi. Choisir un " -"pays erroné peut mener à l'incapacité d'utiliser le réseau par wi-fi." +msgstr "Sélectionner le pays ou la région. Cela est important pour définir bien des paramètres comme la monnaie ou le domaine de régulation du wi-fi. Choisir un pays erroné peut mener à l'incapacité d'utiliser le réseau par wi-fi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Si le pays désiré n'est pas dans la liste, cliquer sur le bouton " -"<guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel> et choisir ici le pays ou la région." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "Si le pays désiré n'est pas dans la liste, cliquer sur le bouton <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel> et choisir ici le pays ou la région." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -3142,11 +2633,7 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Si le pays désiré ne figure que dans la liste <guilabel>Autres pays</" -"guilabel>, après avoir cliqué sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, il peut sembler " -"qu'un pays de la première liste soit sélectionné. Veuillez ignorer cela, " -"DrakX respectera votre choix." +msgstr "Si le pays désiré ne figure que dans la liste <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel>, après avoir cliqué sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, il peut sembler qu'un pays de la première liste soit sélectionné. Veuillez ignorer cela, DrakX respectera votre choix." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -3157,25 +2644,14 @@ msgstr "Méthode de saisie" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"Dans l'écran <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel>, une méthode de saisie des " -"caractères peut être sélectionnée (à la fin de la liste). Les méthodes de " -"saisie permettent aux utilisateurs de saisir des caractères asiatiques " -"(chinois, japonais, coréen...) La méthode par défaut est IBus dans les DVD " -"Mageia et dans les CD Live Africa/India et Asia/no-India. Dans les " -"localisations africaines et asiatiques, IBus est la méthode de saisie " -"paramétrée par défaut, de telle sorte que les utilisateurs n'ont pas à la " -"paramétrer manuellement. D'autres méthodes de saisie (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, " -"etc) fournissent des fonctions similaires également et peuvent être ajoutées " -"lors de l'installation si vous ajoutez une connexion au réseau Internet " -"avant la sélection des paquetages." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "Dans l'écran <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel>, une méthode de saisie des caractères peut être sélectionnée (à la fin de la liste). Les méthodes de saisie permettent aux utilisateurs de saisir des caractères asiatiques (chinois, japonais, coréen...) La méthode par défaut est IBus dans les DVD Mageia et dans les CD Live Africa/India et Asia/no-India. Dans les localisations africaines et asiatiques, IBus est la méthode de saisie paramétrée par défaut, de telle sorte que les utilisateurs n'ont pas à la paramétrer manuellement. D'autres méthodes de saisie (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) fournissent des fonctions similaires également et peuvent être ajoutées lors de l'installation si vous ajoutez une connexion au réseau Internet avant la sélection des paquetages." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -3183,11 +2659,7 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Si la méthode de saisie n'est pas configurée pendant la phase " -"d'installation, vous pouvez le faire après le démarrage de Mageia par " -"\"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia\" -> \"Système\", ou en exécutant " -"\"localedrake\" en tant que super-utilisateur." +msgstr "Si la méthode de saisie n'est pas configurée pendant la phase d'installation, vous pouvez le faire après le démarrage de Mageia par \"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia\" -> \"Système\", ou en exécutant \"localedrake\" en tant que super-utilisateur." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -3197,11 +2669,9 @@ msgstr "Installation ou Mise à jour" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectinstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectinstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -3212,9 +2682,7 @@ msgstr "Installation" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" -"Choisir cette option pour une nouvelle installation de <application>Mageia</" -"application>." +msgstr "Choisir cette option pour une nouvelle installation de <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -3227,10 +2695,7 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "" -"Si vous disposez de plus d'une installation <application>Mageia</" -"application> sur votre ordinateur, l'installeur vous permettra de mettre à " -"niveau l'une d'entre elles avec la dernière version Mageia." +msgstr "Si vous disposez de plus d'une installation <application>Mageia</application> sur votre ordinateur, l'installeur vous permettra de mettre à niveau l'une d'entre elles avec la dernière version Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -3238,51 +2703,31 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "" -"Seule la mise à niveau d'une précédente version de Mageia <emphasis>encore " -"supportée</emphasis> a été complètement testée. Si vous désirez mettre à " -"niveau une version de Mageia qui n'est plus supportée, il est préférable de " -"réaliser une nouvelle installation tout en conservant votre partition " -"<literal>/home</literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "Seule la mise à niveau d'une précédente version de Mageia <emphasis>encore supportée</emphasis> a été complètement testée. Si vous désirez mettre à niveau une version de Mageia qui n'est plus supportée, il est préférable de réaliser une nouvelle installation tout en conservant votre partition <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son " -"déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. " -"Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé " -"à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage " -"peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes " -"sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur " -"les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer " -"simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> " -"pour redémarrer." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> pour redémarrer." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "" -"En cas d'oubli de sélection d'une langue supplémentaire, il est possible de " -"revenir depuis l'écran \"Installation ou mise à jour\" à l'écran de choix " -"des langues en appuyant simultanément sur les touches <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Début</guilabel> (<guilabel>Début</guilabel> ou<guilabel>Home</guilabel> ou " -"<guilabel>flèche vers le haut à gauche</guilabel>). <emphasis>Ne pas</" -"emphasis> faire cela plus loin dans l'installation." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "En cas d'oubli de sélection d'une langue supplémentaire, il est possible de revenir depuis l'écran \"Installation ou mise à jour\" à l'écran de choix des langues en appuyant simultanément sur les touches <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Début</guilabel> (<guilabel>Début</guilabel> ou<guilabel>Home</guilabel> ou <guilabel>flèche vers le haut à gauche</guilabel>). <emphasis>Ne pas</emphasis> faire cela plus loin dans l'installation." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -3294,63 +2739,43 @@ msgstr "Clavier" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"DrakX sélectionne une disposition de clavier adaptée à votre langue. Si " -"aucune disposition convenable n'est trouvée, il choisira par défaut le " -"clavier US." +msgstr "DrakX sélectionne une disposition de clavier adaptée à votre langue. Si aucune disposition convenable n'est trouvée, il choisira par défaut le clavier US." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"/" -"> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "" -"S'assurer que la sélection est correcte ou bien choisir une autre " -"disposition de clavier. Si cette disposition du clavier est inconnue, se " -"référer aux spécifications livrées avec le système ou bien demander au " -"vendeur de l'ordinateur. Il y a peut-être même une étiquette sur le clavier " -"qui fournit cette indication. Il est aussi possible de regarder ici : <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques\">fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "S'assurer que la sélection est correcte ou bien choisir une autre disposition de clavier. Si cette disposition du clavier est inconnue, se référer aux spécifications livrées avec le système ou bien demander au vendeur de l'ordinateur. Il y a peut-être même une étiquette sur le clavier qui fournit cette indication. Il est aussi possible de regarder ici : <link xlink:href=\"http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques\">fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "" -"Si le clavier n'apparaît pas dans la liste présentée, cliquer sur " -"<guibutton>Davantage</guibutton> pour obtenir une liste complète et y " -"sélectionner le bon clavier." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "Si le clavier n'apparaît pas dans la liste présentée, cliquer sur <guibutton>Davantage</guibutton> pour obtenir une liste complète et y sélectionner le bon clavier." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "" -"Après le choix d'un clavier dans la liste obtenue grâce au clic sur " -"<guibutton>Davantage</guibutton>, le premier choix de clavier revient à " -"l'écran et il semble que c'est ce clavier qui est choisi. Ignorer cette " -"anomalie en toute sécurité et continuer l'installation : Le clavier installé " -"sera bien celui de la liste complète." +msgstr "Après le choix d'un clavier dans la liste obtenue grâce au clic sur <guibutton>Davantage</guibutton>, le premier choix de clavier revient à l'écran et il semble que c'est ce clavier qui est choisi. Ignorer cette anomalie en toute sécurité et continuer l'installation : Le clavier installé sera bien celui de la liste complète." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -3358,10 +2783,7 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "" -"En cas de choix d'un clavier de caractères non-Latins, un écran " -"supplémentaire apparaîtra pour demander quelle est la préférence pour le " -"passage entre les dispositions latine et non latine." +msgstr "En cas de choix d'un clavier de caractères non-Latins, un écran supplémentaire apparaîtra pour demander quelle est la préférence pour le passage entre les dispositions latine et non latine." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -3374,53 +2796,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner la langue désirée en déployant d'abord le continent concerné. " -"<application>Mageia</application> utilisera cette sélection pendant " -"l'installation et pour le système une fois installé." +msgstr "Sélectionner la langue désirée en déployant d'abord le continent concerné. <application>Mageia</application> utilisera cette sélection pendant l'installation et pour le système une fois installé." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"S'il est probable que plusieurs langues doivent être installées sur le " -"système, pour vous-même ou pour d'autres utilisateurs, il est préférable " -"alors d'utiliser le bouton <guibutton>Langues multiples</guibutton> pour les " -"ajouter dès maintenant. Il est difficile d'ajouter la prise en charge de " -"langues supplémentaires après l'installation." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "S'il est probable que plusieurs langues doivent être installées sur le système, pour vous-même ou pour d'autres utilisateurs, il est préférable alors d'utiliser le bouton <guibutton>Langues multiples</guibutton> pour les ajouter dès maintenant. Il est difficile d'ajouter la prise en charge de langues supplémentaires après l'installation." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Même avec l'intention d'installer plusieurs langues, il faut d'abord en " -"choisir une en tant que langue préférée dans le premier écran. Elle sera " -"aussi marquée comme choisie dans l'écran des langues multiples." +msgstr "Même avec l'intention d'installer plusieurs langues, il faut d'abord en choisir une en tant que langue préférée dans le premier écran. Elle sera aussi marquée comme choisie dans l'écran des langues multiples." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Si la langue du clavier ne correspond pas à la langue préférée, alors il est " -"conseillé d'installer également la langue du clavier correspondante." +msgstr "Si la langue du clavier ne correspond pas à la langue préférée, alors il est conseillé d'installer également la langue du clavier correspondante." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -3428,68 +2835,52 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"Mageia utilise l'encodage des caractères UTF-8 (Unicode) par défaut. Si cela " -"est inapproprié pour la langue choisie, il est possible de le désactiver " -"dans l'écran des langues multiples. La désactivation de l'encodage UTF-8 " -"s'applique à toutes les langues installées." +msgstr "Mageia utilise l'encodage des caractères UTF-8 (Unicode) par défaut. Si cela est inapproprié pour la langue choisie, il est possible de le désactiver dans l'écran des langues multiples. La désactivation de l'encodage UTF-8 s'applique à toutes les langues installées." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible de changer la langue du système après l'installation dans le " -"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia -> Système -> Gérer les paramètres locaux " -"de votre système." +msgstr "Il est possible de changer la langue du système après l'installation dans le Centre de Contrôle de Mageia -> Système -> Gérer les paramètres locaux de votre système." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Sélection de la souris" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "" -"Si le comportement de la souris n'est pas satisfaisant, en choisir une autre " -"ici." +msgstr "Si le comportement de la souris n'est pas satisfaisant, en choisir une autre ici." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Le plus souvent, <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>N'importe " -"quelle souris PS/2 ou USB </guilabel> est un bon choix." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "Le plus souvent, <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>N'importe quelle souris PS/2 ou USB </guilabel> est un bon choix." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</" -"guilabel> pour configurer les boutons qui ne fonctionnent pas sur une souris " -"à six boutons ou plus." +msgstr "Sélectionner <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> pour configurer les boutons qui ne fonctionnent pas sur une souris à six boutons ou plus." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 @@ -3499,13 +2890,10 @@ msgstr "Ajouter ou Modifier une Entrée de Menu de Démarrage" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 @@ -3513,97 +2901,75 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ajouter une entrée ou en modifier une après l'avoir " -"sélectionnée, en pressant le bouton correspondant dans l'écran de " -"<emphasis>Configuration du démarrage</emphasis> et en éditant les entrées de " -"la fenêtre qui s'ouvre à ce moment." +msgstr "Vous pouvez ajouter une entrée ou en modifier une après l'avoir sélectionnée, en pressant le bouton correspondant dans l'écran de <emphasis>Configuration du démarrage</emphasis> et en éditant les entrées de la fenêtre qui s'ouvre à ce moment." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Le changement du nom d'une entrée et l'activation de la case à cocher pour " -"définir l'entrée par défaut sont des actions qui ne comportent pas de " -"risques." +msgstr "Le changement du nom d'une entrée et l'activation de la case à cocher pour définir l'entrée par défaut sont des actions qui ne comportent pas de risques." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ajouter votre propre version du numéro d'une entrée ou la " -"renommer complètement." +msgstr "Vous pouvez ajouter votre propre version du numéro d'une entrée ou la renommer complètement." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"L'entrée par défaut est celle qui est choisie lorsque aucun choix n'est fait " -"pendant la phase de démarrage du système." +msgstr "L'entrée par défaut est celle qui est choisie lorsque aucun choix n'est fait pendant la phase de démarrage du système." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"L'édition des autres paramètres peut rendre votre système sans possibilité " -"de démarrage. Soyez sûr de vos actions lorsque vous apportez des " -"modifications dans ce domaine." +msgstr "L'édition des autres paramètres peut rendre votre système sans possibilité de démarrage. Soyez sûr de vos actions lorsque vous apportez des modifications dans ce domaine." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Principales options du chargeur de démarrage" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez, pour le chargeur de démarrage, des paramètres différents " -"de ceux choisis automatiquement par l'installateur, les changer ici." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "Si vous souhaitez, pour le chargeur de démarrage, des paramètres différents de ceux choisis automatiquement par l'installateur, les changer ici." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Il peut y avoir déjà un autre système d'exploitation sur la machine, auquel " -"cas il faut décider entre ajouter Mageia au chargeur de démarrage existant " -"ou autoriser Mageia à en créer un autre. " +msgstr "Il peut y avoir déjà un autre système d'exploitation sur la machine, auquel cas il faut décider entre ajouter Mageia au chargeur de démarrage existant ou autoriser Mageia à en créer un autre. " #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3622,20 +2988,14 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, Mageia écrit un nouveau chargeur de démarrage GRUB (Legacy) dans " -"le MBR (Master Boot Record) du premier disque dur. S'il existe déjà " -"d'autres systèmes d'exploitation d'installés, Mageia tente de les ajouter au " -"nouveau menu de démarrage Mageia." +msgstr "Par défaut, Mageia écrit un nouveau chargeur de démarrage GRUB (Legacy) dans le MBR (Master Boot Record) du premier disque dur. S'il existe déjà d'autres systèmes d'exploitation d'installés, Mageia tente de les ajouter au nouveau menu de démarrage Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" -"Mageia offre aussi maintenant GRUB2 comme chargeur de démarrage optionnel en " -"plus de GRUB legacy et Lilo." +msgstr "Mageia offre aussi maintenant GRUB2 comme chargeur de démarrage optionnel en plus de GRUB legacy et Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3643,19 +3003,14 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "" -"Les systèmes Linux qui utilisent le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 ne sont pas " -"actuellement supportés par GRUB (legacy) et ne seront pas reconnus si le " -"chargeur de démarrage GRUB est utilisé." +msgstr "Les systèmes Linux qui utilisent le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 ne sont pas actuellement supportés par GRUB (legacy) et ne seront pas reconnus si le chargeur de démarrage GRUB est utilisé." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "" -"La meilleure solution ici est d'utiliser le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 qui " -"est disponible pendant l'installation à la page du résumé." +msgstr "La meilleure solution ici est d'utiliser le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 qui est disponible pendant l'installation à la page du résumé." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3666,58 +3021,41 @@ msgstr "Utiliser un chargeur de démarrage existant. " #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." -msgstr "" -"Si vous décidez d'utiliser un chargeur de démarrage existant, vous devez " -"alors vous souvenir de vous ARRETER pendant l'installation à la page du " -"résumé et de cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>, lequel " -"permet de modifier le lieu d'installation du chargeur de démarrage." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "Si vous décidez d'utiliser un chargeur de démarrage existant, vous devez alors vous souvenir de vous ARRETER pendant l'installation à la page du résumé et de cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>, lequel permet de modifier le lieu d'installation du chargeur de démarrage." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "" -"Ne pas choisir un périphérique, par ex \"sda\", sinon le MBR existant sera " -"effacé, il faut choisir la partition root précédemment retenue pendant la " -"phase du partitionnement, par ex \"sda7\"." +msgstr "Ne pas choisir un périphérique, par ex \"sda\", sinon le MBR existant sera effacé, il faut choisir la partition root précédemment retenue pendant la phase du partitionnement, par ex \"sda7\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "" -"Pour être clair, sda est un périphérique, sda7 est une partition de ce " -"périphérique." +msgstr "Pour être clair, sda est un périphérique, sda7 est une partition de ce périphérique." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." -msgstr "" -"Ouvrir tty2 avec Ctrl+Alt+F2 et taper <literal>df</literal> pour vérifier où " -"est la partition <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 ramène dans " -"l'écran de l'installateur." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "Ouvrir tty2 avec Ctrl+Alt+F2 et taper <literal>df</literal> pour vérifier où est la partition <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 ramène dans l'écran de l'installateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "" -"La procédure exacte pour ajouter le système Mageia dans un chargeur de " -"démarrage existant sort du périmètre de cette aide, cependant, la plupart du " -"temps, elle exige d'exécuter le programme d'installation du chargeur de " -"démarrage impliqué qui devrait le détecter et l'installer automatiquement. " -"Voir la documentation du système d'exploitation en question." +msgstr "La procédure exacte pour ajouter le système Mageia dans un chargeur de démarrage existant sort du périmètre de cette aide, cependant, la plupart du temps, elle exige d'exécuter le programme d'installation du chargeur de démarrage impliqué qui devrait le détecter et l'installer automatiquement. Voir la documentation du système d'exploitation en question." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3728,58 +3066,48 @@ msgstr "Option avancée du chargeur de démarrage " #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "" -"Si la place sur le disque est très limitée pour la partition <literal>/</" -"literal> qui contient <literal>/tmp</literal>, cliquer sur " -"<guibutton>Advancé</guibutton> et cocher la case <guilabel>Vider le dossier /" -"tmp à chaque démarrage</guilabel>. Cela aide à maintenir un peu de place " -"libre." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "Si la place sur le disque est très limitée pour la partition <literal>/</literal> qui contient <literal>/tmp</literal>, cliquer sur <guibutton>Advancé</guibutton> et cocher la case <guilabel>Vider le dossier /tmp à chaque démarrage</guilabel>. Cela aide à maintenir un peu de place libre." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Configuration du SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" -"DrakX détecte habituellement les disques durs correctement. Il peut " -"cependant échouer dans la détection de certains contrôleurs SCSI anciens et " -"en conséquence être incapable d'installer les pilotes requis." +msgstr "DrakX détecte habituellement les disques durs correctement. Il peut cependant échouer dans la détection de certains contrôleurs SCSI anciens et en conséquence être incapable d'installer les pilotes requis." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "" -"Si cela se produit, il faut indiquer manuellement à Drakx quel(s) " -"périphérique(s) SCSI sont présents." +msgstr "Si cela se produit, il faut indiquer manuellement à Drakx quel(s) périphérique(s) SCSI sont présents." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -3791,15 +3119,13 @@ msgstr "DrakX pourra alors les configurer correctement." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configuration du son" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3807,9 +3133,7 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "" -"Cette écran affiche le nom du pilote que l'installeur a choisi pour votre " -"carte son. Ce sera le pilote par défaut si vous en avez un." +msgstr "Cette écran affiche le nom du pilote que l'installeur a choisi pour votre carte son. Ce sera le pilote par défaut si vous en avez un." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3819,24 +3143,16 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Le pilote par défaut devrait fontionner sans problème. Cependant, si après " -"l'installation vous rencontrez des soucis, lancez la commande " -"<command>draksound</command> ou bien démarrez cet outil via le CCM (Centre " -"de Contrôle de Mageia), en sélectionnant l'onglet <guilabel>Matériel</" -"guilabel> puis en cliquant sur <guilabel>Configuration du son</guilabel> en " -"haut à droite de l'écran." +msgstr "Le pilote par défaut devrait fontionner sans problème. Cependant, si après l'installation vous rencontrez des soucis, lancez la commande <command>draksound</command> ou bien démarrez cet outil via le CCM (Centre de Contrôle de Mageia), en sélectionnant l'onglet <guilabel>Matériel</guilabel> puis en cliquant sur <guilabel>Configuration du son</guilabel> en haut à droite de l'écran." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." -msgstr "" -"Puis, dans l'écran de configuration du son, cliquez sur <guibutton>Avancé</" -"guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Dépannage</guibutton> pour obtenir des " -"conseils très utiles afin de résoudre le problème." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "Puis, dans l'écran de configuration du son, cliquez sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Dépannage</guibutton> pour obtenir des conseils très utiles afin de résoudre le problème." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3849,56 +3165,44 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "" -"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> sur cet écran, lors de " -"l'installation, est utile s'il y a plusieurs pilotes disponibles et aucun " -"par défaut, mais vous pensez que l'installeur a sélectionné le mauvais " -"pilote." +msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> sur cet écran, lors de l'installation, est utile s'il y a plusieurs pilotes disponibles et aucun par défaut, mais vous pensez que l'installeur a sélectionné le mauvais pilote." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Dans ce cas vous pouvez sélectionner un pilote différent après avoir cliqué " -"sur <guibutton>Choix d'un pilote</guibutton>." +msgstr "Dans ce cas vous pouvez sélectionner un pilote différent après avoir cliqué sur <guibutton>Choix d'un pilote</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirmer le disque dur à formater" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> en cas d'incertitude sur la " -"sélection du bon disque dur." +msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> en cas d'incertitude sur la sélection du bon disque dur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> en cas de certitude avec la " -"volonté d'effacer toutes les partitions, tous les systèmes d'exploitation et " -"toutes les données présents sur ce disque dur." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> en cas de certitude avec la volonté d'effacer toutes les partitions, tous les systèmes d'exploitation et toutes les données présents sur ce disque dur." diff --git a/docs/installer/fr/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/fr/DrakX.xml index f4e7e31b..7ca0d334 100644 --- a/docs/installer/fr/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/fr/DrakX.xml @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ <!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> <!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> <!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur--> <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> --> <info> @@ -38,9 +39,12 @@ documentation</link>.</para> + + <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/> + <xi:include href="installer.xml"/> <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> diff --git a/docs/installer/fr/installer.xml b/docs/installer/fr/installer.xml index a5dcf4ad..4ac63fda 100644 --- a/docs/installer/fr/installer.xml +++ b/docs/installer/fr/installer.xml @@ -246,6 +246,18 @@ spécifier manuellement, utilisez le paramètre <code>mem=xxxM</code> où xxx est la quantité correcte de RAM. Par exemple <code>mem=256M</code> pour spécifier 256Mo de RAM.</para> </section> + + <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions"> + <info> + <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Partitions dynamiques</title> + </info> + + <para>Si vous avez converti votre disque dur d'un format "primaire" vers un format +"dynamique" dans Microsoft Windows, vous devez savoir qu'il est impossible +d'installer Mageia sur ce disque. Pour revenir vers un format primaire, +consultez la documentation Microsoft : <link +ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para> + </section> </section> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ro.po b/docs/installer/ro.po index 5c71c46f..a062d8bb 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro.po +++ b/docs/installer/ro.po @@ -1,28 +1,26 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # corneliu.e <corneliueva@yahoo.com>, 2013 # corneliu.e <corneliueva@yahoo.com>, 2013 -# Joita Dan <djmarian4u@hotmail.com>, 2013 +# Dan <djmarian4u@hotmail.com>, 2013 # Florin Cătălin RUSSEN <cfrussen@yahoo.co.uk>, 2013-2014 -# Joita Dan <djmarian4u@hotmail.com>, 2013 +# Dan <djmarian4u@hotmail.com>, 2013 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-07 10:05+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-06 15:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Florin Cătălin RUSSEN <cfrussen@yahoo.co.uk>\n" -"Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" -"ro/)\n" -"Language: ro\n" +"Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?" -"2:1));\n" +"Language: ro\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?2:1));\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 @@ -32,11 +30,9 @@ msgstr "Licența și Notele ediției" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -46,39 +42,31 @@ msgstr "Contract de licență" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Înainte să instalați <application>Mageia</application>, vă rugăm să citiți " -"cu atenție contractul de licență." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Înainte să instalați <application>Mageia</application>, vă rugăm să citiți cu atenție contractul de licență." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Contractul de licență se aplică întregii distribuții <application>Mageia</" -"application> și trebuie acceptat înainte de a continua." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Contractul de licență se aplică întregii distribuții <application>Mageia</application> și trebuie acceptat înainte de a continua." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a-l accepta, apăsați pe <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> și apoi pe " -"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgstr "Pentru a-l accepta, apăsați pe <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> și apoi pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Dacă ați decis să nu-l acceptați, atunci vă mulțumim că ați aruncat o " -"privire. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton> și calculatorul va " -"reporni." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Dacă ați decis să nu-l acceptați, atunci vă mulțumim că ați aruncat o privire. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton> și calculatorul va reporni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -90,9 +78,7 @@ msgstr "Nota ediției" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a vedea noutățile acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</" -"application>, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Nota ediției</guibutton>." +msgstr "Pentru a vedea noutățile acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</application>, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Nota ediției</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -105,32 +91,27 @@ msgstr "ro" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Selectare medii (configurați mediile de instalare suplimentare)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"În acest ecran este afișată lista cu depozitele deja recunoscute. Puteți " -"adăuga alte surse de pachete, precum o unitate optică sau o sursă distantă. " -"Selecția surselor va determina care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru " -"selectat în etapele următoare." +msgstr "În acest ecran este afișată lista cu depozitele deja recunoscute. Puteți adăuga alte surse de pachete, precum o unitate optică sau o sursă distantă. Selecția surselor va determina care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru selectat în etapele următoare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -150,40 +131,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Selectarea unui server alternativ sau specificarea unui URL (prima intrare). " -"Prin selectarea unui server alternativ veți avea acces la toate depozitele " -"gestionate de Mageia, precum Nonfree, Tainted și Updates. Cu o adresă URL " -"puteți desemna un depozit specific sau instalația NFS proprie." +msgstr "Selectarea unui server alternativ sau specificarea unui URL (prima intrare). Prin selectarea unui server alternativ veți avea acces la toate depozitele gestionate de Mageia, precum Nonfree, Tainted și Updates. Cu o adresă URL puteți desemna un depozit specific sau instalația NFS proprie." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gestionare utilizatori și administratori" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -195,30 +174,20 @@ msgstr "Definiți parola administratorului (root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"Pentru toate instalările de <application>Mageia</application> se recomandă " -"să definiți o parolă de superutilizator sau administrator, cunoscută și ca " -"<emphasis>parolă root</emphasis> în Linux. În timp ce tastați parola în " -"căsuța de sus, culoarea scutului se va schimba de la roșu către verde în " -"funcție de puterea parolei. Un scut verde indică o parolă puternică. Va " -"trebui să retastați parola în căsuța de dedesubt, astfel se vor compara cele " -"două parole pentru a vă asigura că nu ați tastat greșit." +msgstr "Pentru toate instalările de <application>Mageia</application> se recomandă să definiți o parolă de superutilizator sau administrator, cunoscută și ca <emphasis>parolă root</emphasis> în Linux. În timp ce tastați parola în căsuța de sus, culoarea scutului se va schimba de la roșu către verde în funcție de puterea parolei. Un scut verde indică o parolă puternică. Va trebui să retastați parola în căsuța de dedesubt, astfel se vor compara cele două parole pentru a vă asigura că nu ați tastat greșit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"Toate parolele sînt sensibile la majuscule și este foarte recomandat să " -"utilizați o combinație de litere (majuscule și minuscule), cifre și " -"caractere speciale." +msgstr "Toate parolele sînt sensibile la majuscule și este foarte recomandat să utilizați o combinație de litere (majuscule și minuscule), cifre și caractere speciale." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -231,41 +200,29 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"Adăugați un utilizator la această etapă. Un utilizator dispune de mai puține " -"drepturi ca un administrator (root), însă suficiente pentru a putea naviga " -"pe Internet, utiliza aplicațiile de birotică, juca jocuri sau orice altceva " -"ce un utilizator obișnuit poate face cu calculatorul său." +msgstr "Adăugați un utilizator la această etapă. Un utilizator dispune de mai puține drepturi ca un administrator (root), însă suficiente pentru a putea naviga pe Internet, utiliza aplicațiile de birotică, juca jocuri sau orice altceva ce un utilizator obișnuit poate face cu calculatorul său." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Pictogramă</guibutton>: dacă apăsați acest buton va schimba " -"pictograma utilizatorului." +msgstr "<guibutton>Pictogramă</guibutton>: dacă apăsați acest buton va schimba pictograma utilizatorului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Nume real</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele real al " -"utilizatorului." +msgstr "<guilabel>Nume real</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele real al utilizatorului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Numele contului</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele contului " -"utilizatorului sau lăsați drakx să folosească o versiune a numelui real al " -"utilizatorului. <emphasis>Numele contului utilizatorului este sensibil la " -"majuscule.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Numele contului</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele contului utilizatorului sau lăsați drakx să folosească o versiune a numelui real al utilizatorului. <emphasis>Numele contului utilizatorului este sensibil la majuscule.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -273,30 +230,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>: tastați aici parola utilizatorului. La capătul " -"căsuței de dialog există un scut care indică puterea parolei. (Vedeți și " -"<xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>: tastați aici parola utilizatorului. La capătul căsuței de dialog există un scut care indică puterea parolei. (Vedeți și <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Parola (din nou)</guilabel>: retastați aici parola utilizatorului " -"și drakx va verifica dacă ați tastat aceeași parolă în ambele căsuțe." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Parola (din nou)</guilabel>: retastați aici parola utilizatorului și drakx va verifica dacă ați tastat aceeași parolă în ambele căsuțe." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Toți utilizatorii adăugați în cursul instalării distribuției Magaiea vor " -"avea un director personal ce poate fi consultat de toată lumea (însă " -"protejat la scriere)." +msgstr "Toți utilizatorii adăugați în cursul instalării distribuției Magaiea vor avea un director personal ce poate fi consultat de toată lumea (însă protejat la scriere)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -304,20 +253,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"Totuși, după instalare, orice utilizator adăugat cu <emphasis>MCC - Sistem - " -"Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem</emphasis> vor avea un director personal " -"protejat atît la citire cît și la scriere." +msgstr "Totuși, după instalare, orice utilizator adăugat cu <emphasis>MCC - Sistem - Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem</emphasis> vor avea un director personal protejat atît la citire cît și la scriere." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Dacă nu doriți un director personal accesibil în citire de toată lumea, este " -"recomandat să adăugați acum doar un utilizator temporar și să-i adăugați pe " -"cei adevărați după repornire." +msgstr "Dacă nu doriți un director personal accesibil în citire de toată lumea, este recomandat să adăugați acum doar un utilizator temporar și să-i adăugați pe cei adevărați după repornire." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -325,11 +268,7 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Dacă preferați directoare personale accesibile în citire pentru toată lumea, " -"va trebui să adăugați toți utilizatorii doriți în etapa " -"<emphasis>Configurație - rezumat</emphasis> alegînd <emphasis>Gestionare " -"utilizatori</emphasis>." +msgstr "Dacă preferați directoare personale accesibile în citire pentru toată lumea, va trebui să adăugați toți utilizatorii doriți în etapa <emphasis>Configurație - rezumat</emphasis> alegînd <emphasis>Gestionare utilizatori</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -347,10 +286,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"Dacă apăsați butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vi se va prezenta un " -"ecran în care veți putea edita parametrii conturilor utilizatorilor pe care " -"îi adăugați. Adițional, puteți dezactiva sau activa contul invitat." +msgstr "Dacă apăsați butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vi se va prezenta un ecran în care veți putea edita parametrii conturilor utilizatorilor pe care îi adăugați. Adițional, puteți dezactiva sau activa contul invitat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -358,11 +294,7 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "" -"Tot ceea ce un invitat, conectat cu un cont invitat implicit " -"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, înregistrează în directorul său /home va fi " -"șters la deconectare. Utilizatorul invitat trebuie să-și salveze fișierele " -"importante pe o cheie USB." +msgstr "Tot ceea ce un invitat, conectat cu un cont invitat implicit <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, înregistrează în directorul său /home va fi șters la deconectare. Utilizatorul invitat trebuie să-și salveze fișierele importante pe o cheie USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -370,11 +302,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Activează contul invitat</guilabel>: aici puteți activa sau " -"dezactiva contul invitat. Contul invitat permite unui invitat să se " -"conecteze și să utilizeze un calculator, însă are drepturi mult mai " -"restrînse decît un utilizator normal." +msgstr "<guilabel>Activează contul invitat</guilabel>: aici puteți activa sau dezactiva contul invitat. Contul invitat permite unui invitat să se conecteze și să utilizeze un calculator, însă are drepturi mult mai restrînse decît un utilizator normal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -382,10 +310,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Interpretor</guilabel>: această listă derulantă vă permite să " -"schimbați interpretorul folosit de utilizatorul adăugat în etapa precedentă, " -"iar opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh." +msgstr "<guilabel>Interpretor</guilabel>: această listă derulantă vă permite să schimbați interpretorul folosit de utilizatorul adăugat în etapa precedentă, iar opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -393,48 +318,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>ID Utilizator</guilabel>: definiți aici ID-ul pentru utilizatorul " -"adăugat în etapa precedentă. ID-ul este un număr. Lăsați gol dacă nu știți " -"despre ce este vorba." +msgstr "<guilabel>ID Utilizator</guilabel>: definiți aici ID-ul pentru utilizatorul adăugat în etapa precedentă. ID-ul este un număr. Lăsați gol dacă nu știți despre ce este vorba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>ID Grup</guilabel>: indicați aici ID-ul grupului. Acesta este tot " -"un număr, de obicei același cu ID-ul utilizatorului. Lăsați gol dacă nu " -"știți despre ce este vorba." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>ID Grup</guilabel>: indicați aici ID-ul grupului. Acesta este tot un număr, de obicei același cu ID-ul utilizatorului. Lăsați gol dacă nu știți despre ce este vorba." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Alegeți punctele de montare" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -442,63 +361,46 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "" -"Aici puteți vedea partițiile Linux care au fost găsite pe acest calculator. " -"Dacă nu sînteți de acord cu sugestiile făcute de <application>DrakX</" -"application>, puteți modifica punctele de montare." +msgstr "Aici puteți vedea partițiile Linux care au fost găsite pe acest calculator. Dacă nu sînteți de acord cu sugestiile făcute de <application>DrakX</application>, puteți modifica punctele de montare." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"Dacă modificați totul, asigurați-vă că încă mai aveți partiția <literal>/</" -"literal> (rădăcină)." +msgstr "Dacă modificați totul, asigurați-vă că încă mai aveți partiția <literal>/</literal> (rădăcină)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Fiecare partiție este afișată după cum urmează: „Dispozitiv” („Capacitate”, " -"„Punct de montare”, „Tip”)." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Fiecare partiție este afișată după cum urmează: „Dispozitiv” („Capacitate”, „Punct de montare”, „Tip”)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"„Dispozitiv” este alcătuit din: „disc dur”, [„numărul discului " -"dur”(literă)], „numărul partiției” (de exemplu: „sda5”)." +msgstr "„Dispozitiv” este alcătuit din: „disc dur”, [„numărul discului dur”(literă)], „numărul partiției” (de exemplu: „sda5”)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Dacă aveți multe partiții, puteți alege mai multe puncte de montare diferite " -"din meniul derulant, precum <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " -"și <literal>/var</literal>. Puteți chiar să vă creați propriile puncte de " -"montare, de exemplu <literal>/video</literal> pentru o partiție unde aveți " -"filmele, sau <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pentru partiția <literal>/" -"home</literal> a unei instalări de Cauldron." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Dacă aveți multe partiții, puteți alege mai multe puncte de montare diferite din meniul derulant, precum <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> și <literal>/var</literal>. Puteți chiar să vă creați propriile puncte de montare, de exemplu <literal>/video</literal> pentru o partiție unde aveți filmele, sau <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pentru partiția <literal>/home</literal> a unei instalări de Cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"Puteți lăsa gol punctul de montare pentru partițiile pentru care nu aveți " -"nevoie să le accesați." +msgstr "Puteți lăsa gol punctul de montare pentru partițiile pentru care nu aveți nevoie să le accesați." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -506,22 +408,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Alegeți <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur ce să alegeți și " -"apoi apăsați pe <guilabel>Partiționare de disc personalizată</guilabel>. În " -"ecranul următor puteți face clic pe o partiție pentru a-i afișa tipul și " -"mărimea." +msgstr "Alegeți <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur ce să alegeți și apoi apăsați pe <guilabel>Partiționare de disc personalizată</guilabel>. În ecranul următor puteți face clic pe o partiție pentru a-i afișa tipul și mărimea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Dacă nu sînteți sigur că punctele de montare sînt corecte, apăsați pe " -"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> și alegeți între a formata numai partițiile " -"sugerate de DrakX sau mai multe." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Dacă nu sînteți sigur că punctele de montare sînt corecte, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> și alegeți între a formata numai partițiile sugerate de DrakX sau mai multe." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -531,11 +426,9 @@ msgstr "Selectarea biroului" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"În funcție de alegerea de aici vi se vor prezenta ecrane suplimentare pentru " -"a vă afina alegerea." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "În funcție de alegerea de aici vi se vor prezenta ecrane suplimentare pentru a vă afina alegerea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -543,19 +436,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"După etapa de selecție, veți vedea o diaporamă pe parcursul instalării " -"pachetelor. Diaporama se poate dezactiva apăsînd pe butonul " -"<guilabel>Detalii</guilabel>." +msgstr "După etapa de selecție, veți vedea o diaporamă pe parcursul instalării pachetelor. Diaporama se poate dezactiva apăsînd pe butonul <guilabel>Detalii</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -567,30 +455,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Alegeți dacă preferați să utilizați mediul de birou <application>KDE</" -"application> sau <application>Gnome</application>. Ambele vin cu o colecție " -"de aplicații și unelte folositoare. Apăsați pe <guilabel>Personalizat</" -"guilabel> dacă doriți să le utilizați pe amîndouă, nici unul din ele, sau " -"dacă doriți să utilizați altceva decît opțiunile implicite ale acestor medii " -"grafice. Biroul <application>LXDE</application> este mai lejer decît " -"celelalte două, poate nu atît de plăcut ochiului și cu mai puține pachete " -"instalate implicit." +msgstr "Alegeți dacă preferați să utilizați mediul de birou <application>KDE</application> sau <application>Gnome</application>. Ambele vin cu o colecție de aplicații și unelte folositoare. Apăsați pe <guilabel>Personalizat</guilabel> dacă doriți să le utilizați pe amîndouă, nici unul din ele, sau dacă doriți să utilizați altceva decît opțiunile implicite ale acestor medii grafice. Biroul <application>LXDE</application> este mai lejer decît celelalte două, poate nu atît de plăcut ochiului și cu mai puține pachete instalate implicit." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Selectarea grupurilor de pachete" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -599,11 +478,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Pachetele au fost sortate în grupuri pentru a vă facilita alegerea a ceea ce " -"este necesar pentru acest sistem. Conținutul grupurilor este evident, " -"totuși, informații suplimentare despre conținutul fiecărui pachet sînt " -"disponibile în infobule cînd le survolați cu mausul." +msgstr "Pachetele au fost sortate în grupuri pentru a vă facilita alegerea a ceea ce este necesar pentru acest sistem. Conținutul grupurilor este evident, totuși, informații suplimentare despre conținutul fiecărui pachet sînt disponibile în infobule cînd le survolați cu mausul." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -625,91 +500,74 @@ msgstr "Mediu grafic de lucru" msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Selecția individuală a pachetelor: puteți utiliza această opțiune pentru a " -"adăuga sau înlătura manual pachetele." +msgstr "Selecția individuală a pachetelor: puteți utiliza această opțiune pentru a adăuga sau înlătura manual pachetele." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Citiți <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pentru instrucțiunile " -"despre cum să efectuați o instalare minimalistă." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Citiți <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pentru instrucțiunile despre cum să efectuați o instalare minimalistă." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Selectare individuală a pachetelor" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Aici puteți înlătura sau adăuga pachete suplimentare pentru a vă personaliza " -"instalarea." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Aici puteți înlătura sau adăuga pachete suplimentare pentru a vă personaliza instalarea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"După ce ați terminat selecția, puteți face clic pe <guibutton>pictograma cu " -"dischetă</guibutton> din josul paginii pentru a salva lista cu pachetele " -"alese (o puteți salva și pe o cheie USB). Puteți apoi utiliza această listă " -"pentru a instala aceleași pachete pe un alt sistem, făcînd clic pe același " -"buton și alegeți să o încărcați." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "După ce ați terminat selecția, puteți face clic pe <guibutton>pictograma cu dischetă</guibutton> din josul paginii pentru a salva lista cu pachetele alese (o puteți salva și pe o cheie USB). Puteți apoi utiliza această listă pentru a instala aceleași pachete pe un alt sistem, făcînd clic pe același buton și alegeți să o încărcați." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configurați serviciile" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"Aici puteți configura care din servicii să (nu) se lanseze la pornirea " -"sistemului." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Aici puteți configura care din servicii să (nu) se lanseze la pornirea sistemului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Sînt patru grupuri, faceți clic pe triunghiul din fața grupului pentru a-l " -"destinde și vedea toate serviciile din el." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Sînt patru grupuri, faceți clic pe triunghiul din fața grupului pentru a-l destinde și vedea toate serviciile din el." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -721,60 +579,48 @@ msgstr "Configurările alese de DrakX sînt de obicei bune." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "" -"Dacă evidențiați un serviciu, informații despre acesta vor fi afișate în " -"infobula de dedesubt." +msgstr "Dacă evidențiați un serviciu, informații despre acesta vor fi afișate în infobula de dedesubt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Faceți modificări numai în cazul în care știți foarte bine ceea ce faceți." +msgstr "Faceți modificări numai în cazul în care știți foarte bine ceea ce faceți." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configurați fusul orar" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Alegeți fusul orar alegînd țara sau un oraș prin apropiere din același fus " -"orar." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Alegeți fusul orar alegînd țara sau un oraș prin apropiere din același fus orar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"În ecranul următor veți putea configura ceasul intern pe ora locală sau pe " -"GMT, cunoscut și ca UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "În ecranul următor veți putea configura ceasul intern pe ora locală sau pe GMT, cunoscut și ca UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"Dacă aveți instalate mai multe sisteme de operare pe acest calculator, " -"asigurați-vă că toate sînt configurate pe ora locală, sau toate pe UTC/GMT." +msgstr "Dacă aveți instalate mai multe sisteme de operare pe acest calculator, asigurați-vă că toate sînt configurate pe ora locală, sau toate pe UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -784,31 +630,24 @@ msgstr "Alegeți un server X (configurați placa grafică)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"DrakX are o bază de date foarte cuprinzătoare de plăci grafice și va " -"identifica, în general, corect placa grafică. " +msgstr "DrakX are o bază de date foarte cuprinzătoare de plăci grafice și va identifica, în general, corect placa grafică. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect placa grafică și știți ce model " -"aveți, o puteți alege din arborescență:" +msgstr "Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect placa grafică și știți ce model aveți, o puteți alege din arborescență:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -831,10 +670,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Dacă nu găsiți placa grafică în lista fabricantului (nu este încă în baza de " -"date sau este o placă grafică mai veche) puteți încerca să găsiți un pilot " -"potrivit în categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>." +msgstr "Dacă nu găsiți placa grafică în lista fabricantului (nu este încă în baza de date sau este o placă grafică mai veche) puteți încerca să găsiți un pilot potrivit în categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -842,20 +678,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"Categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> conține mai mult de 40 de piloți " -"generici și cu sursă deschisă de plăci grafice. Dacă nu găsiți un pilot " -"corespunzător plăcii voastre grafice, puteți selecționa pilotul " -"<emphasis>vesa</emphasis> care oferă funcționalități de bază." +msgstr "Categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> conține mai mult de 40 de piloți generici și cu sursă deschisă de plăci grafice. Dacă nu găsiți un pilot corespunzător plăcii voastre grafice, puteți selecționa pilotul <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> care oferă funcționalități de bază." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Aveți grijă că dacă selectați un pilot incompatibil veți avea acces numai la " -"interfața în linie de comandă." +msgstr "Aveți grijă că dacă selectați un pilot incompatibil veți avea acces numai la interfața în linie de comandă." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -863,37 +693,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Unii fabricanți de plăci grafice oferă piloți pentru Linux care sînt " -"disponibili numai în depozitul Nonfree, iar în unele cazuri aceștia sînt " -"disponibili numai pe situl Internet al fabricantului." +msgstr "Unii fabricanți de plăci grafice oferă piloți pentru Linux care sînt disponibili numai în depozitul Nonfree, iar în unele cazuri aceștia sînt disponibili numai pe situl Internet al fabricantului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a-i putea accesa, depozitul Nonfree trebuie activat în mod explicit. " -"Dacă nu l-ați activat în etapele precedente, trebuie s-o faceți după prima " -"repornire." +msgstr "Pentru a-i putea accesa, depozitul Nonfree trebuie activat în mod explicit. Dacă nu l-ați activat în etapele precedente, trebuie s-o faceți după prima repornire." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Configurare placă grafică și ecran" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -902,30 +725,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Indiferent de mediul grafic (cunoscut și ca mediu de birou) ales pentru " -"această instalare de <application>Mageia</application>, toate se bazează pe " -"o interfață grafică sistem numită <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, sau " -"mai simplu <acronym>X</acronym>. Deci, pentru ca mediile grafice " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> " -"sau oricare altul să poată funcționa bine, următorii parametri <acronym>X</" -"acronym> trebuie să fie corecți. Alegeți parametrii corecți dacă vedeți că " -"<application>DrakX</application> nu a ales nimic, sau dacă credeți că " -"alegarea este incorectă. " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Indiferent de mediul grafic (cunoscut și ca mediu de birou) ales pentru această instalare de <application>Mageia</application>, toate se bazează pe o interfață grafică sistem numită <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, sau mai simplu <acronym>X</acronym>. Deci, pentru ca mediile grafice <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> sau oricare altul să poată funcționa bine, următorii parametri <acronym>X</acronym> trebuie să fie corecți. Alegeți parametrii corecți dacă vedeți că <application>DrakX</application> nu a ales nimic, sau dacă credeți că alegarea este incorectă. " #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Placă grafică</guibutton></emphasis>: alegeți placa " -"grafică din listă dacă este necesar." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Placă grafică</guibutton></emphasis>: alegeți placa grafică din listă dacă este necesar." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -935,13 +747,7 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: puteți alege " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> atunci cînd este cazul, ori unul din lista " -"de <guilabel>Fabricanți</guilabel> sau de monitoare <guilabel>Generice</" -"guilabel>. Optați pentru <guilabel>Personalizat</guilabel> dacă preferați să " -"specificați manual ratele de împrospătare orizontale și verticale ale " -"monitorului." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: puteți alege <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> atunci cînd este cazul, ori unul din lista de <guilabel>Fabricanți</guilabel> sau de monitoare <guilabel>Generice</guilabel>. Optați pentru <guilabel>Personalizat</guilabel> dacă preferați să specificați manual ratele de împrospătare orizontale și verticale ale monitorului." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -953,9 +759,7 @@ msgstr "Ratele de împrospătare incorecte pot distruge monitorul." msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Rezoluție</guibutton></emphasis>: definiți aici " -"rezoluția și adîncimea de culori dorite pentru monitor." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Rezoluție</guibutton></emphasis>: definiți aici rezoluția și adîncimea de culori dorite pentru monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -963,28 +767,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: butonul de test nu apare " -"mereu în cursul instalării. Dacă este prezent, puteți controla parametrii " -"aleși apăsîndu-l. Dacă vedeți un mesaj care vă întreabă dacă parametrii " -"aleși sînt corecți, puteți apăsa „da” și configurația va fi păstrată. Dacă " -"nu vedeți nimic, veți reveni la ecranul de configurare și veți putea " -"reconfigura totul pînă ce testul va fi bun. <emphasis>Dacă butonul nu este " -"disponibil, fiți precauți și reverificați parametrii aleși.</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: butonul de test nu apare mereu în cursul instalării. Dacă este prezent, puteți controla parametrii aleși apăsîndu-l. Dacă vedeți un mesaj care vă întreabă dacă parametrii aleși sînt corecți, puteți apăsa „da” și configurația va fi păstrată. Dacă nu vedeți nimic, veți reveni la ecranul de configurare și veți putea reconfigura totul pînă ce testul va fi bun. <emphasis>Dacă butonul nu este disponibil, fiți precauți și reverificați parametrii aleși.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton></emphasis>: aici puteți activa și " -"dezactiva diverse opțiuni." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton></emphasis>: aici puteți activa și dezactiva diverse opțiuni." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -996,9 +791,7 @@ msgstr "Alegeți monitorul" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX dispune de o bază de date cu monitoare foarte cuprinzătoare și în " -"general va identifica în mod corect monitorul." +msgstr "DrakX dispune de o bază de date cu monitoare foarte cuprinzătoare și în general va identifica în mod corect monitorul." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -1007,21 +800,15 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Selectarea unui monitor cu caracteristici diferite poate distruge " -"monitorul sau placa grafică. Vă rugăm să nu încercați nimic dacă nu știți ce " -"faceți.</emphasis> Dacă aveți dubii consultați documentația monitorului." +msgstr "<emphasis>Selectarea unui monitor cu caracteristici diferite poate distruge monitorul sau placa grafică. Vă rugăm să nu încercați nimic dacă nu știți ce faceți.</emphasis> Dacă aveți dubii consultați documentația monitorului." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1032,14 +819,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizat</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Această opțiune vă permite să specificați doi parametri critici, rata de " -"împrospătare verticală și rata orizontală de sincronizare. Rata de " -"împrospătare verticală determină cît de des este împrospătat ecranul, iar " -"rata orizontală de sincronizare este frecvența cu care sînt afișate liniile." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Această opțiune vă permite să specificați doi parametri critici, rata de împrospătare verticală și rata orizontală de sincronizare. Rata de împrospătare verticală determină cît de des este împrospătat ecranul, iar rata orizontală de sincronizare este frecvența cu care sînt afișate liniile." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1048,11 +831,7 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"Este <emphasis>FOARTE IMPORTANT</emphasis> ca specificațiile pe care le dați " -"să nu fie peste capacitățile monitorului: puteți distruge monitorul. Dacă " -"aveți dubii, alegeți o configurație conservativă și consultați documentația " -"monitorului." +msgstr "Este <emphasis>FOARTE IMPORTANT</emphasis> ca specificațiile pe care le dați să nu fie peste capacitățile monitorului: puteți distruge monitorul. Dacă aveți dubii, alegeți o configurație conservativă și consultați documentația monitorului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -1064,9 +843,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" -"Aceasta este opțiunea implicită și va încerca să determine tipul monitorului " -"din baza de date cu monitoare." +msgstr "Aceasta este opțiunea implicită și va încerca să determine tipul monitorului din baza de date cu monitoare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1078,10 +855,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Fabricant</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect monitorul și îi cunoașteți " -"referințele, atunci îl puteți alege din arborescență selecționîndu-l în " -"ordine:" +msgstr "Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect monitorul și îi cunoașteți referințele, atunci îl puteți alege din arborescență selecționîndu-l în ordine:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1102,17 +876,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"Selecționarea acestui grup vă permite să alegeți dintre 30 de configurații " -"de afișare precum 1024x768 @ 60Hz și cuprinde ecranele plate precum cele " -"utilizate în calculatoarele portabile. De obicei este grupul bun de " -"monitoare dacă trebuie să utilizați pilotul grafic <emphasis>Vesa</emphasis> " -"cînd placa grafică nu poate fi detectată în mod automatic. Încă odată, se " -"recomandă să fiți prudent în alegeri." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "Selecționarea acestui grup vă permite să alegeți dintre 30 de configurații de afișare precum 1024x768 @ 60Hz și cuprinde ecranele plate precum cele utilizate în calculatoarele portabile. De obicei este grupul bun de monitoare dacă trebuie să utilizați pilotul grafic <emphasis>Vesa</emphasis> cînd placa grafică nu poate fi detectată în mod automatic. Încă odată, se recomandă să fiți prudent în alegeri." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1122,63 +890,47 @@ msgstr "Partiționare de disc personalizată cu DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "" -"Dacă doriți să criptați partiția <literal>/</literal> trebuie să vă " -"asigurați că aveți o partiție <literal>/boot</literal> separată. NU activați " -"criptarea și pe partiția <literal>/boot</literal>, altfel sistemul nu va mai " -"putea demara." +msgstr "Dacă doriți să criptați partiția <literal>/</literal> trebuie să vă asigurați că aveți o partiție <literal>/boot</literal> separată. NU activați criptarea și pe partiția <literal>/boot</literal>, altfel sistemul nu va mai putea demara." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Aici configurați compartimentarea discurilor. Puteți crea și înlătura " -"partiții, schimba sistemul de fișiere al unei partiții, modifica dimensiunea " -"și chiar vizualiza conținutul ei înainte de a începe." +msgstr "Aici configurați compartimentarea discurilor. Puteți crea și înlătura partiții, schimba sistemul de fișiere al unei partiții, modifica dimensiunea și chiar vizualiza conținutul ei înainte de a începe." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "" -"Este prezentă cîte o categorie pentru fiecare disc detectat sau dispozitiv " -"de stocare, precum o cheie USB. De exemplu: sda, sdb și sdc dacă sînt trei." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "Este prezentă cîte o categorie pentru fiecare disc detectat sau dispozitiv de stocare, precum o cheie USB. De exemplu: sda, sdb și sdc dacă sînt trei." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" -msgstr "" -"Apăsați pe <guibutton>Șterge toate partițiile</guibutton> pentru a șterge " -"toate partițiile de pe dispozitivul de stocare selectat." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "Apăsați pe <guibutton>Șterge toate partițiile</guibutton> pentru a șterge toate partițiile de pe dispozitivul de stocare selectat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"Pentru toate celelalte acțiuni: faceți mai întîi clic pe partiția dorită. " -"Apoi o puteți vizualiza, alege un sistem de fișiere sau punct de montare, " -"redimensiona sau chiar șterge." +msgstr "Pentru toate celelalte acțiuni: faceți mai întîi clic pe partiția dorită. Apoi o puteți vizualiza, alege un sistem de fișiere sau punct de montare, redimensiona sau chiar șterge." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -1201,28 +953,21 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"În acest ecran puteți vedea conținutul discurilor dure și soluțiile de " -"partiționare găsite de asistentul DrakX unde să instalați " -"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "În acest ecran puteți vedea conținutul discurilor dure și soluțiile de partiționare găsite de asistentul DrakX unde să instalați <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"Opțiunile disponibile din lista de mai jos pot varia în funcție de schema de " -"partiționare și conținutul discurilor." +msgstr "Opțiunile disponibile din lista de mai jos pot varia în funcție de schema de partiționare și conținutul discurilor." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1234,9 +979,7 @@ msgstr "Utilizează partițiile existente" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Dacă această opțiune este disponibilă, atunci partițiile existente " -"compatibile Linux au fost găsite și pot fi utilizate pentru instalare." +msgstr "Dacă această opțiune este disponibilă, atunci partițiile existente compatibile Linux au fost găsite și pot fi utilizate pentru instalare." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1246,11 +989,9 @@ msgstr "Utilizează spațiul liber" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe discul dur, atunci această opțiune îl va " -"utiliza pentru noua instalare de Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe discul dur, atunci această opțiune îl va utiliza pentru noua instalare de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1260,11 +1001,9 @@ msgstr "Utilizează spațiul liber de pe o partiție Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe o partiție Windows existentă, instalatorul " -"vă poate propune să-l utilizeze." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe o partiție Windows existentă, instalatorul vă poate propune să-l utilizeze." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1272,10 +1011,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"Aceasta poate fi o modalitate foarte practică de a face loc pentru noua " -"instalare de Mageia, însă este o operație riscantă, așa că verificați bine " -"că v-ați salvat toate datele importante!" +msgstr "Aceasta poate fi o modalitate foarte practică de a face loc pentru noua instalare de Mageia, însă este o operație riscantă, așa că verificați bine că v-ați salvat toate datele importante!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1286,13 +1022,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Țineți cont că acest lucru implică reducerea dimensiunii partiției Windows. " -"Partiția trebuie să fie „curată”, adică Windows a fost închis corect ultima " -"dată cînd a fost utilizat. De asemenea, partiția trebuie să fie și " -"defragmentată, cu toate că această operație nu garantează că toate fișierele " -"de pe partiție au fost mutate din zona care este pe cale să fie utilizată. " -"Este foarte recomandat să vă salvați toate fișierele personale." +msgstr "Țineți cont că acest lucru implică reducerea dimensiunii partiției Windows. Partiția trebuie să fie „curată”, adică Windows a fost închis corect ultima dată cînd a fost utilizat. De asemenea, partiția trebuie să fie și defragmentată, cu toate că această operație nu garantează că toate fișierele de pe partiție au fost mutate din zona care este pe cale să fie utilizată. Este foarte recomandat să vă salvați toate fișierele personale." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1307,9 +1037,7 @@ msgstr "Această opțiune va utiliza tot discul pentru Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"ATENȚIE: aceasta va șterge TOATE datele de pe discul selecționat. Aveți " -"grijă!" +msgstr "ATENȚIE: aceasta va șterge TOATE datele de pe discul selecționat. Aveți grijă!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1317,10 +1045,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Dacă intenționați să utilizați o parte din disc pentru altceva, sau aveți " -"deja date pe disc și nu sînteți pregătit să le pierdeți, atunci nu utilizați " -"această opțiune." +msgstr "Dacă intenționați să utilizați o parte din disc pentru altceva, sau aveți deja date pe disc și nu sînteți pregătit să le pierdeți, atunci nu utilizați această opțiune." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1330,11 +1055,9 @@ msgstr "Personalizat" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"Aceasta vă oferă controlul total asupra amplasării instalării pe discurile " -"dure." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Aceasta vă oferă controlul total asupra amplasării instalării pe discurile dure." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1343,17 +1066,10 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "" -"Unele discuri mai noi utilizează sectoare logice de 4096 octeți în locul " -"standardului precedent de 512 octeți. Din cauză că nu am dispus de un astfel " -"de disc, unealta de partiționare utilizată de instalator nu a fost testată " -"în consecință. De asemenea, unele discuri SSD utilizează acum blocuri de " -"ștergere de peste 1Mo. Dacă aveți un astfel de disc, vă sugerăm să-l " -"partiționați în prealabil cu o unealtă de partiționare alternativă precum " -"gparted, sau să folosiți parametrii următori:" +msgstr "Unele discuri mai noi utilizează sectoare logice de 4096 octeți în locul standardului precedent de 512 octeți. Din cauză că nu am dispus de un astfel de disc, unealta de partiționare utilizată de instalator nu a fost testată în consecință. De asemenea, unele discuri SSD utilizează acum blocuri de ștergere de peste 1Mo. Dacă aveți un astfel de disc, vă sugerăm să-l partiționați în prealabil cu o unealtă de partiționare alternativă precum gparted, sau să folosiți parametrii următori:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1369,9 +1085,7 @@ msgstr "\"Spațiu liber precedent (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "" -"De asemenea, verificați că toate partițiile sînt create cu un număr par de " -"megaocteți." +msgstr "De asemenea, verificați că toate partițiile sînt create cu un număr par de megaocteți." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1381,30 +1095,28 @@ msgstr "Instalare cu DrakX" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 msgid "February 2014" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Februarie 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Documentația oficială pentru Mageia" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 @@ -1414,13 +1126,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"Ecranele care urmează să le vedeți pe parcursul instalării sînt în funcție " -"de componentele voastre materiale și de alegerile făcute în timpul " -"instalării." +msgstr "Ecranele care urmează să le vedeți pe parcursul instalării sînt în funcție de componentele voastre materiale și de alegerile făcute în timpul instalării." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1431,84 +1140,64 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența " -"CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." -"com\">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" -"\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la " -"îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link ns6:href=" -"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</" -"link>." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Felicitări" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"Ați terminat de instalat și configurat distribuția <application>Mageia</" -"application>, iar acum puteți înlătura în siguranță mediul de instalare și " -"reporni calculatorul." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "Ați terminat de instalat și configurat distribuția <application>Mageia</application>, iar acum puteți înlătura în siguranță mediul de instalare și reporni calculatorul." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"După repornire, în ecranul încărcătorului de sistem, veți putea alege dintre " -"sistemele de operare instalate pe acest sistem (dacă aveți mai mult de unul)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "După repornire, în ecranul încărcătorului de sistem, veți putea alege dintre sistemele de operare instalate pe acest sistem (dacă aveți mai mult de unul)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Dacă nu ajustați parametrii încărcătorului de sistem, distribuția Mageia va " -"fi selectată și pornită automat." +msgstr "Dacă nu ajustați parametrii încărcătorului de sistem, distribuția Mageia va fi selectată și pornită automat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1520,38 +1209,31 @@ msgstr "Profitați!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Vizitați www.mageia.org dacă aveți întrebări sau dacă doriți să contribuiți " -"la Mageia" +msgstr "Vizitați www.mageia.org dacă aveți întrebări sau dacă doriți să contribuiți la Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatare în curs" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Aici puteți alege care din partiții doriți să le formatați. Datele de pe " -"partițiile <emphasis>nebifate</emphasis> pentru formatare vor fi păstrate." +msgstr "Aici puteți alege care din partiții doriți să le formatați. Datele de pe partițiile <emphasis>nebifate</emphasis> pentru formatare vor fi păstrate." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 @@ -1563,9 +1245,7 @@ msgstr "În general trebuiesc formatate cel puțin partițiile selectate de Dral msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Apăsați pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> pentru a alege partițiile pe care " -"doriți să le verificați de <emphasis>sectoare defecte</emphasis>" +msgstr "Apăsați pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> pentru a alege partițiile pe care doriți să le verificați de <emphasis>sectoare defecte</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1574,20 +1254,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Dacă nu sînteți sigur că ați făcut alegerea potrivită, puteți face clic pe " -"<guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton>, din nou pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> și " -"apoi pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> pentru a vă întoarce la ecranul " -"principal. În acel ecran puteți alege să vedeți ce se află pe partiții." +msgstr "Dacă nu sînteți sigur că ați făcut alegerea potrivită, puteți face clic pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton>, din nou pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> și apoi pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> pentru a vă întoarce la ecranul principal. În acel ecran puteți alege să vedeți ce se află pe partiții." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" -"Cînd sînteți sigur de selecția făcută, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</" -"guibutton> pentru a continua." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "Cînd sînteți sigur de selecția făcută, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a continua." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1600,19 +1274,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"Fie că sînteți un nou utilizator GNU-Linux sau experimentat, instalatorul " -"Mageia este conceput să vă ajute să faceți instalarea sau actualizarea cît " -"se poate de ușor." +msgstr "Fie că sînteți un nou utilizator GNU-Linux sau experimentat, instalatorul Mageia este conceput să vă ajute să faceți instalarea sau actualizarea cît se poate de ușor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"Meniul din ecranul inițial are diferite opțiuni, iar cea implicită este cea " -"care va lansa instalatorul, care în mod normal este tot ceea ce vă trebuie." +msgstr "Meniul din ecranul inițial are diferite opțiuni, iar cea implicită este cea care va lansa instalatorul, care în mod normal este tot ceea ce vă trebuie." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1621,142 +1290,119 @@ msgstr "Ecranul de bun venit al instalării" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:33 -#, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aici aveți ecranul de întîmpinare implicit cînd utilizați un DVD Mageia:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 -#, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Din acest prim ecran se pot defini cîteva preferințe personale:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Limba (doar pentru instalare, poate fi diferită de limba aleasă pentru sistem) apăsînd tasta F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilizați tastele săgeți pentru a selecționa limba și apăsați tasta ENTER." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "" +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "Aici aveți ca exemplu ecranul de întîmpinare, în franceză, cînd se utilizează un Live DVD/CD. Notați că meniul Live DVD/CD nu propune: <guilabel>Recuperare sistem</guilabel>, <guilabel>Test de memorie</guilabel> și <guilabel>Unealta de detecție materială</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Schimbați rezoluția ecranului apăsînd tasta F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adăugați opțiuni la nucleu apăsînd tasta F6." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:94 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "" -"Dacă instalarea eșuează, atunci poate fi necesar să încercați din nou " -"utilizînd una din opțiunile suplimentare disponibile apăsînd <guibutton>F1 " -"(Ajutor)</guibutton>, vedeți <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +msgstr "Dacă instalarea eșuează, atunci poate fi necesar să încercați din nou utilizînd una din opțiunile extra. Meniul activat cu F6 afișează o linie nouă intitulată <guilabel>Opțiuni de demarare</guilabel> și propune patru intrări:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." -msgstr "" +msgstr "- Implicit, nu modifică nimic în opțiunile implicite." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:102 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "" +msgstr "- Parametri siguri, prioritatea este oferită opțiunilor mai sigure în detrimentul performanțelor. " #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "- Fără ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gestionarea energiei nu este luată în considerare." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "" +msgstr "- Fără APIC local (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), este vorba de întreruperile la nivel de procesor, selectați această opțiune dacă sînteți întrebat." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cînd selecționați una din aceste intrări, se modifică opțiunile implicite afișate pe linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demarare</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1764,21 +1410,17 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "În unele versiuni de Mageia, se poate întîmpla ca intrările selecționate cu tasta F6 să nu apară în linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demarare</guilabel>, însă acestea sînt luate în considerare." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adăugați mai multe opțiuni nucleului apăsînd tasta F1" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:132 @@ -1786,16 +1428,12 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Apăsarea tastei F1 deschide o fereastră nouă cu mai multe opțiuni disponibile. Selectați una cu tastele săgeți și apăsați Enter pentru a avea mai multe detalii, sau apăsați tasta ESC pentru a reveni la ecranul de întîmpinare." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1804,52 +1442,46 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vederea detaliată a opțiunii splash. Apăsați ESC sau selectați <guilabel>Înapoi la opțiunile de demarare</guilabel> pentru a reveni la lista cu opțiuni. Aceste opțiuni pot fi adăugate manual în linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demarare</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cu tasta F2 aveți ajutorul tradus în limba aleasă." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:166 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acesta este ecranul de întîmpinare implicit cînd se utilizează un CD de instalare prin rețea filară (imaginea Boot.iso sau Boot-Nonfree.iso):" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" -msgstr "" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" +msgstr "Nu permite schimbarea limbii, opțiunile disponibile sînt descrise direct pe ecran. Pentru informații suplimentare despre utilizarea CD-ului de instalare prin rețea filară, consultați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageia Wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dispunerea tastaturii este cea americană." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1859,30 +1491,24 @@ msgstr "Etapele instalării" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Procesul de instalare este divizat într-un anumit număr de etape, care pot " -"fi urmărite în acest panou lateral al ecranului." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "Procesul de instalare este divizat într-un anumit număr de etape, care pot fi urmărite în acest panou lateral al ecranului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Fiecare etapă are una sau mai multe ecrane, care pot avea la rîndul lor " -"butoane <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> cu opțiuni suplimentare, de obicei " -"mai puțin necesare." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Fiecare etapă are una sau mai multe ecrane, care pot avea la rîndul lor butoane <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> cu opțiuni suplimentare, de obicei mai puțin necesare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"Majoritatea ecranelor au butoane <guibutton>Ajutor</guibutton> care dau mai " -"multe explicații pentru etapa actuală." +msgstr "Majoritatea ecranelor au butoane <guibutton>Ajutor</guibutton> care dau mai multe explicații pentru etapa actuală." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1892,18 +1518,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm " -"să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție " -"a fost formatată, sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, " -"calculatorul nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu " -"un sistem inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că " -"doriți să reporniți, deschideți un terminal prin apăsarea celor trei taste " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni." +msgstr "Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție a fost formatată, sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, calculatorul nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu un sistem inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că doriți să reporniți, deschideți un terminal prin apăsarea celor trei taste <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1915,33 +1533,25 @@ msgstr "Probleme de instalare și soluții posibile" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Fără interfață grafică" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"După ecranul inițial nu ați ajuns în ecranul de selectat limba. Acest lucru " -"se poate întîmpla cu unele plăci grafice și sisteme mai vechi. Încercați să " -"utilizați o rezoluție mai mică tastînd <code>vgalo</code> la prompter." +msgstr "După ecranul inițial nu ați ajuns în ecranul de selectat limba. Acest lucru se poate întîmpla cu unele plăci grafice și sisteme mai vechi. Încercați să utilizați o rezoluție mai mică tastînd <code>vgalo</code> la prompter." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "" -"Dacă mașina este foarte veche, instalarea grafică poate să nu fie posibilă. " -"În acest caz merită încercată o instalare în mod text. Pentru aceasta " -"apăsați ESC în primul ecran de bun venit și confirmați cu ENTER. Vi-se va " -"prezenta un ecran negru pe care este afișat „boot:”. Tastați „text” și " -"apăsați ENTER. Acum puteți continua cu instalarea în mod text.<emphasis></" -"emphasis>" +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "Dacă mașina este foarte veche, instalarea în mod grafic poate să nu fie posibilă. În acest caz merită încercată o instalare în mod text. Pentru aceasta apăsați ESC în primul ecran de întîmpinare și confirmați cu ENTER. Vi-se va prezenta un ecran negru pe care este afișat cuvîntul „boot:”. Tastați „text” și apăsați ENTER. Acum puteți continua cu instalarea în mod text." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1956,36 +1566,26 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Dacă sistemul pare să înghețe în timpul instalării, acest lucru poate " -"însemna o problemă cu detectarea componentelor materiale. În acest caz " -"detectarea automată a componentelor materiale poate fi omisă și reglată mai " -"tîrziu. Pentru a încerca acest lucru, tastați <code>noauto</code> la " -"prompter. Dacă este nevoie, această opțiune poate fi combinată și cu alte " -"opțiuni." +msgstr "Dacă sistemul pare să înghețe în timpul instalării, acest lucru poate însemna o problemă cu detectarea componentelor materiale. În acest caz detectarea automată a componentelor materiale poate fi omisă și reglată mai tîrziu. Pentru a încerca acest lucru, tastați <code>noauto</code> la prompter. Dacă este nevoie, această opțiune poate fi combinată și cu alte opțiuni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 msgid "RAM problem" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Problemă de memorie" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:260 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"De acest lucru poate fi nevoie foarte rar, însă în unele cazuri cantitatea " -"de memorie RAM disponibilă poate fi raportată incorect. Pentru a o specifica " -"manual, utilizați parametrul <code>mem=xxxM</code>, une xxx este cantitatea " -"corectă de RAM. Ex: <code>mem=256M</code> va specifica 256Mo de RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "De acest lucru poate fi nevoie foarte rar, însă în unele cazuri cantitatea de memorie RAM disponibilă poate fi raportată incorect. Pentru a o specifica manual, utilizați parametrul <code>mem=xxxM</code>, une xxx este cantitatea corectă de RAM. Ex: <code>mem=256M</code> va specifica 256Mo de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 msgid "Dynamic partitions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Partiții dinamice" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:272 @@ -1993,38 +1593,39 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." -msgstr "" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "Dacă doriți să convertiți discul dur din formatul de „bază” în formatul „dinamic” din Microsoft Windows, trebuie să știți că nu veți mai putea instala Mageia pe acest disc. Pentru a reveni la formatul de bază, consultați documentația Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Actualizări" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"De la data lansării acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</application>, " -"unele pachete au fost actualizate sau îmbunătățite." +msgstr "De la data lansării acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</application>, unele pachete au fost actualizate sau îmbunătățite." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -2032,10 +1633,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Alegeți <guilabel>da</guilabel> dacă doriți să le descărcați și să le " -"instalați, selectați <guilabel>nu</guilabel> dacă nu doriți să faceți acest " -"lucru acum, sau dacă nu sînteți conectat la Internet." +msgstr "Alegeți <guilabel>da</guilabel> dacă doriți să le descărcați și să le instalați, selectați <guilabel>nu</guilabel> dacă nu doriți să faceți acest lucru acum, sau dacă nu sînteți conectat la Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -2047,72 +1645,55 @@ msgstr "Apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a continua" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Selectare medii (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Aici aveți lista depozitelor disponibile. Nu toate depozitele sînt " -"disponibile, în funcție de mediile pe care le utilizați pentru instalare. " -"Selecția depozitelor determină care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru " -"selectat pe parcursul etapelor următoare." +msgstr "Aici aveți lista depozitelor disponibile. Nu toate depozitele sînt disponibile, în funcție de mediile pe care le utilizați pentru instalare. Selecția depozitelor determină care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru selectat pe parcursul etapelor următoare." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Depozitul <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nu poate fi dezactivat deoarece conține " -"baza distribuției." +msgstr "Depozitul <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nu poate fi dezactivat deoarece conține baza distribuției." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"Depozitul <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> include pachete gratuite, pe care " -"Mageia le poate deci distribui, însă conțin aplicații cu cod proprietar (de " -"unde și numele „Nonfree”, însemnînd „non liber”). De exemplu, în acest " -"depozit sînt incluși piloții proprietari pentru plăcile grafice nVidia și " -"ATI, microcod pentru diverse plăci WiFi, etc." +msgstr "Depozitul <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> include pachete gratuite, pe care Mageia le poate deci distribui, însă conțin aplicații cu cod proprietar (de unde și numele „Nonfree”, însemnînd „non liber”). De exemplu, în acest depozit sînt incluși piloții proprietari pentru plăcile grafice nVidia și ATI, microcod pentru diverse plăci WiFi, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"Depozitul <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> include pachete publicate sub o " -"licență liberă. Criteriul principal pentru plasarea pachetelor în acest " -"depozit este faptul că acestea pot încălca anumite brevete în unele țări, de " -"exemplu: codecurile multimedia necesare pentru redarea diverselor fișiere " -"audio/video, pachete necesare pentru redarea DVD-urilor comerciale, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "Depozitul <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> include pachete publicate sub o licență liberă. Criteriul principal pentru plasarea pachetelor în acest depozit este faptul că acestea pot încălca anumite brevete în unele țări, de exemplu: codecurile multimedia necesare pentru redarea diverselor fișiere audio/video, pachete necesare pentru redarea DVD-urilor comerciale, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -2123,11 +1704,9 @@ msgstr "Instalare minimală" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Puteți alege o instalare minimalistă deselectînd tot din ecranul cu selecția " -"grupurilor de pachete, vedeți <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "Puteți alege o instalare minimalistă deselectînd tot din ecranul cu selecția grupurilor de pachete, vedeți <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -2136,21 +1715,14 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "" -"Instalarea minimalistă este destinată acelora care vor să utilizeze " -"<application>Mageia</application> într-un mod specific, precum un server sau " -"o stație de lucru specializată. Cu siguranță, veți utiliza această opțiune " -"combinată cu o selecție manuală a pachetelor, vedeți <xref linkend=" -"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "Instalarea minimalistă este destinată acelora care vor să utilizeze <application>Mageia</application> într-un mod specific, precum un server sau o stație de lucru specializată. Cu siguranță, veți utiliza această opțiune combinată cu o selecție manuală a pachetelor, vedeți <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Dacă alegeți această clasă de instalare, ecranul următor vă va oferi cîteva " -"opțiuni de instalare suplimentare și foarte utile, precum documentația și X." +msgstr "Dacă alegeți această clasă de instalare, ecranul următor vă va oferi cîteva opțiuni de instalare suplimentare și foarte utile, precum documentația și X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -2158,37 +1730,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Rezumatul parametrilor diverși" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2197,11 +1766,7 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"DrakX a făcut alegeri inteligente pentru configurația sistemului în funcție " -"de opțiunile pe care le-ați ales și de componentele materiale detectate. " -"Puteți verifica parametrii aici, iar dacă doriți îi puteți schimba apăsînd " -"<guibutton>Configurează</guibutton>." +msgstr "DrakX a făcut alegeri inteligente pentru configurația sistemului în funcție de opțiunile pe care le-ați ales și de componentele materiale detectate. Puteți verifica parametrii aici, iar dacă doriți îi puteți schimba apăsînd <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -2217,12 +1782,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fus orar</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" -msgstr "" -"DracX a selecționat un fus orar în funcție de limba pe care ați ales-o. Îl " -"puteți schimba dacă este nevoie. Vedeți și <xref linkend=" -"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "DracX a selecționat un fus orar în funcție de limba pe care ați ales-o. Îl puteți schimba dacă este nevoie. Vedeți și <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -2234,9 +1796,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Țară / Regiune</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Este foarte important să corectați acest parametru dacă nu vă aflați în țara " -"selecționată. Vedeți <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "Este foarte important să corectați acest parametru dacă nu vă aflați în țara selecționată. Vedeți <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -2246,8 +1806,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Încărcător de sistem</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "" -"DrakX a făcut o alegeri bune pentru parametrii încărcătorului de sistem." +msgstr "DrakX a făcut o alegeri bune pentru parametrii încărcătorului de sistem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 @@ -2258,8 +1817,7 @@ msgstr "Nu schimbați nimic dacă nu știți cum să configurați Grub și/sau L #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" +msgstr "Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:80 @@ -2269,11 +1827,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gestionare utilizatori</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." -msgstr "" -"Puteți adăuga aici utilizatorii suplimentari. Fiecare va avea propriul său " -"director <literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "Puteți adăuga aici utilizatorii suplimentari. Fiecare va avea propriul său director <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -2285,25 +1841,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Servicii</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "" -"Serviciile sistem se referă la acele programe mici care se execută în fundal " -"(demoni). Această unealtă vă permite să activați sau să dezactivați anumite " -"sarcini." +msgstr "Serviciile sistem se referă la acele programe mici care se execută în fundal (demoni). Această unealtă vă permite să activați sau să dezactivați anumite sarcini." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "" -"Trebuie să verificați cu atenție înainte de a schimba ceva aici - o greșeală " -"poate împiedica funcționarea corectă a calculatorului." +msgstr "Trebuie să verificați cu atenție înainte de a schimba ceva aici - o greșeală poate împiedica funcționarea corectă a calculatorului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" +msgstr "Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:106 @@ -2320,9 +1870,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tastatură</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"Aici puteți configura sau schimba dispunerea tastaturii, care va depinde de " -"locația voastră, de limbă și de tipul tastaturii." +msgstr "Aici puteți configura sau schimba dispunerea tastaturii, care va depinde de locația voastră, de limbă și de tipul tastaturii." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2334,9 +1882,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Maus</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "" -"Aici puteți adăuga sau configura și alte dispozitive de indicare, precum " -"tablete, trackball-uri, etc." +msgstr "Aici puteți adăuga sau configura și alte dispozitive de indicare, precum tablete, trackball-uri, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -2346,13 +1892,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Placă de sunet</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "" -"Instalatorul utilizează pilotul implicit, dacă există. Opțiunea pentru a " -"selecționa un alt pilot este propusă numai cînd există mai mulți piloți " -"pentru acestă placă, însă nici unul dintre ei nu este cel implicit." +msgstr "Instalatorul utilizează pilotul implicit, dacă există. Opțiunea pentru a selecționa un alt pilot este propusă numai cînd există mai mulți piloți pentru acestă placă, însă nici unul dintre ei nu este cel implicit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2361,25 +1904,22 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfață grafică</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "" -"Această secțiune vă permite să configurați plăcile grafice și ecranele." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "Această secțiune vă permite să configurați plăcile grafice și ecranele." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/" -">." +msgstr "Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2398,20 +1938,14 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "" -"Aici puteți configura rețeaua, însă pentru plăcile de rețea cu piloți non " -"liberi este mai bine să faceți asta după repornire, din <application>Centrul " -"de control Mageia</application>, dacă nu ați activat încă depozitele " -"mediilor Nonfree." +msgstr "Aici puteți configura rețeaua, însă pentru plăcile de rețea cu piloți non liberi este mai bine să faceți asta după repornire, din <application>Centrul de Control Mageia</application>, dacă nu ați activat încă depozitele mediilor Nonfree." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"Cînd adăugați o placă de rețea, nu uitați să configurați parafocul ca să " -"supravegheze și acea interfață." +msgstr "Cînd adăugați o placă de rețea, nu uitați să configurați parafocul ca să supravegheze și acea interfață." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2424,19 +1958,14 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "" -"Un server proxy acționează ca un intermediar între calculator și Internet. " -"Această secțiune vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca să utilizeze un " -"serviciu de proxy." +msgstr "Un server proxy acționează ca un intermediar între calculator și Internet. Această secțiune vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca să utilizeze un serviciu de proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" -msgstr "" -"S-ar putea să aveți nevoie să consultați administratorul sistemului pentru a " -"obține parametrii pe care trebuie să-i introduceți aici." +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "S-ar putea să aveți nevoie să consultați administratorul sistemului pentru a obține parametrii pe care trebuie să-i introduceți aici." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -2451,18 +1980,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nivel de securitate</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "" -"Aici puteți configura nivelul de securitate pentru calculator, în " -"majoritatea cazurilor configurația implicită (Standard) este cea potrivită " -"pentru o utilizare o obișnuită." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "Aici puteți configura nivelul de securitate pentru calculator, în majoritatea cazurilor configurația implicită (Standard) este cea potrivită pentru o utilizare o obișnuită." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage." -msgstr "" -"Bifați opțiunea care se potrivește cel mai bine cu modul de utilizare." +msgstr "Bifați opțiunea care se potrivește cel mai bine cu modul de utilizare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:211 @@ -2474,62 +1999,50 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Parafoc</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "" -"Un parafoc este destinat să fie o barieră între datele voastre importante și " -"escrocii de pe Internet care le-ar putea compromite sau fura." +msgstr "Un parafoc este destinat să fie o barieră între datele voastre importante și escrocii de pe Internet care le-ar putea compromite sau fura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "" -"Selectați serviciile care doriți să aibă acces la sistem. Selecțiile vor " -"depinde de modul în care utilizați calculatorul." +msgstr "Selectați serviciile care doriți să aibă acces la sistem. Selecțiile vor depinde de modul în care utilizați calculatorul." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "" -"Țineți cont că poate fi foarte riscant dacă permiteți totul (fără parafoc)." +msgstr "Țineți cont că poate fi foarte riscant dacă permiteți totul (fără parafoc)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "" -"Redimensionează partiția <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application>" +msgstr "Redimensionează partiția <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Aveți mai multe partiții <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application>. Alegeți care din ele să fie micșorată ca să faceți loc pentru " -"a instala <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Aveți mai multe partiții <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Alegeți care din ele să fie micșorată ca să faceți loc pentru a instala <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Nivel de securitate" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2547,375 +2060,385 @@ msgstr "Lăsați parametrii impliciți așa cum sînt dacă nu știți ce să al msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"După instalare, va fi tot timpul posibil să ajustați parametrii de " -"securitate în secțiunea <guilabel>Securitate</guilabel> din centrul de " -"control Mageia." +msgstr "După instalare, va fi tot timpul posibil să ajustați parametrii de securitate în secțiunea <guilabel>Securitate</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 -#, fuzzy msgid "Select and use ISOs" -msgstr "Selectați mausul" +msgstr "Selectați și utilizați imaginile ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 msgid "Media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Medii" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 msgid "Definition" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definiție" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 msgid "" "We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " "Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aici numim un mediu un fișier cu o imagine ISO ce permite instalarea și/sau actualizarea distribuției Mageia și prin extensie orice suport fizic unde poate fi copiat fișierul ISO." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." -msgstr "" +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." +msgstr "Le puteți găsi <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">aici</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 -#, fuzzy msgid "Classical installation media" -msgstr "Etapele instalării" +msgstr "Mediile de instalare clasice" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 msgid "Common features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Caracteristici comune" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acestea utilizează instalatorul tradițional intitulat drakx." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acestea sînt capabile să efectueze o instalare nouă sau o actualizare de la o versiune precedentă." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unele unelte sînt disponibile în ecranul de întîmpinare: Recuperare sistem, Test de memorie, Unealta de detecție materială" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fiecare DVD conține toate mediile de birou și limbile disponibile." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " "software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vi-se va oferi posibilitatea în timpul instalării să adăugați sau nu aplicațiile proprietare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 msgid "DVD dual arch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVD arhitectură duală" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ambele arhitecturi sînt prezente pe același mediu, alegerea este făcută automat în funcție de tipul procesorului detectat." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Xfce desktop only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Doar mediul de birou Xfce." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" -"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " -"TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)" +" TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "Doar cîteva limbi (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) DE VERIFICAT!" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conține aplicații proprietare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 msgid "Live media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mediile Live" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Poate fi utilizat pentru a previzualiza distribuția Mageia fără a o instala și opțional să o instalați pe discul dur." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conține numai un mediu de birou (KDE sau GNOME)." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imaginile Live ISO pot fi utilizate doar pentru a efectua instalări noi, nu pot fi utilizate pentru actualizări majore de la versiunile precedente.</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contains non free software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acestea conțin aplicații proprietare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 msgid "Live CD KDE" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LiveCD KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Doar mediul de birou KDE." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 msgid "English language only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Doar limba engleză." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bits only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Doar 32 de biți." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 msgid "Live CD GNOME" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LiveCD GNOME" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Doar mediul de birou GNOME." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 msgid "Live DVD KDE" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LiveDVD KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Toate limbile sînt prezente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LiveDVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 msgid "Boot-only CDs media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CD-uri numai pentru demarat" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " -"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " -"local network or on the Internet." -msgstr "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete " +"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, " +"on a local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "Fiecare din ele este o mică imagine care nu conține mai mult decît necesarul pentru a lansa instalatorul drakx și a găsi imaginea ISO pentru a continua și finaliza instalarea. Aceste fișiere ISO se pot afla pe discul dur, pe un disc local, într-o rețea locală sau pe Internet." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " -"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " -"can't boot on a USB stick." -msgstr "" +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that" +" can't boot on a USB stick." +msgstr "Aceste medii sînt foarte lejere (mai puțin de 100 Mo) și sînt convenabile pentru cazurile cînd lățimea de bandă este prea mică pentru a descărca un DVD întreg, pentru un calculator fără unitate de DVD sau pentru un calculator care nu poate demara de pe o cheie USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 msgid "boot.iso" -msgstr "" +msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conține numai aplicații libere, pentru persoanele care refuză aplicațiile proprietare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" -msgstr "" +msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 msgid "" "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conține aplicații proprietare (în mare parte piloți, codecuri...) pentru persoanele care au nevoie." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 msgid "Media downloading and checking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Descărcarea și verificarea mediilor" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Descărcare" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used " -"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " -"chosen, you can also see something like" -msgstr "" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the " +"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"http is chosen, you can also see something like" +msgstr "Odată ce ați ales fișierul ISO, îl puteți descărca utilizînd HTTP sau BitTorrent. În ambele cazuri o fereastră vă va oferi anumite informații, precum oglinda de descărcare utilizată și posibilitatea de a o schimba dacă este prea lentă. Dacă alegeți HTTP, puteți vedea și ceva de genul" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " "failure. Then this window appears:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "md5sum și sha1sum sînt utilitare pentru a verifica integritatea fișierului ISO. Utilizați doar unul din ele.Ambele numere hexazecimale au fost calculate de un algoritm cu fișierul ce va fi descărcat. Dacă îi cereți din nou algoritmului să calculeze acest număr din fișierul pe care l-ați descărcat, ori obțineți același număr și descărcarea s-a efectuat corect, ori numărul este diferit și ați întîlnit un eșec. Apoi va apăra această fereastră:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bifați butonul radio „Salvează fișierul”." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se verifică integritatea mediului descărcat" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deschideți o consolă, trebuie să fiți root, și:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "- Pentru a utiliza md5sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "- Pentru a utiliza sha1sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "și comparați numărul obținut pe calculator (va trebui să așteptați un pic) cu numărul dat de Mageia. Exemplu:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inscripționați sau copiați imaginea ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Imaginea ISO verificată poate fi acum inscripționată pe un CD/DVD sau copiată pe o cheie USB. Aceste operații nu sînt simple copieri și au ca scop să producă medie de pe care se poate demara." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inscripționați imaginea ISO pe un CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" +"not correct. More information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." +msgstr "Puteți utiliza orice aplicație de inscripționat doriți, însă asigurați-vă că este configurată corect pe <emphasis role=\"bold\">inscripționat o imagine</emphasis>, opțiunea de inscripționat date sau fișiere nu este potrivită. Mai multe informații găsiți în <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Copiați imaginea ISO pe o cheie USB" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick " "and use it to boot and install the system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Toate imaginile ISO Mageia sînt hibride, asta înseamnă că pot fi „copiate” pe o cheie USB pentru a demara și instala sistemul." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330 @@ -2923,165 +2446,167 @@ msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in " "the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced " "to the image size." -msgstr "" +msgstr "„copierea” unei imagini pe un dispozitiv de memorie flash distruge orice sistem de fișiere aflat înainte pe acea partiție. Toate datele vor fi pierdute și capacitatea partiției va fi redusă la mărimea fișierului ISO." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pentru a recupera capacitatea inițială va trebui să formatați cheia USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 -#, fuzzy msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Se utilizează un încărcător de sistem Mageia" +msgstr "Utilizînd Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "Puteți utiliza un utilitar grafic precum <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puteți utiliza utilitarul dd într-o consolă:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "Open a console" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deschideți o consolă" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final -)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deveniți root cu comanda <userinput>su -</userinput> (nu uitați liniuța de la final - )" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" -"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " -"or file manager that read it)" -msgstr "" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application" +" or file manager that read it)" +msgstr "Conectați cheia USB (nu o montați, adică nu deschideți nicio aplicație sau gestionar de fișiere pentru a o citi)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introduceți comanda <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Găsiți numele cheii USB (după mărime), de exemplu /dev/sdb în imaginea de mai sus este o cheie USB de 8 Go." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introduceți comanda: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "" -"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/" -"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd " +"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb " +"bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "(x)=numele dispozitivului, ex: /dev/sdc Exemplu: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introduceți comanda: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deconectați cheia USB, ați terminat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilizînd Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "You can try:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puteți încerca:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -#, fuzzy msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Instalare minimală" +msgstr "Instalarea Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "Această etapă este detaliată în <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">documentația Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" +"More information, is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." +msgstr "Informații suplimentare sînt disponibile pe <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Selectați țara / regiunea" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -3089,20 +2614,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Selectați țara sau regiunea. Acest lucru este important pentru multe tipuri " -"de parametri, precum moneda locală și domeniul de reglementare radio. " -"Alegerea greșită a țării poate conduce la incapacitatea de a utiliza " -"rețelele fără fir." +msgstr "Selectați țara sau regiunea. Acest lucru este important pentru multe tipuri de parametri, precum moneda locală și domeniul de reglementare radio. Alegerea greșită a țării poate conduce la incapacitatea de a utiliza rețelele fără fir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Dacă țara dorită nu este în listă, faceți clic pe butonul <guilabel>Alte " -"țări</guilabel> și alegeți de acolo țara / regiunea." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "Dacă țara dorită nu este în listă, faceți clic pe butonul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> și alegeți de acolo țara / regiunea." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -3111,11 +2630,7 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Dacă țara dorită se află doar în lista <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel>, după " -"ce faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton> poate apărea că o țară din prima " -"listă a fost aleasă. Ignorați acest lucru, DrakX va continua cu alegerea pe " -"care ați făcut-o." +msgstr "Dacă țara dorită se află doar în lista <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel>, după ce faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton> poate apărea că o țară din prima listă a fost aleasă. Ignorați acest lucru, DrakX va continua cu alegerea pe care ați făcut-o." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -3126,23 +2641,14 @@ msgstr "Metodă de intrare" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"În ecranul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> puteți selecta și metoda de " -"intrare (la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit utilizatorilor să scrie " -"cu caractere multilingve (chineză, japoneză, coreeană, etc.). IBus este " -"metoda de intrare implicită pe DVD-urile Mageia și pe Live CD-urile Africa/" -"India și Asia/no-India. Pentru localele asiatice și africane, IBus va fi " -"definit drept metoda de intrare implicită, așa că utilizatorii nu vor mai " -"trebui s-o configureze manual. Celelalte metode de intrare (SCIM, GCIN, " -"HIME, etc.) care oferă funcții similare pot fi instalate dacă ați adăugat " -"mediile HTTP/FTP înainte de selecția pachetelor." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "În ecranul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> puteți selecta și metoda de intrare (la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit utilizatorilor să scrie cu caractere multilingve (chineză, japoneză, coreeană, etc.). IBus este metoda de intrare implicită pe DVD-urile Mageia și pe Live CD-urile Africa/India și Asia/no-India. Pentru localele asiatice și africane, IBus va fi definit drept metoda de intrare implicită, așa că utilizatorii nu vor mai trebui s-o configureze manual. Celelalte metode de intrare (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) care oferă funcții similare pot fi instalate dacă ați adăugat mediile HTTP/FTP înainte de selecția pachetelor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -3150,10 +2656,7 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Dacă ați omis configurarea metodei de intrare în timpul instalării, o puteți " -"accesa după repornirea sistemului instalat via „Configurați calculatorul” -" -"> „Sistem” sau executînd localedrake ca root." +msgstr "Dacă ați omis configurarea metodei de intrare în timpul instalării, o puteți accesa după repornirea sistemului instalat via „Configurați calculatorul” -> „Sistem” sau executînd localedrake ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -3163,11 +2666,9 @@ msgstr "Instalare sau actualizare" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -3178,9 +2679,7 @@ msgstr "Instalare" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" -"Utilizați această opțiune pentru o instalare nouă de <application>Mageia</" -"application>." +msgstr "Utilizați această opțiune pentru o instalare nouă de <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -3193,10 +2692,7 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "" -"Aveți mai multe distribuții <application>Mageia</application> instalate pe " -"calculator, instalatorul vă va permite să actualizați una din ele la ultima " -"versiune." +msgstr "Aveți mai multe distribuții <application>Mageia</application> instalate pe calculator, instalatorul vă va permite să actualizați una din ele la ultima versiune." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -3204,48 +2700,31 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "" -"Numai actualizarea de la o versiune precedentă de Mageia care era " -"<emphasis>încă suportată</emphasis> cînd a fost realizat acest instalator, a " -"fost testată îndeajuns. Dacă doriți să actualizați o versiune de Mageia care " -"și-a încheiat ciclul de viață cînd a fost lansată această ediție, este mai " -"bine să faceți o instalare curată păstrînd partiția <literal>/home</literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "Numai actualizarea de la o versiune precedentă de Mageia care era <emphasis>încă suportată</emphasis> cînd a fost realizat acest instalator, a fost testată îndeajuns. Dacă doriți să actualizați o versiune de Mageia care și-a încheiat ciclul de viață cînd a fost lansată această ediție, este mai bine să faceți o instalare nouă păstrînd partiția <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm " -"să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție " -"a fost formatată sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, calculatorul " -"nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu un sistem " -"inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că doriți să " -"reporniți, deschideți un terminal apăsînd tastele <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</" -"guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție a fost formatată sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, calculatorul nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu un sistem inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că doriți să reporniți, deschideți un terminal apăsînd tastele <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "" -"Dacă ați descoperit că ați uitat să selectați o limbă adițională, vă puteți " -"întoarce din ecranul „Instalare sau actualizare” la ecranul de alegere a " -"limbii apăsînd <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Nu</emphasis> " -"faceți acest lucru mai tîrziu în cursul instalării." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "Dacă ați descoperit că ați uitat să selectați o limbă adițională, vă puteți întoarce din ecranul „Instalare sau actualizare” la ecranul de alegere a limbii apăsînd <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Nu</emphasis> faceți acest lucru mai tîrziu în cursul instalării." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -3257,61 +2736,43 @@ msgstr "Tastatură" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"DrakX selecționează tastatura potrivită pentru limba aleasă. Dacă nu s-a " -"găsit tastatura potrivită, se va reveni implicit la dispunerea de tastatură " -"US." +msgstr "DrakX selecționează tastatura potrivită pentru limba aleasă. Dacă nu s-a găsit tastatura potrivită, se va reveni implicit la dispunerea de tastatură US." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "" -"Verificați că selecția este corectă sau alegeți altă dispunere de tastatură. " -"Dacă nu știți ce dispunere are tastatura, uitați-vă pe specificațiile " -"sistemului, sau întrebați furnizorul de la care l-ați cumpărat. Poate că " -"există o etichetă pe tastatură care indică dispunerea. Vă mai puteți uita și " -"aici: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "Verificați că selecția este corectă sau alegeți altă dispunere de tastatură. Dacă nu știți ce dispunere are tastatura, uitați-vă pe specificațiile sistemului, sau întrebați furnizorul de la care l-ați cumpărat. Poate că există o etichetă pe tastatură care indică dispunerea. Vă mai puteți uita și aici: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "" -"Dacă tastatura dorită nu se află în lista afișată, faceți clic pe " -"<guibutton>Mai multe</guibutton> pentru a obține o listă completă și " -"selectați-o de acolo." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "Dacă tastatura dorită nu se află în lista afișată, faceți clic pe <guibutton>Mai multe</guibutton> pentru a obține o listă completă și selectați-o de acolo." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "" -"După ce ați ales o tastatură din căsuța de dialog <guibutton>Mai multe</" -"guibutton>, vă veți întoarce la prima fereastră de dialog pentru alegerea " -"tastaturii și va apărea că a fost aleasă tastatura din acel ecran. Puteți " -"ignora liniștiți această anomalie și continua cu instalarea: tastatura " -"selecționată este cea pe care ați ales-o din lista completă." +msgstr "După ce ați ales o tastatură din căsuța de dialog <guibutton>Mai multe</guibutton>, vă veți întoarce la prima fereastră de dialog pentru alegerea tastaturii și va apărea că a fost aleasă tastatura din acel ecran. Puteți ignora liniștiți această anomalie și continua cu instalarea: tastatura selecționată este cea pe care ați ales-o din lista completă." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -3319,10 +2780,7 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "" -"Dacă alegeți o tastatură cu caractere non-latine, veți vedea un ecran de " -"dialog suplimentar în care veți fi întrebat cum preferați să comutați între " -"dispunerea latină și non-latină." +msgstr "Dacă alegeți o tastatură cu caractere non-latine, veți vedea un ecran de dialog suplimentar în care veți fi întrebat cum preferați să comutați între dispunerea latină și non-latină." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -3335,53 +2793,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Selectați limba preferată, desfășurînd mai întîi lista continentului. " -"<application>Mageia</application> va utiliza această alegere pe parcursul " -"instalării și după pentru pentru sistemul instalat." +msgstr "Selectați limba preferată, desfășurînd mai întîi lista continentului. <application>Mageia</application> va utiliza această alegere pe parcursul instalării și după pentru pentru sistemul instalat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"În cazul în care veți avea nevoie de mai multe limbi instalate în sistem, " -"pentru uzul personal sau al celorlalți utilizatori, atunci trebuie să " -"utilizați butonul <guibutton>Multilingv</guibutton> de mai jos și să le " -"adăugați acum. Va fi mai dificil să adăugați suport multilingv după " -"instalare." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "În cazul în care veți avea nevoie de mai multe limbi instalate în sistem, pentru uzul personal sau al celorlalți utilizatori, atunci trebuie să utilizați butonul <guibutton>Multilingv</guibutton> de mai jos și să le adăugați acum. Va fi mai dificil să adăugați suport multilingv după instalare." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Chiar dacă ați optat pentru mai multe limbi, va trebui să alegeți una din " -"ele ca limbă preferată din primul ecran cu lista limbilor. Va fi de asemenea " -"indicată drept limba preferată în ecranul multilingv." +msgstr "Chiar dacă ați optat pentru mai multe limbi, va trebui să alegeți una din ele ca limbă preferată din primul ecran cu lista limbilor. Va fi de asemenea indicată drept limba preferată în ecranul multilingv." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Dacă dispunerea tastaturii nu este aceeași cu limba preferată, atunci este " -"recomandat să instalați și limba pentru dispunerea tastaturii." +msgstr "Dacă dispunerea tastaturii nu este aceeași cu limba preferată, atunci este recomandat să instalați și limba pentru dispunerea tastaturii." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -3389,66 +2832,52 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"Mageia utilizează UTF-8 (Unicode) în mod implicit. Acest lucru poate fi " -"dezactivat în ecranul „multilingv” dacă știți că nu corespunde limbii " -"dumneavoastră. Dezactivarea suportului UTF-8 se aplică tuturor limbilor " -"instalate." +msgstr "Mageia utilizează UTF-8 (Unicode) în mod implicit. Acest lucru poate fi dezactivat în ecranul „multilingv” dacă știți că nu corespunde limbii dumneavoastră. Dezactivarea suportului UTF-8 se aplică tuturor limbilor instalate." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Puteți schimba limba sistemului și după instalare din Centrul de control " -"Mageia -> Sistem -> Gestionați localizarea sistemului." +msgstr "Puteți schimba limba sistemului și după instalare din Centrul de Control Mageia -> Sistem -> Gestionați localizarea sistemului." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Selectați mausul" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "" -"Dacă nu sînteți mulțumit de cum reacționează mausul, puteți alege un altul " -"aici." +msgstr "Dacă nu sînteți mulțumit de cum reacționează mausul, puteți alege un altul aici." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "" -"În general <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Orice maus PS/2 și " -"USB</guilabel> este o alegere bună." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "În general <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Orice maus PS/2 și USB</guilabel> este o alegere bună." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "" -"Selectați <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forțează evdev</" -"guilabel> pentru a configura butoanele care nu funcționează la mausurile cu " -"șase sau mai multe butoane." +msgstr "Selectați <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forțează evdev</guilabel> pentru a configura butoanele care nu funcționează la mausurile cu șase sau mai multe butoane." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 @@ -3458,13 +2887,10 @@ msgstr "Adăugați sau modificați o intrare din meniul de demaraj" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 @@ -3472,95 +2898,75 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Puteți adăuga o intrare sau modifica una după ce ați selectat-o, apăsînd pe " -"butonul corespunzător din ecranul <emphasis>Configurare încărcător de " -"sistem</emphasis> și editînd intrările din fereastra care se afișează în " -"acel moment." +msgstr "Puteți adăuga o intrare sau modifica una după ce ați selectat-o, apăsînd pe butonul corespunzător din ecranul <emphasis>Configurare încărcător de sistem</emphasis> și editînd intrările din fereastra care se afișează în acel moment." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Schimbarea numelui unei intrări și bifarea căsuței pentru a o defini ca " -"intrare implicită sînt acțiuni care nu comportă nici un risc." +msgstr "Schimbarea numelui unei intrări și bifarea căsuței pentru a o defini ca intrare implicită sînt acțiuni care nu comportă nici un risc." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Puteți adăuga propriul vostru număr de versiune pentru o intrare, sau o " -"puteți redenumi în întregime." +msgstr "Puteți adăuga propriul vostru număr de versiune pentru o intrare, sau o puteți redenumi în întregime." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"Intrarea implicită este cea pe care sistemul o va demara dacă nu faceți nici " -"o alegere la pornire." +msgstr "Intrarea implicită este cea pe care sistemul o va demara dacă nu faceți nici o alegere la pornire." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Editarea altor lucruri vă poate conduce la un sistem nedemarabil. Nu " -"încercați să testați ceva dacă nu știți ce faceți." +msgstr "Editarea altor lucruri vă poate conduce la un sistem nedemarabil. Nu încercați să testați ceva dacă nu știți ce faceți." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opțiunile principale ale încărcătorului de sistem" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "" -"Dacă preferați alți parametri pentru încărcătorul de sistem în locul celor " -"aleși automatic de instalator, în acest caz îi puteți schimba aici." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "Dacă preferați alți parametri pentru încărcătorul de sistem în locul celor aleși automatic de instalator, în acest caz îi puteți schimba aici." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Dacă aveți deja instalat un alt sistem de operare pe calculator, în acest " -"caz trebuie să vă decideți ori să adăugați Mageia la încărcătorul de sistem " -"existent, ori să lăsați Mageia să creeze unul nou." +msgstr "Dacă aveți deja instalat un alt sistem de operare pe calculator, în acest caz trebuie să vă decideți ori să adăugați Mageia la încărcătorul de sistem existent, ori să lăsați Mageia să creeze unul nou." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3579,20 +2985,14 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Implicit Mageia scrie un nou încărcător de sistem GRUB (învechit) pe MBR " -"(„Master Boot Record”, sectorul principal de demaraj) de pe primul disc dur. " -"Dacă aveți deja alte sisteme de operare instalate, Mageia va încerca să le " -"adauge în noul meniu de demaraj." +msgstr "Implicit Mageia scrie un nou încărcător de sistem GRUB (învechit) pe MBR („Master Boot Record”, sectorul principal de demaraj) de pe primul disc dur. Dacă aveți deja alte sisteme de operare instalate, Mageia va încerca să le adauge în noul meniu de demaraj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" -"De asemenea, Mageia propune GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem opțional în plus " -"de GRUB (învechit) și Lilo. " +msgstr "De asemenea, Mageia propune GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem opțional în plus de GRUB (învechit) și Lilo. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3600,19 +3000,14 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "" -"Sistemele Linux care utilizează GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem nu sînt " -"suportate în momentul de față de GRUB (învechit) și nu vor fi recunoscute " -"dacă este utilizat încărcătorul de sistem GRUB implicit." +msgstr "Sistemele Linux care utilizează GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem nu sînt suportate în momentul de față de GRUB (învechit) și nu vor fi recunoscute dacă este utilizat încărcătorul de sistem GRUB implicit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "" -"Cea mai bună soluție aici este să utilizați încărcătorul de sistem GRUB2 " -"care este disponibil în pagina rezumat din cursul instalării." +msgstr "Cea mai bună soluție aici este să utilizați încărcătorul de sistem GRUB2 care este disponibil în pagina rezumat din cursul instalării." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3623,60 +3018,41 @@ msgstr "Se utilizează încărcătorul de sistem existent" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." -msgstr "" -"Dacă ați decis să utilizați un încărcător de sistem existent, atunci va " -"trebui să nu uitați să VĂ OPRIȚI la pagina rezumat din cursul instalării și " -"să faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> de lîngă " -"încărcătorul de sistem pentru a schimba locația de instalare a " -"încărcătorului de sistem. " +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "Dacă ați decis să utilizați un încărcător de sistem existent, atunci va trebui să nu uitați să VĂ OPRIȚI la pagina rezumat din cursul instalării și să faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> de lîngă încărcătorul de sistem pentru a schimba locația de instalare a încărcătorului de sistem. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "" -"Nu selectați dispozitivul intitulat spre exemplu „sda”, că veți suprascrie " -"sectorul principal de demaraj (MBR) existent. Trebuie să selectați partiția " -"rădăcină (/) pe care ați ales-o în etapa de partiționare precedentă (de " -"exemplu: sda7)." +msgstr "Nu selectați dispozitivul intitulat spre exemplu „sda”, că veți suprascrie sectorul principal de demaraj (MBR) existent. Trebuie să selectați partiția rădăcină (/) pe care ați ales-o în etapa de partiționare precedentă (de exemplu: sda7)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "" -"Ca să fie clar: sda este un dispozitiv, iar sda7 este o partiție de pe acel " -"dispozitiv." +msgstr "Ca să fie clar: sda este un dispozitiv, iar sda7 este o partiție de pe acel dispozitiv." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." -msgstr "" -"Treceți în terminalul tty2 cu Ctrl+Alt+F2 și tastați <literal>df</literal> " -"ca să verificați unde se află partiția <literal>/</literal> (rădăcină). Ctrl" -"+Alt+F7 vă readuce în ecranul instalatorului." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "Treceți în terminalul tty2 cu Ctrl+Alt+F2 și tastați <literal>df</literal> ca să verificați unde se află partiția <literal>/</literal> (rădăcină). Ctrl+Alt+F7 vă readuce în ecranul instalatorului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "" -"Procedura exactă pentru adăugarea sistemului Mageia la un încărcător de " -"sistem existent depășește scopul acestui ajutor. Totuși, în majoritatea " -"cazurilor, acest lucru implică lansarea programului de instalare al acelui " -"încărcător de sistem, care ar trebui să detecteze și să adauge automat noul " -"sistem Mageia. Consultați documentația sistemului de operare în chestiune." +msgstr "Procedura exactă pentru adăugarea sistemului Mageia la un încărcător de sistem existent depășește scopul acestui ajutor. Totuși, în majoritatea cazurilor, acest lucru implică lansarea programului de instalare al acelui încărcător de sistem, care ar trebui să detecteze și să adauge automat noul sistem Mageia. Consultați documentația sistemului de operare în chestiune." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3687,56 +3063,48 @@ msgstr "Opțiunile avansate ale încărcătorului de sistem" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "" -"Dacă dispuneți de un spațiu limitat pe partiția <literal>/</literal>, iar " -"aceasta conține <literal>/tmp</literal>, faceți clic pe <guibutton>Avansat</" -"guibutton> și bifați căsuța <guilabel>Curăță /tmp la fiecare pornire</" -"guilabel>. Acest lucru vă ajută să mențineți ceva spațiu liber." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "Dacă dispuneți de un spațiu limitat pe partiția <literal>/</literal>, iar aceasta conține <literal>/tmp</literal>, faceți clic pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și bifați căsuța <guilabel>Curăță /tmp la fiecare pornire</guilabel>. Acest lucru vă ajută să mențineți ceva spațiu liber." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Configurare SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" -"În general DrakX detectează corect discurile. La unele controlere SCSI mai " -"vechi poate să nu determine corect piloții care trebuiesc utilizați și prin " -"urmare eșuează la recunoașterea discurilor." +msgstr "În general DrakX detectează corect discurile. La unele controlere SCSI mai vechi poate să nu determine corect piloții care trebuiesc utilizați și prin urmare eșuează la recunoașterea discurilor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "" -"Dacă se întîmplă acest lucru, va trebui să-i indicați manual lui DrakX ce " -"discuri SCSI aveți." +msgstr "Dacă se întîmplă acest lucru, va trebui să-i indicați manual lui DrakX ce discuri SCSI aveți." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -3748,15 +3116,13 @@ msgstr "DrakX va putea atunci să le configureze corect." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configurare sunet" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3764,9 +3130,7 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "" -"Acest ecran afișează numele pilotului pe care instalatorul l-a ales pentru " -"placa de sunet, care va fi cel implicit dacă există unul." +msgstr "Acest ecran afișează numele pilotului pe care instalatorul l-a ales pentru placa de sunet, care va fi cel implicit dacă există unul." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3776,24 +3140,16 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Pilotul implicit ar trebui să funcționeze fără probleme. Totuși, dacă " -"întîlniți probleme după instalare, atunci rulați <command>draksound</" -"command> sau lansați această unealtă via MCC (Mageia Control Center), " -"alegînd categoria <guilabel>Componente materiale</guilabel> și faceți clic " -"pe <guilabel>Configurare sunet</guilabel> în partea din dreapta sus a " -"ecranului." +msgstr "Pilotul implicit ar trebui să funcționeze fără probleme. Totuși, dacă întîlniți probleme după instalare, atunci rulați <command>draksound</command> sau lansați această unealtă via MCC (Mageia Control Center), alegînd categoria <guilabel>Componente materiale</guilabel> și faceți clic pe <guilabel>Configurare sunet</guilabel> în partea din dreapta sus a ecranului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." -msgstr "" -"Apoi, în draksound sau ecranul uneltei de „Configurarea sunetului”, apăsați " -"pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și apoi pe <guibutton>Depanare</guibutton> " -"pentru a găsi sfaturi utile despre cum să rezolvați problema." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "Apoi, în draksound sau ecranul uneltei de „Configurarea sunetului”, apăsați pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și apoi pe <guibutton>Depanare</guibutton> pentru a găsi sfaturi utile despre cum să rezolvați problema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3806,93 +3162,44 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "" -"Apăsarea pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> în acest ecran, în cursul " -"instalării, este utilă dacă nu există un pilot implicit dar sînt cîțiva " -"disponibili și credeți că instalatorul l-a selecționat pe cel greșit. " +msgstr "Apăsarea pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> în acest ecran, în cursul instalării, este utilă dacă nu există un pilot implicit dar sînt cîțiva disponibili și credeți că instalatorul l-a selecționat pe cel greșit. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"În acel caz puteți selecta un pilot diferit după ce faceți clic pe " -"<guibutton>Alegerea unui pilot</guibutton>." +msgstr "În acel caz puteți selecta un pilot diferit după ce faceți clic pe <guibutton>Alegerea unui pilot</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirmați formatarea discului dur" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur de " -"alegere." +msgstr "Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur de alegere." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> dacă sigur doriți să ștergeți " -"toate partițiile, toate sistemele de operare și toate datele de pe acel disc." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </" -#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </" -#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -#~ "special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -#~ "xref>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dacă aveți probleme în timpul instalării, atunci va fi nevoie să " -#~ "utilizați instrucțiunile de instalare speciale, vedeți <xref linkend=" -#~ "\"installationOptions\"></xref>." - -#~ msgid "Installation options" -#~ msgstr "Opțiuni de instalare" - -#~ msgid "This will open the following text based help." -#~ msgstr "Aceasta va deschide ajutorul următor în mod text." - -#~ msgid "Installation Help Screen" -#~ msgstr "Ecranul de ajutor al instalării" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -#~ "imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -#~ "imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "Kernel Options" -#~ msgstr "Opțiuni nucleu" +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "Apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> dacă sigur doriți să ștergeți toate partițiile, toate sistemele de operare și toate datele de pe acel disc." diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/ro/DrakX-cover.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7946dccc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/ro/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 --> +<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="Quick-Startup"> + <info> + <title>Instalare cu DrakX</title> + <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> + <revhistory> + <revision> + <date>Februarie 2014</date> + <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + <cover> + <para role="tagline">Documentația oficială pentru Mageia</para> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <info> + <title>Instalare cu DrakX</title> + <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> + <revhistory> + <revision> + <date>Februarie 2014</date> + <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + </info> + </cover> + </info> + <article> + + + + + + + <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before--> +<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed --> +<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> +<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> +<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<para><note> + <para>Ecranele care urmează să le vedeți pe parcursul instalării sînt în funcție +de componentele voastre materiale și de alegerile făcute în timpul +instalării.</para> + </note></para> + + <para>Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența +CC BY-SA 3.0 <link +ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> + + <para>Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link +ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link +ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para> + + <para>A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la +îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link +ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de +documentație</link>.</para> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> + --> +<xi:include href="installer.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/> + + + <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> --> +<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml"> +</xi:include> + + <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include> + + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> + + + <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> + --> +</article> +</book> diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/ro/DrakX.xml index e8bb9b15..728f1264 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ro/DrakX.xml @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ <!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> <!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> <!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur--> <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> --> <info> @@ -38,9 +39,12 @@ documentație</link>.</para> + + <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/> + <xi:include href="installer.xml"/> <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/ro/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..953f4df9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/ro/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,417 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro"> + + <info> + <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 --> +<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Selectați și utilizați imaginile ISO</title> + </info> + + <section> + <title>Medii</title> + + <section> + <title>Definiție</title> + + <para>Aici numim un mediu un fișier cu o imagine ISO ce permite instalarea și/sau +actualizarea distribuției Mageia și prin extensie orice suport fizic unde +poate fi copiat fișierul ISO.</para> + + <para>Le puteți găsi <link +ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">aici</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Mediile de instalare clasice</title> + + <section> + <title>Caracteristici comune</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Acestea utilizează instalatorul tradițional intitulat drakx.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Acestea sînt capabile să efectueze o instalare nouă sau o actualizare de la +o versiune precedentă.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Unele unelte sînt disponibile în ecranul de întîmpinare: Recuperare sistem, +Test de memorie, Unealta de detecție materială</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Fiecare DVD conține toate mediile de birou și limbile disponibile.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Vi-se va oferi posibilitatea în timpul instalării să adăugați sau nu +aplicațiile proprietare.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD arhitectură duală</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Ambele arhitecturi sînt prezente pe același mediu, alegerea este făcută +automat în funcție de tipul procesorului detectat.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Doar mediul de birou Xfce.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Doar cîteva limbi (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) +DE VERIFICAT!</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Conține aplicații proprietare.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Mediile Live</title> + + <section> + <title>Caracteristici comune</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Poate fi utilizat pentru a previzualiza distribuția Mageia fără a o instala +și opțional să o instalați pe discul dur.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Conține numai un mediu de birou (KDE sau GNOME).</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Imaginile Live ISO pot fi utilizate doar pentru a +efectua instalări noi, nu pot fi utilizate pentru actualizări majore de la +versiunile precedente.</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Acestea conțin aplicații proprietare.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>LiveCD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Doar mediul de birou KDE.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Doar limba engleză.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Doar 32 de biți.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>LiveCD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Doar mediul de birou GNOME.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Doar limba engleză.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Doar 32 de biți.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>LiveDVD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Doar mediul de birou KDE.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Toate limbile sînt prezente.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>LiveDVD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Doar mediul de birou GNOME.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Toate limbile sînt prezente.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>CD-uri numai pentru demarat</title> + + <section> + <title>Caracteristici comune</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Fiecare din ele este o mică imagine care nu conține mai mult decît necesarul +pentru a lansa instalatorul drakx și a găsi imaginea ISO pentru a continua +și finaliza instalarea. Aceste fișiere ISO se pot afla pe discul dur, pe un +disc local, într-o rețea locală sau pe Internet.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Aceste medii sînt foarte lejere (mai puțin de 100 Mo) și sînt convenabile +pentru cazurile cînd lățimea de bandă este prea mică pentru a descărca un +DVD întreg, pentru un calculator fără unitate de DVD sau pentru un +calculator care nu poate demara de pe o cheie USB.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Doar limba engleză.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Conține numai aplicații libere, pentru persoanele care refuză aplicațiile +proprietare.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot-nonfree.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Conține aplicații proprietare (în mare parte piloți, codecuri...) pentru +persoanele care au nevoie.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Descărcarea și verificarea mediilor</title> + + <section> + <title>Descărcare</title> + + <para>Odată ce ați ales fișierul ISO, îl puteți descărca utilizînd HTTP sau +BitTorrent. În ambele cazuri o fereastră vă va oferi anumite informații, +precum oglinda de descărcare utilizată și posibilitatea de a o schimba dacă +este prea lentă. Dacă alegeți HTTP, puteți vedea și ceva de genul</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>md5sum și sha1sum sînt utilitare pentru a verifica integritatea fișierului +ISO. Utilizați doar unul din ele.Ambele numere hexazecimale au fost +calculate de un algoritm cu fișierul ce va fi descărcat. Dacă îi cereți din +nou algoritmului să calculeze acest număr din fișierul pe care l-ați +descărcat, ori obțineți același număr și descărcarea s-a efectuat corect, +ori numărul este diferit și ați întîlnit un eșec. Apoi va apăra această +fereastră:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Bifați butonul radio „Salvează fișierul”.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Se verifică integritatea mediului descărcat</title> + + <para>Deschideți o consolă, trebuie să fiți root, și:</para> + + <para>- Pentru a utiliza md5sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>- Pentru a utiliza sha1sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>și comparați numărul obținut pe calculator (va trebui să așteptați un pic) +cu numărul dat de Mageia. Exemplu:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Md5sum.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Inscripționați sau copiați imaginea ISO</title> + + <para>Imaginea ISO verificată poate fi acum inscripționată pe un CD/DVD sau +copiată pe o cheie USB. Aceste operații nu sînt simple copieri și au ca scop +să producă medie de pe care se poate demara.</para> + + <section> + <title>Inscripționați imaginea ISO pe un CD/DVD</title> + + <para>Puteți utiliza orice aplicație de inscripționat doriți, însă asigurați-vă că +este configurată corect pe <emphasis role="bold">inscripționat o +imagine</emphasis>, opțiunea de inscripționat date sau fișiere nu este +potrivită. Mai multe informații găsiți în <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Copiați imaginea ISO pe o cheie USB</title> + + <para>Toate imaginile ISO Mageia sînt hibride, asta înseamnă că pot fi „copiate” +pe o cheie USB pentru a demara și instala sistemul.</para> + + <warning> + <para>„copierea” unei imagini pe un dispozitiv de memorie flash distruge orice +sistem de fișiere aflat înainte pe acea partiție. Toate datele vor fi +pierdute și capacitatea partiției va fi redusă la mărimea fișierului ISO.</para> + </warning> + + <para>Pentru a recupera capacitatea inițială va trebui să formatați cheia USB.</para> + + <section> + <title>Utilizînd Mageia</title> + + <para>Puteți utiliza un utilitar grafic precum <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para> + + <para>Puteți utiliza utilitarul dd într-o consolă:</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Deschideți o consolă</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Deveniți root cu comanda <userinput>su -</userinput> (nu uitați liniuța de +la final - )</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Conectați cheia USB (nu o montați, adică nu deschideți nicio aplicație sau +gestionar de fișiere pentru a o citi)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Introduceți comanda <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Fdisk.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Găsiți numele cheii USB (după mărime), de exemplu /dev/sdb în imaginea de +mai sus este o cheie USB de 8 Go.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Introduceți comanda: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX +bs=1M</userinput></para> + + <para>(x)=numele dispozitivului, ex: /dev/sdc Exemplu: # <userinput>dd +if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb +bs=1M</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Introduceți comanda: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Deconectați cheia USB, ați terminat.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Utilizînd Windows</title> + + <para>Puteți încerca:</para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32 +Disk Imager</link></para> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Instalarea Mageia</title> + + <para>Această etapă este detaliată în <link +ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">documentația Mageia</link>.</para> + + <para>Informații suplimentare sînt disponibile pe <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/installer.xml b/docs/installer/ro/installer.xml index b11811e9..9c9244ed 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro/installer.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ro/installer.xml @@ -1,5 +1,4 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="installer"> - +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="installer" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro"> @@ -38,16 +37,129 @@ If you have peripherals like printers or scanners, it is [best] to care va lansa instalatorul, care în mod normal este tot ceea ce vă trebuie.</para> <figure xml:id="dx-welcome"> -<info> + <info> <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Ecranul de bun venit al instalării</title> - </info> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="../dx-welcome.png" -align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1"> </imagedata> -</imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + </info> + + <para>Aici aveți ecranul de întîmpinare implicit cînd utilizați un DVD Mageia:</para> + +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + + <para>Din acest prim ecran se pot defini cîteva preferințe personale:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Limba (doar pentru instalare, poate fi diferită de limba aleasă pentru +sistem) apăsînd tasta F2</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Utilizați tastele săgeți pentru a selecționa limba și apăsați tasta ENTER.</para> + + <para>Aici aveți ca exemplu ecranul de întîmpinare, în franceză, cînd se +utilizează un Live DVD/CD. Notați că meniul Live DVD/CD nu propune: +<guilabel>Recuperare sistem</guilabel>, <guilabel>Test de memorie</guilabel> +și <guilabel>Unealta de detecție materială</guilabel>.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Schimbați rezoluția ecranului apăsînd tasta F3.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Adăugați opțiuni la nucleu apăsînd tasta F6.</para> + + <para>Dacă instalarea eșuează, atunci poate fi necesar să încercați din nou +utilizînd una din opțiunile extra. Meniul activat cu F6 afișează o linie +nouă intitulată <guilabel>Opțiuni de demarare</guilabel> și propune patru +intrări:</para> + + <para>- Implicit, nu modifică nimic în opțiunile implicite.</para> + + <para>- Parametri siguri, prioritatea este oferită opțiunilor mai sigure în +detrimentul performanțelor. </para> + + <para>- Fără ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gestionarea +energiei nu este luată în considerare.</para> + + <para>- Fără APIC local (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), este +vorba de întreruperile la nivel de procesor, selectați această opțiune dacă +sînteți întrebat.</para> + + <para>Cînd selecționați una din aceste intrări, se modifică opțiunile implicite +afișate pe linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demarare</guilabel>.</para> + + <note> + <para>În unele versiuni de Mageia, se poate întîmpla ca intrările selecționate cu +tasta F6 să nu apară în linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demarare</guilabel>, însă +acestea sînt luate în considerare.</para> + </note> - <para>Dacă aveți probleme în timpul instalării, atunci va fi nevoie să utilizați -instrucțiunile de instalare speciale, vedeți <xref -linkend="installationOptions"></xref>.</para> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Adăugați mai multe opțiuni nucleului apăsînd tasta F1</para> + + <para>Apăsarea tastei F1 deschide o fereastră nouă cu mai multe opțiuni +disponibile. Selectați una cu tastele săgeți și apăsați Enter pentru a avea +mai multe detalii, sau apăsați tasta ESC pentru a reveni la ecranul de +întîmpinare.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <para>Vederea detaliată a opțiunii splash. Apăsați ESC sau selectați +<guilabel>Înapoi la opțiunile de demarare</guilabel> pentru a reveni la +lista cu opțiuni. Aceste opțiuni pot fi adăugate manual în linia +<guilabel>Opțiuni de demarare</guilabel>.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <note> + <para>Cu tasta F2 aveți ajutorul tradus în limba aleasă.</para> + </note> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>Acesta este ecranul de întîmpinare implicit cînd se utilizează un CD de +instalare prin rețea filară (imaginea Boot.iso sau Boot-Nonfree.iso):</para> + + <para>Nu permite schimbarea limbii, opțiunile disponibile sînt descrise direct pe +ecran. Pentru informații suplimentare despre utilizarea CD-ului de instalare +prin rețea filară, consultați <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">Mageia Wiki</link>.</para> + + <warning> + <para>Dispunerea tastaturii este cea americană.</para> + </warning> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2" align="center" +format="PNG" fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> <section xml:id="installationSteps"> <info> @@ -77,24 +189,6 @@ doriți să reporniți, deschideți un terminal prin apăsarea celor trei taste </section> <section xml:id="installationOptions"> - <info> - <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti1">Opțiuni de instalare</title> - </info> - - <para>Dacă instalarea eșuează, atunci poate fi necesar să încercați din nou -utilizînd una din opțiunile suplimentare disponibile apăsînd <guibutton>F1 -(Ajutor)</guibutton>, vedeți <xref linkend="dx-welcome"></xref></para> - - <para>Aceasta va deschide ajutorul următor în mod text.</para> - - <figure xml:id="dx-help"> -<info> - <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti2">Ecranul de ajutor al instalării</title> - </info> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="../dx-help.png" -align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="installer-im2"></imagedata> -</imageobject></mediaobject></figure> - <section xml:id="installationProblems"> <info> <title xml:id="installationProblems-ti1">Probleme de instalare și soluții posibile</title> @@ -113,12 +207,12 @@ utilizați o rezoluție mai mică tastînd <code>vgalo</code> la prompter.</para </listitem> <listitem> - <para revision="2">Dacă mașina este foarte veche, instalarea grafică poate să nu fie + <para revision="2">Dacă mașina este foarte veche, instalarea în mod grafic poate să nu fie posibilă. În acest caz merită încercată o instalare în mod text. Pentru -aceasta apăsați ESC în primul ecran de bun venit și confirmați cu -ENTER. Vi-se va prezenta un ecran negru pe care este afișat „boot:”. Tastați -„text” și apăsați ENTER. Acum puteți continua cu instalarea în mod -text.<emphasis></emphasis></para> +aceasta apăsați ESC în primul ecran de întîmpinare și confirmați cu +ENTER. Vi-se va prezenta un ecran negru pe care este afișat cuvîntul +„boot:”. Tastați „text” și apăsați ENTER. Acum puteți continua cu instalarea +în mod text.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -138,7 +232,7 @@ opțiuni.</para> <section xml:id="kernelOptions"> <info> - <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">Opțiuni nucleu</title> + <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">Problemă de memorie</title> </info> <para>De acest lucru poate fi nevoie foarte rar, însă în unele cazuri cantitatea @@ -146,6 +240,18 @@ de memorie RAM disponibilă poate fi raportată incorect. Pentru a o specifica manual, utilizați parametrul <code>mem=xxxM</code>, une xxx este cantitatea corectă de RAM. Ex: <code>mem=256M</code> va specifica 256Mo de RAM.</para> </section> + + <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions"> + <info> + <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Partiții dinamice</title> + </info> + + <para>Dacă doriți să convertiți discul dur din formatul de „bază” în formatul +„dinamic” din Microsoft Windows, trebuie să știți că nu veți mai putea +instala Mageia pe acest disc. Pentru a reveni la formatul de bază, +consultați documentația Microsoft: <link +ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para> + </section> </section> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/misc-params.xml b/docs/installer/ro/misc-params.xml index 49eacc33..89f1730f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro/misc-params.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ro/misc-params.xml @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" /> <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">Aici puteți configura rețeaua, însă pentru plăcile de rețea cu piloți non liberi este mai bine să faceți asta după repornire, din <application>Centrul -de control Mageia</application>, dacă nu ați activat încă depozitele +de Control Mageia</application>, dacă nu ați activat încă depozitele mediilor Nonfree.</para> <warning> diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/securityLevel.xml b/docs/installer/ro/securityLevel.xml index ba867126..6357e3a2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro/securityLevel.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ro/securityLevel.xml @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata> <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Lăsați parametrii impliciți așa cum sînt dacă nu știți ce să alegeți.</para> <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">După instalare, va fi tot timpul posibil să ajustați parametrii de -securitate în secțiunea <guilabel>Securitate</guilabel> din centrul de -control Mageia.</para> +securitate în secțiunea <guilabel>Securitate</guilabel> din Centrul de +Control Mageia.</para> </section> diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/installer/ro/selectInstallClass.xml index 7cff84c7..297bc071 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro/selectInstallClass.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ro/selectInstallClass.xml @@ -50,8 +50,7 @@ versiune.</para> <emphasis>încă suportată</emphasis> cînd a fost realizat acest instalator, a fost testată îndeajuns. Dacă doriți să actualizați o versiune de Mageia care și-a încheiat ciclul de viață cînd a fost lansată această ediție, este mai -bine să faceți o instalare curată păstrînd partiția -<literal>/home</literal>.</para> +bine să faceți o instalare nouă păstrînd partiția <literal>/home</literal>.</para> </warning> </listitem> </itemizedlist> diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/installer/ro/selectLanguage.xml index 53c9ece6..d5cac765 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro/selectLanguage.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ro/selectLanguage.xml @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ instalate.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Puteți schimba limba sistemului și după instalare din Centrul de control + <para>Puteți schimba limba sistemului și după instalare din Centrul de Control Mageia -> Sistem -> Gestionați localizarea sistemului.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq.po b/docs/installer/sq.po index c8336a9e..5e648f87 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq.po +++ b/docs/installer/sq.po @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: -# ard1t <ardit.dani@gmail.com>, 2014 +# Ardit Dani <ardit.dani@gmail.com>, 2014 +# Ardit Dani <ardit.dani@gmail.com>, 2014 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-20 14:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ard1t <ardit.dani@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Albanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" -"sq/)\n" -"Language: sq\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" +"Language-Team: Albanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/sq/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: sq\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -27,11 +27,9 @@ msgstr "Licenca dhe Shënime Lëshimit" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -41,39 +39,31 @@ msgstr "Licenca e pajtueshmërisë" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Para instalimit<application>Mageia</application>, ju lutemi lexoni kushtet e " -"licencës me kujdes." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Para instalimit<application>Mageia</application>, ju lutemi lexoni kushtet e licencës me kujdes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Këto kushte dhe rregulla zbatohen për të gjithë <application> Mageia </" -"application> shpërndarjes dhe duhet të pranohen para se të mund të vazhdojë." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Këto kushte dhe rregulla zbatohen për të gjithë <application> Mageia </application> shpërndarjes dhe duhet të pranohen para se të mund të vazhdojë." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Për të pranuar, thjesht zgjidhni <guilabel> Prano </guilabel> dhe pastaj " -"klikoni në <guibutton> Tjetren </guibutton>." +msgstr "Për të pranuar, thjesht zgjidhni <guilabel> Prano </guilabel> dhe pastaj klikoni në <guibutton> Tjetren </guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Nëse vendosni të mos e pranojë këto kushte, atëherë ne ju falënderoj për " -"kërkimin. Klikoni <guibutton> Dil </guibutton> do të ristartoni kompjuterin " -"tuaj." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Nëse vendosni të mos e pranojë këto kushte, atëherë ne ju falënderoj për kërkimin. Klikoni <guibutton> Dil </guibutton> do të ristartoni kompjuterin tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -85,7 +75,7 @@ msgstr "Shënime lëshimi" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Për të parë se çfarë ka të re në këtë version të <application>Mageia</application>, klikoni në <guibutton>Shënime Lëshimi</guibutton> button." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -96,31 +86,29 @@ msgstr "en" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Përzgjedhja Media (Konfiguro Plotësues Media Instalimi)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Ky ekran ju jep listën e Depove të njohura tashmë. Ju mund të shtoni burime " -"të tjera për paketat, si një disk optik apo një burim të largët. Zgjedhja " -"burim përcakton se cilat paketë do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje " -"gjatë hapave të ardhshëm." +msgstr "Ky ekran ju jep listën e Depove të njohura tashmë. Ju mund të shtoni burime të tjera për paketat, si një disk optik apo një burim të largët. Zgjedhja burim përcakton se cilat paketë do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje gjatë hapave të ardhshëm." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -130,7 +118,7 @@ msgstr "Për një burim të rrjetit, ka dy hapa që duhet të ndiqni:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zgjedhja dhe aktivizimi i rrjetit, nëse nuk bërë tashmë." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 @@ -140,63 +128,68 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë apo një URL të specifikuar (hyrje e parë). Me zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë, ju keni qasje në zgjedhjen e të gjitha depove të menaxhuara nga Mageia, si jofalas, depot e njollosura dhe azhornimet. Me URL, ju mund të caktojë një depo të veçantë ose vet instalimin tuaj NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" -msgstr "" - -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +msgstr "Menaxher për Përdorues dhe Super-përdoruesin " + +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vendos Fjalëkalim administratori (root):" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/addUser.xml:38 msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Është e këshillueshme për të gjithë instalimet <application>Mageia</aplikimit> për të vendosur një superpërdorues apo fjalëkalim administratori, zakonisht të quajtur <emphasis> fjalëkalimin root</emphasis> në Linux. Siq ju shkruani një fjalëkalim në kutinë e lartë ngjyra e mburojës së saj do të ndryshojë nga e kuqe në të verdhë të gjelbër në varësi të fuqisë e password. Një mburojë e gjelbër tregon se jeni duke përdorur një fjalëkalim të fortë. Ju duhet për të përsëritur të njëjtin fjalëkalim në kutinë vetëm nën kutinë e parë fjalëkalimi, kjo kontrollon se ju nuk e keni shtypur keq pyetjen fjalëkalimin e parë duke i krahasuar ato." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Të gjitha fjalëkalimet janë raste të ndjeshme, është mirë përdorimi një përzierje të shkronjave (mëdha dhe të vogla), numra dhe karaktere të tjera në një fjalëkalim." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 msgid "Enter a user" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fut një përdorues" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/addUser.xml:59 @@ -204,29 +197,29 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Shto një përdorues këtu. Një përdorues ka më pak të drejta se super-përdoruesit (root), por të mjaftueshme për të shfletuar në internet, përdorimi aplikacioneve të zyrës ose luajnë lojëra dhe çdo gjë tjetër përdoruesi mesatar bën me kompjuterin e tij" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guibutton>Ikonë</guibutton>: nëse klikoni në këtë buton do të ndryshojë ikonën e përdoruesve." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guilabel>Emri Vërtetë</guilabel>: Vendos emrin e vërtetë të përdoruesit në këtë kuti teksti." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Emri Hyrës</guilabel>: Këtu ju shkruani emrin e përdoruesit hyrës ose le draky përdorimin e një versioni të emrin e vërtetë përdoruesit. <emphasis>Emri hyrës është rast i ndjeshme.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -234,22 +227,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi</guilabel>: Në këtë kutinë e tekstit ju duhet të shkruani fjalëkalimin e përdoruesit. Nuk është një mburojë në fund të kutisë të tekstit që tregon fuqinë e fjalëkalimin. (Shiko edhe <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi (përsëri)</guilabel>: Rishkruaj fjalëkalimin e përdoruesit në këtë kuti të tekstit dhe DrakX do të kontrollojë ju keni të njëjtin fjalëkalim në secilën nga kutitë e tekstit përdorues fjalëkalim." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Çdo përdorues ju shtoni gjatë instalimit Mageia, do të ketë një botë të lexueshëm (por shkrim i mbrojtur) skedari shtëpi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -257,14 +250,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Megjithatë, duke përdorur instalmin tuaj të ri, çdo përdorues që të shtoni në <emphasis>MCC - System - Menaxho përdoruesit në sistem</emphasis> do të ketë një skedarë shtëpi që është me mbrojtje lexo dhe shkruaj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nëse ju nuk doni një skedarë të përgjithshëm të lexueshëm shtëpi për të gjithë, është këshilluar për të shtuar vetëm një përdorues të përkohshme tani dhe për të shtuar një të vërtetë pa(s) rinisjes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -272,17 +265,17 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nëse ju preferoni skedarë të lexueshëm dokumente në shtëpi, ju mund të dëshironi të shtoni të gjithë përdoruesit shtesë të nevojshme në <emphasis>Konfiguracion - Përmbledhje</emphasis> hap gjatë instalimit. Zgjidh <emphasis>Menaxhimi Përdoruesit</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lejet hyrëse gjithashtu mund të ndryshohet pas instalimit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 msgid "Advanced User Management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menaxhim Përdoruesi Avancuar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/addUser.xml:119 @@ -290,7 +283,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nëse <guibutton>avancimi</guibutton> butoni është i klikuar ju ofrohet një ekran që ju lejon të modifikoni cilësimet për përdoruesin që ju jeni duke shtuar. Përveç kësaj, ju mund të çaktivizoni ose të mundësoni një llogari vizitor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -306,7 +299,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guilabel>Aktivizo llogarinë visitor</guilabel>: Këtu ju mund të mundësoni ose çaktivizoni një llogari visitor.Llogaria visitor lejon një visitor për të hyrë në dhe të përdorur PC'në, por ai ka qasje më të kufizuar se përdoruesit normal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -328,33 +321,36 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" -msgstr "" - -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +msgstr "Zgjidhni pikat montuese" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -369,39 +365,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nëse ju ndryshoni ndonjë gjë, sigurohuni që ju ende keni një <literal>/</literal> ndarje (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Çdo ndarje është treguar si vijimi: \"Pajisje\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Pikë montimi\", \"Tipi\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"Pajisja\", është e përbërë nga: \"hard-disku\", [\"numri i hard-diskut\"(shkronjë)], \"numri ndarjes\" (për shembull, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Nëse ju keni shumë ndarëse, ju mund të zgjidhni pika montuese shumë të ndryshme nga menyja poshtë, të tilla si <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/shtëpi</literal> dhe <literal>/var</literal>. Ju mund të bëni edhe vetë pikat montuese, për shembull <literal>/video</literal> për një ndarje ku ju doni të ruani filmat tuaj, ose <literal>/cauldron-shtëpi</literal> për <literal>/shtëpi</literal> ndarjet e një instalimi cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Për ndarëse që ju nuk keni të drejta në, ju mund të lënë pikë fushës montuese bosh." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -409,15 +405,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zgjedh<guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të sigurt çfarë të zgjidhni, dhe pastaj shënoni <guilabel>Ndarja diskut personalizuar</guilabel>. Në ekran që vijon, ju mund të klikoni mbi një ndarje për të parë llojin e saj dhe madhësinë." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Nëse jeni të sigurt që pikat montuese janë të sakta, klikoni mbi <guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton>, dhe zgjidhni nëse ju vetëm dëshironi të formatoni ndarjen(s) DrakX sugjeruar, ose më shumë." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -427,9 +423,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "Në varësi të zgjedhjes tuaj këtu, ju mund të ju ofrohet ekran i mëtejshme për të akorduar gjobë zgjedhjes tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -437,14 +433,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pas përzgjedhjes hapave(s), ju do të shihni një shfaqje gjatë instalimit të paketës. Shfaqje mund të ç'aktiviohet duke shtypur butonin <guilabel>Detajet</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -456,20 +452,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zgjidhni nëse ju preferoni të përdorni <application>KDE</application> ose <application>Gnome</application> mjedisin desktop. Të dy vijnë me një seri të plotë të aplikacioneve të dobishme dhe mjetet. Shenjë <guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të përdorni asnjërin ose të dy, ose nëse ju doni diçka tjetër përveç zgjidhjes programit të paracaktuar për këto mjedise desktop. <application>LXDE</application> desktop është më e lehtë se dy të mëparshmit, mbështet karamele sy më pak dhe më pak paketa instaluese nga parazgjedhja." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zgjidhni Grupet Paketave" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -478,159 +475,162 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paketat janë të renditura në grupe, për të bërë zgjedhjen atyre që ju duhet në sistemin tuaj shumë më e lehtë. Grupet janë mjaft të vetë shpjegueshëm, megjithatë më shumë informacion në lidhje me përmbajtjen e secilit është në dispozicion në mjet-këshilla të cilat bëhen të dukshme kur miu fluturon mbi ta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 msgid "Workstation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stacion-pune." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 msgid "Server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Server." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 msgid "Graphical Environment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mjedis Grafike." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zgjedhja Individuale Paketave: Ju mund të përdorni këtë opsion për të shtuar manualisht ose hequr paketa." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Lexo <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> për udhëzime se si të bëni një instalim minimal." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zgjidhni paketat individuale" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Këtu ju mund të shtoni ose hiqni çdo paketë shtesë për të rregulluar instalimin tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfiguro shërbimet tuaja" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Këtu ju mund të vendosni se cilat shërbime (nuk) duhet të fillojnë kur ju ndezni sistemin tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Ka katër grupe, klikoni në trekëndësh para se një grup për të zgjeruar atë dhe të parë të gjitha shërbimet në të." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cilësimet e zgjedhura nga DrakX zakonisht janë të mira." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:37 msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nëse përzgjidhni një shërbim, disa informacione në lidhje me të janë shfaqur në kutinë info më poshtë." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vetëm ndrysho gjërat, kur ju e dini shumë mirë se çfarë po bëni." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Timezone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfiguro kohën-zonës tuaj" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Zgjidhni kohën e zonës tuaj duke zgjedhur vendin tuaj ose një qytet të afërt me ju në të njëjtën kohë." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "Në ekran tjetër ju mund të zgjidhni vendosjen orës tuaj pjesëve-elektronike për orën lokale ose në GMT, e njohur edhe si UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nëse ju keni më shumë se një sistem operativ në kompjuterin tuaj, sigurohuni se janë të vendosur të gjithë në kohë lokale, ose të gjithë në UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zgjidhni një X Server (Konfiguro Kartën tuaj Grafike)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 @@ -644,22 +644,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nëse instaluesi nuk ka zbuluar kartën tuaj grafike të saktë dhe ju e dini cilën keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema nga:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 msgid "vendor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "shitës" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 msgid "then the name of your card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "atëherë emrin e kartës tuaj" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 msgid "and the type of card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "dhe lloji i kartës" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 @@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nëse ju nuk mund të gjeni kartën tuaj në listat shitësit (për shkak se ajo nuk është ende në bazën e të dhënave ose është një kartë të vjetër) ju mund të gjeni një drejtues të përshtatshme në kategorinë Xorg" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -675,14 +675,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lista Xorg ofron më shumë se 40 drejtues përgjithshëm dhe të burimit hapur kartave video. Nëse ju ende nuk mund të gjeni një drejtues për emrin e kartës tuaj ekziston opsioni i përdorimit të drejtuesit vesa e cila ofron aftësitë themelore." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Të jenë të vetëdijshëm se në qoftë se ju zgjidhni drejtues papajtueshme ju vetëm mund të kenë të drejtë hyrje në Ndërfaqen Komandave." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -690,28 +690,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Disa prodhues kartë video japin drejtues të pronarit për Linux cilat mund të jenë në dispozicion vetëm në depo jo-falas dhe në disa raste vetëm nga faqet e internetit të prodhuesit kartës." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Depoja jo-falas duhet të jenë të aktivizuara në mënyrë eksplicite për të hyrë në to. Nëse ju nuk e zgjidhni atë më parë, ju duhet të bëni këtë pas rinisjes tuaj të parë." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Karta Grafike dhe Konfigurimi Monitorit" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -720,19 +722,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Pa marrë parasysh se cili mjedis grafik (e njohur edhe si mjedisi desktop) ju zgjidhni për këtë instalim i <application>Mageia</application>, ato janë të gjitha të bazuara në një sistem të përdoruesit ndërfaqe grafike të quajtur <acronym>X Window Sistem</acronym>, ose thjeshtë <acronym>X</acronym>. Pra, në mënyrë për<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ose çdo mjedis tjetër grafik të punojnë mirë, në vijim <acronym>X</acronym> cilësimet duhet të jenë të saktë. Zgjidhni parametrat e saktë, nëse ju mund të shihni se <application>DrakX</application> nuk bëri një zgjedhje, ose në qoftë se ju mendoni se zgjedhja është e gabuar." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Karta Grafike</guibutton></emphasis>: Zgjidhni kartën tuaj nga lista nëse është e nevojshme." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -742,19 +744,19 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Ju mund të zgjidhni <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kur është e aplikueshme, ose zgjidhni monitorimin tuaj nga <guilabel>Shitës</guilabel> ose <guilabel>Përgjithshëm</guilabel> listë. Zgjidh <guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse preferoni për të vendosur rifreskimin manual horizontal dhe vertikal të monitorimit tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Normat e pasakta Rifresko mund të dëmtojë monitoruar tuaj" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Rezolucion</guibutton></emphasis>: Vendos rezolucionin dhe ngjyra e dëshiruara në thellësinë e monitoruar tuaj këtu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -762,31 +764,31 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Butoni Test jo gjithmonë duket gjatë instalimit. Nëse butoni është atje, ju mund të kontrollojë parametrat tuaj duke shtypur atë. Nëse ju shikoni një pyetje që ju pyet nëse parametrat tuaj janë të sakta, ju mund t'i përgjigjeni \"Po\", dhe cilësimet do të mbahen. Nëse ju nuk e shihni ndonjë gjë, ju do të ktheheni në ekranin e konfigurimit dhe të jeni në gjendje për të rikonfiguruar gjithçka derisa testi është i mirë.<emphasis>Sigurohuni që parametrat tuaj janë në anën e sigurt nëse botoni Test nuk është në dispozicion</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opsione</guibutton></emphasis>: Këtu ju mund të zgjidhni të mundësoni ose çaktivizoni opsionet e ndryshme." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 msgid "Choosing your Monitor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zgjidhni Monitorin tuaj" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" +msgstr "DrakX ka një bazë të dhënash shumë të plotë të vëzhguesve dhe zakonisht do të identifikojë saktë tuajat." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -795,29 +797,29 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>Zgjedhja e një monitori me karakteristika të ndryshme mund të dëmtojnë monitoruar tuaj ose pjesën-elektronike video. Ju lutem mos provoni diçka pa e ditur atë që ju po bëni.</emphasis> Nëse në dyshim ju duhet të konsultoheni me dokumentacionin tuaj monitorit" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizuar</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Ky opsion ju lejon të vendosni dy parametra kritike, normën vertikale rifresko dhe shkalla horizontale sinkronizim. Rifresko Vertikal përcakton se sa shpesh në ekran është rifreskuar dhe sinkronizuar horizontalisht është shkalla në të cilën linjat skanuara janë shfaqur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -838,44 +840,44 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kjo është alternativa e parazgjedhur dhe përpiqet për të përcaktuar llojin monitorit nga baza e të dhënave monitorëve." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>Shitës</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nëse instaluesi nuk e ka zbuluar saktësisht monitoruar tuaj dhe ju e dini cilin ju keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema duke përzgjedhur:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "emri i prodhuesit të monitoruar" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 msgid "the monitor description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "përshkrimi monitorit" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>Përgjithshëm</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "zgjedhja e këtij grupi tregon gati 30 konfigurime të ekranit të tilla si 1024x768 @ 60Hz dhe përfshin Panele të sheshtë si laptop të përdorur. Kjo është shpesh një grup i mirë përzgjedhje monitorimi nëse ju duhet të përdorni drejtuesin kartës Vesa kur pajisja juaj grafike nuk mund të përcaktohet automatikisht. Edhe një herë kjo mund të jetë e mençur të jetë konservatore në zgjedhjen tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -885,39 +887,39 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -925,22 +927,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Për të gjitha veprimet e tjera: klikoni mbi ndarjen e dëshiruar të parë. Pastaj vështro atë, ose zgjidhni një dokumentacion-sistemi dhe një pikë montimi, ndrysho atë apo fshij atë." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vazhdoni derisa ju të keni rregulluar gjithçka për dëshirat tuaja." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:51 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kliko<guibutton>e Bërë</guibutton> kur ju jeni gati." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Partitioning" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Shpërndarja" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 @@ -955,52 +957,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"Opsionet në dispozicion nga lista e meposhtme do të ndryshojnë në varësi të " -"veçantë hard disku(t) paraqitjen dhe përmbajtjen." +msgstr "Opsionet në dispozicion nga lista e meposhtme do të ndryshojnë në varësi të veçantë hard disku(t) paraqitjen dhe përmbajtjen." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 msgid "Use Existing Partitions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Përdor ndarjet ekzistuese" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nëse ky opsion është në dispozicion, atëherë ndarjet ekzistuese Linux në përputhje janë gjetur dhe mund të përdoren për instalimin." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 msgid "Use Free Space" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Përdor Hapësirën e Lirë" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Nëse ju keni hapësirë të papërdorur në disk drive tuaj atëherë ky opsion do të përdorë atë për instalimin tuaj të ri Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Përdore Hapësirën e Lirë në Ndarjen Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Nëse ju keni hapësirë të papërdorur në një ndarje ekzistuese të Windows, instaluesi mund të ofrojë ta përdorni atë." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kjo mund të jetë një mënyrë e dobishme për të bërë vend për instalimin tuaj të ri Mageia, por është një operacion i rrezikshëm kështu që ju duhet të jeni të sigurte që ju keni ruajtur rezervë gjitha dosjet e rëndësishme!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1019,22 +1019,22 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vini re se kjo përfshin pakësimin madhësinë e ndarjes Windows. Ndarja duhet të jetë \"e pastër\", që do të thotë që Windows duhet të jenë mbyllur në mënyrë korrekte herën e fundit që është përdorur. Ajo duhet të ketë qenë de-fragmentuar, edhe pse kjo nuk është një garanci që të gjitha dosjet në ndarje janë zhvendosur nga zona që është gati për t'u përdorur. Është shumë e rekomanduar për të ruajtur dosjet tuaja personale rezervë." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fshi dhe të përdor të Gjithë Diskun." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ky opsion do të përdorin të gjithë diskun për Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Shënim! Kjo do të fshijë të gjitha të dhënat në hard diskun e zgjedhur. Kujdes!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1042,19 +1042,19 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nëse keni ndërmend të përdorni një pjesë të diskut për diçka tjetër, ose ju tashmë keni të dhënat në disk që ju nuk jeni të përgatitur për të humbur, atëherë mos e përdorni këtë opsion." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 msgid "Custom" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Personalizuar" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Kjo ju jep kontroll të plotë mbi vendosjen e instalimit në hard-disqet(s) tuaja." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1063,8 +1063,8 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" msgstr "" @@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalim me DrakX" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 @@ -1099,10 +1099,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 @@ -1112,117 +1113,117 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Askush nuk do të shohë të gjitha ekranet instaluese që ju shihni në këtë manual. Cilat ekrane ju do të shihni, varet nga pjesët-elektronike tuaja dhe zgjedhjet që bëni gjatë instalimit." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "</note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Ky manual është prodhuar me ndihmën e <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> zhvilluar nga <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Urime" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "Ju keni përfunduar instalimin dhe konfigurimin <application>Mageia</application> dhe tani është e sigurt për të hequr të diskun e instalimit dhe të rifilloni kompjuterin tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "Pas rifillimit, në ekranin ngarkim-ndezje, ju mund të zgjidhni në mes të sistemeve operative në kompjuterin tuaj (nëse keni më shumë se një)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nëse ju nuk e keni të rregulluar parametrat për ngarkuesin-ndezës, instalimi juaj Mageia do të përzgjidhet automatikisht dhe filloi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 msgid "Enjoy!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kënaquni!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:33 msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vizito www.mageia.org nëse keni ndonjë pyetje ose dëshironi të kontribuoni në Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ndarjet" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 @@ -1250,19 +1251,19 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nëse ju nuk jeni i sigurt që ju keni bërë zgjedhjen e duhur, ju mund të klikoni mbi butonin e <guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton>, përsëri në <guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> dhe pastaj në <guibutton>Konfiguro</guibutton> të kthehet në ekranin kryesor. Në këtë ekran ju mund të zgjidhni për të parë atë që është në ndarëse tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DrakX, instaluesi Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:20 @@ -1282,12 +1283,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pamja Fillestare Instalimit" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:33 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 @@ -1296,13 +1297,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1324,12 +1323,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 @@ -1340,18 +1335,15 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1360,12 +1352,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1374,16 +1362,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:94 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" msgstr "" -"Nëse instalimi dështon atëherë ajo mund të jetë e nevojshme të provoni " -"përsëri duke përdorur një nga opsionet shtesë në dispozicion duke shtypur " -"<guibutton>F1 (Ndihmë) </ guibutton> çeles të shihni <xref linkend=\"dx-" -"welcome\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1428,12 +1411,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1450,12 +1429,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1468,12 +1443,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1492,8 +1463,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1503,39 +1475,37 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 msgid "The installation steps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hapat e instalimit" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "Procesi instalimit është i ndarë në një numër hapash, të cilat mund të ndiqen në panelin anësor të ekranit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Secili hap ka një ose më shumë ekrane cili mund të ketë buton <guibutton>Përparuar</guibutton> me ekstra, më pak zakonisht të kërkuara, opsionet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Shumica ekranet kanë buton <guibutton>Ndihmë</guibutton> të cilët japin shpjegime të mëtejshme në lidhje me hapin e tanishëm." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1545,43 +1515,45 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nëse diku gjatë instalimit ju vendosni për të ndalur instalimin, është e mundur për të rifilluar, por ju lutem mendoni dy herë para se të bëni këtë. Pasi një ndarje është formatuar ose më të reja kanë filluar të instaluari, kompjuteri juaj nuk është në të njëjtën gjendje dhe rifillimi i asaj shumë mirë mund të prishet nga ju dhe të jetë një sistem i papërdorshëm . Nëse, me gjithë këtë ju jeni shumë të sigurt për rifillimin dhe kjo është ajo që ju doni, shkoni në një terminal tekst duke shtypur tre çelësat <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> në të njëjtën kohë. Pas kësaj shtypni, <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Delete</guibutton> të njëjtën kohë për të rifilluar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Problemet e Instalimit dhe Zgjidhje e Mundshme" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:221 msgid "No Graphical Interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nuk ka Ndërfaqe Grafike" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pas ekranin fillestar ju nuk keni arritur në ekran përzgjedhjes gjuhës. Kjo mund të ndodhë me disa karta grafike dhe sistemet e vjetra. Provoni të përdorni rezolutë të ulët duke shtypur <code>vgalo</code> në komandë." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 msgid "The Install Freezes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instaluesi Ngrin" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:248 @@ -1591,12 +1563,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Nëse sistemi shfaq ngrirëje gjatë instalimit, kjo mund të jetë një problem " -"me zbulimin e pjesve elektronike. Në këtë rast zbulimin automatik të " -"pajisjeve mund të jetë anashkaluar dhe të trajtohen më vonë. Për të provuar " -"këtë, shkruaj <code>noauto</code> në ekran. Ky opsion mund të kombinohet me " -"opsione të tjera të nevojshme." +msgstr "Nëse sistemi shfaq ngrirëje gjatë instalimit, kjo mund të jetë një problem me zbulimin e pjesve elektronike. Në këtë rast zbulimin automatik të pajisjeve mund të jetë anashkaluar dhe të trajtohen më vonë. Për të provuar këtë, shkruaj <code>noauto</code> në ekran. Ky opsion mund të kombinohet me opsione të tjera të nevojshme." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1608,8 +1575,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> @@ -1623,33 +1590,39 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" -msgstr "" - -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +msgstr "Azhurnime" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Që nga ky version i <application>Mageia</application> u lirua, disa paketa duhet të ishin azhurnuar apo përmirësuar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1657,38 +1630,40 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zgjidh<guilabel>po</guilabel> nëse ju dëshironi të shkarkoni dhe të instaloni ato, përzgjidhni <guilabel>jo</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të bëni këtë tani, ose në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të lidhur në internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pastaj shtyp <guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton> për të vazhduar" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Këtu keni listën e depove në dispozicion. Jo të gjitha depot janë në dispozicion, sipas të cilit media që ju përdorni për të instaluar. Zgjedhja depove përcakton se cilat paketa do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje gjatë hapave të ardhshëm." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 @@ -1701,8 +1676,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." msgstr "" @@ -1710,24 +1685,24 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 msgid "Minimal Install" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalim Minimal" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1752,32 +1727,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1791,25 +1768,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 msgid "System parameters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parametrat e Sistemit" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:50 msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guilabel>Kohëzone</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guilabel>Shteti / Rajoni</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:61 @@ -1821,7 +1798,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guilabel>Ngarkues-ndezës</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 @@ -1837,24 +1814,24 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Për më shumë informacion, shih <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:80 msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guilabel>Menaxhim përdoruesi</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guilabel>Shërbimet</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:91 @@ -1873,29 +1850,29 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Për më shumë informacione, shih <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:106 msgid "Hardware parameters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parametrat pjesëve-elektronike" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:111 msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guilabel>Tastierë</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:113 msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kjo është ajo ku ju vendosni ose ndryshoni paraqitjen e tastierës tuaj e cila do të varet nga vendndodhja juaj, gjuha ose lloji i tastierës." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guilabel>Miu</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:121 @@ -1907,47 +1884,49 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guilabel>Karta Zërit</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guilabel>Ndërfaqe Grafike</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "" +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "Ky seksion ju lejon të konfiguroni kartën tuaj grafike(s) dhe ekranin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Për më shumë informacione, shih <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 msgid "Network and Internet parameters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parametrat rrjeti dhe Interneti" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:162 msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guilabel>Rrjeti</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:164 @@ -1963,12 +1942,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kur ju shtoni një kartë e rrjetit, mos harroni të vendosni murin-mbrojtës tuaj për të parë atë ndërfaqe gjithashtu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:180 @@ -1981,36 +1960,36 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" -msgstr "" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "Ju mund të kenë nevojë të konsultoheni me administratorin tuaj të sistemit për të marrë parametrat që ju duhet për të hyrë këtu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 msgid "Security" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Siguria" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:199 msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guilabel>Niveli Sigurisë</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontrolloni opsionin i cili përshtatet më mirë përdorimit tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:211 msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guilabel>Muri-Mbrojtës</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:213 @@ -2029,7 +2008,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Të ketë parasysh se duke e lejuar çdo gjë (nuk ka mure-mbrojtës), mund të jetë shumë e rrezikshme." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 @@ -2041,30 +2020,31 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Niveli Sigurisë" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 msgid "You can adjust your security level here." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ju mund të rregulloni nivelin tuaj të sigurisë këtu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 @@ -2104,8 +2084,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2119,12 +2099,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." @@ -2133,28 +2115,32 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " @@ -2166,26 +2152,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" -"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " -"TO BE CHECKED!" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)" +" TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2195,27 +2185,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2225,18 +2219,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bits only." msgstr "" @@ -2246,7 +2243,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" @@ -2256,7 +2254,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" @@ -2271,21 +2270,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot-only CDs media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " -"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " -"local network or on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete " +"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, " +"on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " -"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " -"can't boot on a USB stick." +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that" +" can't boot on a USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> @@ -2293,7 +2294,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2303,7 +2305,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 msgid "" "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " @@ -2323,28 +2326,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used " -"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " -"chosen, you can also see something like" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the " +"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"http is chosen, you can also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " "failure. Then this window appears:" @@ -2352,11 +2352,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 @@ -2376,33 +2373,30 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 @@ -2426,8 +2420,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. More information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2463,8 +2458,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> @@ -2472,77 +2467,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final -)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" -"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " -"or file manager that read it)" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application" +" or file manager that read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "" -"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/" -"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd " +"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb " +"bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" @@ -2571,38 +2572,38 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -#, fuzzy msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Opsione Instalimi" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information, is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zgjidhni Shtetin tuaj / Rajonin" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2610,13 +2611,13 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zgjidhni vendin tuaj ose rajonin. Kjo është e rëndësishme për të gjitha llojet e cilësimeve, si monedhe dhe domain pa tel rregullator. Vendosja në vend të gabuar mund të çojë në mos qenë në gjendje për të përdorur një rrjet Wireless." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -2631,19 +2632,19 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 msgid "Input method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Metodë hyrëse" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> @@ -2657,25 +2658,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 msgid "Install or Upgrade" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalo ose Azhurno" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 msgid "Install" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalo" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Përdorni këtë opsion për një instalim të freskët <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -2696,36 +2697,36 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 msgid "Keyboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tastiera" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 @@ -2737,34 +2738,35 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." msgstr "" @@ -2780,7 +2782,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 msgid "Please choose a language to use" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ju lutemi zgjidhni një gjuhë për të përdorur" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 @@ -2788,29 +2790,29 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zgjidhni gjuhën tuaj të preferuar, duke parë zgjerimin e listës për kontinentit tuaj. <application>Mageia</application> do të përdorë këtë përzgjedhje gjatë instalimit dhe për të instaluar sistemin tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Nëse është e mundshme që ju do duhen disa gjuhë të instaluar në sistemin tuaj, për veten apo përdoruesit e tjerë, atëherë ju duhet të përdorni butonin <guibutton>Gjuhë shumëfish</guibutton> për të shtuar ato tani. Do të jetë e vështirë për të shtuar mbështetje gjuhëve shtesë pas instalimit." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." msgstr "" @@ -2839,18 +2841,19 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zgjidh miun" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 @@ -2862,8 +2865,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2881,10 +2884,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 @@ -2897,10 +2900,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 @@ -2934,28 +2937,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opsionet kryesore të programit Bootloader" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" @@ -3009,16 +3015,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" @@ -3031,8 +3037,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3040,8 +3046,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." msgstr "" @@ -3054,9 +3060,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3064,26 +3070,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" @@ -3102,15 +3111,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:11 msgid "Sound Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurimi zërit" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3134,14 +3143,15 @@ msgstr "" #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avancuar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:44 @@ -3163,18 +3173,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 @@ -3186,9 +3197,6 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Kernel Options" -#~ msgstr "Opsionet Kernel" diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/sq/DrakX-cover.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..82643ff0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 --> +<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:lang="en" xml:id="Quick-Startup"> + <info> + <title>Instalim me DrakX</title> + <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> + <revhistory> + <revision> + <date>February 2014</date> + <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + <cover> + <para role="tagline">The Official Documentation for Mageia</para> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <info> + <title>Instalim me DrakX</title> + <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> + <revhistory> + <revision> + <date>February 2014</date> + <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + </info> + </cover> + </info> + <article> + + + + + + + <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before--> +<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed --> +<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> +<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> +<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<para><note> + <para>Askush nuk do të shohë të gjitha ekranet instaluese që ju shihni në këtë +manual. Cilat ekrane ju do të shihni, varet nga pjesët-elektronike tuaja dhe +zgjedhjet që bëni gjatë instalimit.</para> + </note></para> + + <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA +3.0 license <link +ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> + + <para>Ky manual është prodhuar me ndihmën e <link +ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> zhvilluar nga <link +ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para> + + <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link +ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation +Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> + --> +<xi:include href="installer.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/> + + + <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> --> +<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml"> +</xi:include> + + <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include> + + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> + + + <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> + --> +</article> +</book> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/sq/DrakX.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..36db6da2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/DrakX.xml @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 --> +<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:lang="en" xml:id="Quick-Startup"> + <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before--> +<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed --> +<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> +<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> +<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur--> +<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> + --> +<info> + <title>Instalim me DrakX</title> + + <cover> + <para><note> + <para>Askush nuk do të shohë të gjitha ekranet instaluese që ju shihni në këtë +manual. Cilat ekrane ju do të shihni, varet nga pjesët-elektronike tuaja dhe +zgjedhjet që bëni gjatë instalimit.</para> + </note></para> + + <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA +3.0 license <link +ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> + + <para>Ky manual është prodhuar me ndihmën e <link +ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> zhvilluar nga <link +ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para> + + <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link +ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation +Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para> + </cover> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + + + <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="installer.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/> + + + <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> --> +<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml"> +</xi:include> + + <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include> + + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> + + +<!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> + --> +</article> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/sq/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a76d11d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,411 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq"> + + <info> + <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 --> +<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Select and use ISOs</title> + </info> + + <section> + <title>Media</title> + + <section> + <title>Definition</title> + + <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update +Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + + <para>You can find them <link +ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Classical installation media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, +Hardware Detection Tool.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free +software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD dual arch</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made +automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Xfce desktop only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) +TO BE CHECKED!</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>It contains non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a +HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean +installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous +releases.</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>They contains non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>KDE desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>32 bits only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>32 bits only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>KDE desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>All languages are present.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>All languages are present.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Boot-only CDs media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to +start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the +install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a +local network or on the Internet.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that +can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot-nonfree.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need +it.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + + <section> + <title>Downloading</title> + + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used +mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is +chosen, you can also see something like</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of +them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the +file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a +failure. Then this window appears:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Checking the downloaded media integrity</title> + + <para>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</para> + + <para>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a +while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Md5sum.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> + + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able +media.</para> + + <section> + <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + + <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly +to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not +correct. More information in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick +and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + + <warning> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the +partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to +the image size.</para> + </warning> + + <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + + <section> + <title>Using Mageia</title> + + <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para> + + <para>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Open a console</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the +final -)</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application +or file manager that read it)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Fdisk.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb +in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX +bs=1M</userinput></para> + + <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd +if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb +bs=1M</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Unplug your USB stick, it is done</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Using Windows</title> + + <para>You can try:</para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32 +Disk Imager</link></para> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Mageia Installation</title> + + <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the +Mageia documentation</link>.</para> + + <para>More information, is available in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/installer/sq/acceptLicense.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..746d4293 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/acceptLicense.xml @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="acceptLicense" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 --> +<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back --> +<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications: + http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html --> +<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore, + but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( + ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one--> +<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 --> +<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not + sure what is causing the corruption --> +<!-- JohnR 2012-04-19 language proofreading --> +<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Licenca dhe Shënime Lëshimit</title> + </info> + + <mediaobject condition="expert"> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-license.png" +format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <section xml:id="license"> + <info> + <title xml:id="license-ti1">Licenca e pajtueshmërisë</title> + </info> + + <para>Para instalimit<application>Mageia</application>, ju lutemi lexoni kushtet e +licencës me kujdes.</para> + + <para>Këto kushte dhe rregulla zbatohen për të gjithë <application> Mageia +</application> shpërndarjes dhe duhet të pranohen para se të mund të +vazhdojë.</para> + + <para>Për të pranuar, thjesht zgjidhni <guilabel> Prano </guilabel> dhe pastaj +klikoni në <guibutton> Tjetren </guibutton>.</para> + + <para>Nëse vendosni të mos e pranojë këto kushte, atëherë ne ju falënderoj për +kërkimin. Klikoni <guibutton> Dil </guibutton> do të ristartoni kompjuterin +tuaj.</para> + + + <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section - + marja, 20120405 --> +</section> + + <section xml:id="releaseNotes"> + <!-- + <para> +Release Notes</para> +--> +<info> + <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Shënime lëshimi</title> + </info> + + + + <para>Për të parë se çfarë ka të re në këtë version të +<application>Mageia</application>, klikoni në <guibutton>Shënime +Lëshimi</guibutton> button.</para> + </section> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/addUser.xml b/docs/installer/sq/addUser.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fb0479cf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/addUser.xml @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="addUser" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Menaxher për Përdorues dhe Super-përdoruesin </title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back --> +<!-- removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but + changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing + about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or + disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous + screen), marja, 20120409--> +<!-- barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand + "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? --> +<!-- JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot --> +<!-- marja 2013-04-26 added new note --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" +format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <section xml:id="root-password"> + <info> + <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Vendos Fjalëkalim administratori (root):</title> + </info> + + <para>Është e këshillueshme për të gjithë instalimet +<application>Mageia</aplikimit> për të vendosur një superpërdorues apo +fjalëkalim administratori, zakonisht të quajtur <emphasis> fjalëkalimin +root</emphasis> në Linux. Siq ju shkruani një fjalëkalim në kutinë e lartë +ngjyra e mburojës së saj do të ndryshojë nga e kuqe në të verdhë të gjelbër +në varësi të fuqisë e password. Një mburojë e gjelbër tregon se jeni duke +përdorur një fjalëkalim të fortë. Ju duhet për të përsëritur të njëjtin +fjalëkalim në kutinë vetëm nën kutinë e parë fjalëkalimi, kjo kontrollon se +ju nuk e keni shtypur keq pyetjen fjalëkalimin e parë duke i krahasuar ato.</para> + + <note xml:id="givePassword"> + <para>Të gjitha fjalëkalimet janë raste të ndjeshme, është mirë përdorimi një +përzierje të shkronjave (mëdha dhe të vogla), numra dhe karaktere të tjera +në një fjalëkalim.</para> + </note> + </section> + + <section xml:id="enterUser"> + <info> + <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Fut një përdorues</title> + </info> + + <para>Shto një përdorues këtu. Një përdorues ka më pak të drejta se +super-përdoruesit (root), por të mjaftueshme për të shfletuar në internet, +përdorimi aplikacioneve të zyrës ose luajnë lojëra dhe çdo gjë tjetër +përdoruesi mesatar bën me kompjuterin e tij</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><guibutton>Ikonë</guibutton>: nëse klikoni në këtë buton do të ndryshojë +ikonën e përdoruesve.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Emri Vërtetë</guilabel>: Vendos emrin e vërtetë të përdoruesit në +këtë kuti teksti.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Emri Hyrës</guilabel>: Këtu ju shkruani emrin e përdoruesit hyrës +ose le draky përdorimin e një versioni të emrin e vërtetë +përdoruesit. <emphasis>Emri hyrës është rast i ndjeshme.</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Fjalëkalimi</guilabel>: Në këtë kutinë e tekstit ju duhet të +shkruani fjalëkalimin e përdoruesit. Nuk është një mburojë në fund të kutisë +të tekstit që tregon fuqinë e fjalëkalimin. (Shiko edhe <xref +linkend="givePassword"></xref>)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Fjalëkalimi (përsëri)</guilabel>: Rishkruaj fjalëkalimin e +përdoruesit në këtë kuti të tekstit dhe DrakX do të kontrollojë ju keni të +njëjtin fjalëkalim në secilën nga kutitë e tekstit përdorues fjalëkalim.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <note> + <para>Çdo përdorues ju shtoni gjatë instalimit Mageia, do të ketë një botë të +lexueshëm (por shkrim i mbrojtur) skedari shtëpi.</para> + + <para>Megjithatë, duke përdorur instalmin tuaj të ri, çdo përdorues që të shtoni +në <emphasis>MCC - System - Menaxho përdoruesit në sistem</emphasis> do të +ketë një skedarë shtëpi që është me mbrojtje lexo dhe shkruaj.</para> + + <para>Nëse ju nuk doni një skedarë të përgjithshëm të lexueshëm shtëpi për të +gjithë, është këshilluar për të shtuar vetëm një përdorues të përkohshme +tani dhe për të shtuar një të vërtetë pa(s) rinisjes.</para> + + <para>Nëse ju preferoni skedarë të lexueshëm dokumente në shtëpi, ju mund të +dëshironi të shtoni të gjithë përdoruesit shtesë të nevojshme në +<emphasis>Konfiguracion - Përmbledhje</emphasis> hap gjatë +instalimit. Zgjidh <emphasis>Menaxhimi Përdoruesit</emphasis>.</para> + + <para>Lejet hyrëse gjithashtu mund të ndryshohet pas instalimit.</para> + </note> + + </section> + + <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced"> + <info> + <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Menaxhim Përdoruesi Avancuar</title> + </info> + + <para>Nëse <guibutton>avancimi</guibutton> butoni është i klikuar ju ofrohet një +ekran që ju lejon të modifikoni cilësimet për përdoruesin që ju jeni duke +shtuar. Përveç kësaj, ju mund të çaktivizoni ose të mundësoni një llogari +vizitor.</para> + + <warning> + <para>Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account +saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest +should save his important files to a USB key.</para> + </warning> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Aktivizo llogarinë visitor</guilabel>: Këtu ju mund të mundësoni +ose çaktivizoni një llogari visitor.Llogaria visitor lejon një visitor për +të hyrë në dhe të përdorur PC'në, por ai ka qasje më të kufizuar se +përdoruesit normal.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the +shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are +Bash, Dash and Sh</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you +are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless +you know what you are doing.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a +number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know +what you are doing.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/installer/sq/add_supplemental_media.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ce14b38f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/add_supplemental_media.xml @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:lang="en" xml:id="add_supplemental_media" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + <info> + <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Përzgjedhja Media (Konfiguro Plotësues Media Instalimi)</title> + </info> + + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13 - created --> +<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection --> +<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell --> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" +fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1" +xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Ky ekran ju jep listën e Depove të njohura tashmë. Ju mund të shtoni burime +të tjera për paketat, si një disk optik apo një burim të largët. Zgjedhja +burim përcakton se cilat paketë do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje +gjatë hapave të ardhshëm.</para> + + <para>Për një burim të rrjetit, ka dy hapa që duhet të ndiqni:</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Zgjedhja dhe aktivizimi i rrjetit, nëse nuk bërë tashmë. </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë apo një URL të specifikuar (hyrje e parë). Me +zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë, ju keni qasje në zgjedhjen e të gjitha depove të +menaxhuara nga Mageia, si jofalas, depot e njollosura dhe azhornimet. Me +URL, ju mund të caktojë një depo të veçantë ose vet instalimin tuaj NFS.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/installer/sq/ask_mntpoint_s.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..97f5d5d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/ask_mntpoint_s.xml @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Zgjidhni pikat montuese</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back --> +<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 --> +<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" + with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) --> +<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes --> +<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans + write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it--> +<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) --> +<!-- 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If +you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you +can change the mount points.</para> + + <note> + <para>Nëse ju ndryshoni ndonjë gjë, sigurohuni që ju ende keni një +<literal>/</literal> ndarje (root).</para> + </note> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Çdo ndarje është treguar si vijimi: "Pajisje" ("Kapacitet", "Pikë montimi", +"Tipi").</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>"Pajisja", është e përbërë nga: "hard-disku", ["numri i +hard-diskut"(shkronjë)], "numri ndarjes" (për shembull, "sda5").</para> + </listitem> + + + <listitem> + <para>Nëse ju keni shumë ndarëse, ju mund të zgjidhni pika montuese shumë të +ndryshme nga menyja poshtë, të tilla si <literal>/</literal>, +<literal>/shtëpi</literal> dhe <literal>/var</literal>. Ju mund të bëni edhe +vetë pikat montuese, për shembull <literal>/video</literal> për një ndarje +ku ju doni të ruani filmat tuaj, ose <literal>/cauldron-shtëpi</literal> për +<literal>/shtëpi</literal> ndarjet e një instalimi cauldron.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Për ndarëse që ju nuk keni të drejta në, ju mund të lënë pikë fushës +montuese bosh.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <warning> + <para>Zgjedh<guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të sigurt +çfarë të zgjidhni, dhe pastaj shënoni <guilabel>Ndarja diskut +personalizuar</guilabel>. Në ekran që vijon, ju mund të klikoni mbi një +ndarje për të parë llojin e saj dhe madhësinë.</para> + </warning> + + <para>Nëse jeni të sigurt që pikat montuese janë të sakta, klikoni mbi +<guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton>, dhe zgjidhni nëse ju vetëm dëshironi të +formatoni ndarjen(s) DrakX sugjeruar, ose më shumë.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/installer/sq/chooseDesktop.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..677de978 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/chooseDesktop.xml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="chooseDesktop"> + + + <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page--> +<info> + <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Desktop Selection</title> + </info> + + + + + <para>Në varësi të zgjedhjes tuaj këtu, ju mund të ju ofrohet ekran i mëtejshme +për të akorduar gjobë zgjedhjes tuaj.</para> + + <para>Pas përzgjedhjes hapave(s), ju do të shihni një shfaqje gjatë instalimit të +paketës. Shfaqje mund të ç'aktiviohet duke shtypur butonin +<guilabel>Detajet</guilabel></para> + + + +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png" align="center" +format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Zgjidhni nëse ju preferoni të përdorni <application>KDE</application> ose +<application>Gnome</application> mjedisin desktop. Të dy vijnë me një seri +të plotë të aplikacioneve të dobishme dhe mjetet. Shenjë +<guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të përdorni asnjërin ose +të dy, ose nëse ju doni diçka tjetër përveç zgjidhjes programit të +paracaktuar për këto mjedise desktop. <application>LXDE</application> +desktop është më e lehtë se dy të mëparshmit, mbështet karamele sy më pak +dhe më pak paketa instaluese nga parazgjedhja.</para> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/installer/sq/choosePackageGroups.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5fe242d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/choosePackageGroups.xml @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="choosePackageGroups"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Zgjidhni Grupet Paketave</title> + </info> + + + +<mediaobject> +<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page--> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png" +align="center" format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Paketat janë të renditura në grupe, për të bërë zgjedhjen atyre që ju duhet +në sistemin tuaj shumë më e lehtë. Grupet janë mjaft të vetë shpjegueshëm, +megjithatë më shumë informacion në lidhje me përmbajtjen e secilit është në +dispozicion në mjet-këshilla të cilat bëhen të dukshme kur miu fluturon mbi +ta.</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Stacion-pune.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Server.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Mjedis Grafike.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Zgjedhja Individuale Paketave: Ju mund të përdorni këtë opsion për të shtuar +manualisht ose hequr paketa.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>Lexo <xref linkend="minimal-install"></xref> për udhëzime se si të bëni një +instalim minimal.</para> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/installer/sq/choosePackagesTree.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d4ba20eb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/choosePackagesTree.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="choosePackagesTree"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Zgjidhni paketat individuale</title> + </info> + + + +<mediaobject> +<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page--> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center" +format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Këtu ju mund të shtoni ose hiqni çdo paketë shtesë për të rregulluar +instalimin tuaj.</para> + + <para>After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy +icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages +(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the +same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install +and choosing to load it.</para> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/configureServices.xml b/docs/installer/sq/configureServices.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..91adc045 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/configureServices.xml @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq"> + + + <info> + <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Konfiguro shërbimet tuaja</title> + </info> + + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml --> +<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Këtu ju mund të vendosni se cilat shërbime (nuk) duhet të fillojnë kur ju +ndezni sistemin tuaj.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Ka katër grupe, klikoni në trekëndësh para se një grup për të zgjeruar atë +dhe të parë të gjitha shërbimet në të.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">Cilësimet e zgjedhura nga DrakX zakonisht janë të mira.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">Nëse përzgjidhni një shërbim, disa informacione në lidhje me të janë shfaqur +në kutinë info më poshtë.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Vetëm ndrysho gjërat, kur ju e dini shumë mirë se çfarë po bëni.</para> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/installer/sq/configureTimezoneUTC.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..72801d2a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/configureTimezoneUTC.xml @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq"> + + + <info> + <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Konfiguro kohën-zonës tuaj</title> + </info> + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml --> +<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Zgjidhni kohën e zonës tuaj duke zgjedhur vendin tuaj ose një qytet të afërt +me ju në të njëjtën kohë.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">Në ekran tjetër ju mund të zgjidhni vendosjen orës tuaj pjesëve-elektronike +për orën lokale ose në GMT, e njohur edhe si UTC.</para> + + <note> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Nëse ju keni më shumë se një sistem operativ në kompjuterin tuaj, sigurohuni +se janë të vendosur të gjithë në kohë lokale, ose të gjithë në UTC/GMT.</para> + </note> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/installer/sq/configureX_card_list.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e0487446 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/configureX_card_list.xml @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="configureX_card_list"> + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Initiated by Marja 2012-08-08 --> +<!-- Further text JohnR 2012-08-29 --> +<!-- tproof --> +<!-- lproof --> +<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur --> +<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Zgjidhni një X Server (Konfiguro Kartën tuaj Grafike)</title> + </info> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center" +xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png" +format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually +correctly identify your video device.</para> + + <para>Nëse instaluesi nuk ka zbuluar kartën tuaj grafike të saktë dhe ju e dini +cilën keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema nga: <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>shitës</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>atëherë emrin e kartës tuaj</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>dhe lloji i kartës</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist></para> + + <para>Nëse ju nuk mund të gjeni kartën tuaj në listat shitësit (për shkak se ajo +nuk është ende në bazën e të dhënave ose është një kartë të vjetër) ju mund +të gjeni një drejtues të përshtatshme në kategorinë Xorg</para> + + <para>Lista Xorg ofron më shumë se 40 drejtues përgjithshëm dhe të burimit hapur +kartave video. Nëse ju ende nuk mund të gjeni një drejtues për emrin e +kartës tuaj ekziston opsioni i përdorimit të drejtuesit vesa e cila ofron +aftësitë themelore.</para> + + <para>Të jenë të vetëdijshëm se në qoftë se ju zgjidhni drejtues papajtueshme ju +vetëm mund të kenë të drejtë hyrje në Ndërfaqen Komandave.</para> + + <para>Disa prodhues kartë video japin drejtues të pronarit për Linux cilat mund të +jenë në dispozicion vetëm në depo jo-falas dhe në disa raste vetëm nga faqet +e internetit të prodhuesit kartës.</para> + + <para>Depoja jo-falas duhet të jenë të aktivizuara në mënyrë eksplicite për të +hyrë në to. Nëse ju nuk e zgjidhni atë më parë, ju duhet të bëni këtë pas +rinisjes tuaj të parë.</para> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/installer/sq/configureX_chooser.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5747969d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/configureX_chooser.xml @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Karta Grafike dhe Konfigurimi Monitorit</title> + </info> + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page--> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">Pa marrë parasysh se cili mjedis grafik (e njohur edhe si mjedisi desktop) +ju zgjidhni për këtë instalim i <application>Mageia</application>, ato janë +të gjitha të bazuara në një sistem të përdoruesit ndërfaqe grafike të +quajtur <acronym>X Window Sistem</acronym>, ose thjeshtë +<acronym>X</acronym>. Pra, në mënyrë për<acronym>KDE</acronym>, +<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ose çdo mjedis tjetër +grafik të punojnë mirë, në vijim <acronym>X</acronym> cilësimet duhet të +jenë të saktë. Zgjidhni parametrat e saktë, nëse ju mund të shihni se +<application>DrakX</application> nuk bëri një zgjedhje, ose në qoftë se ju +mendoni se zgjedhja është e gabuar.</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Karta Grafike</guibutton></emphasis>: Zgjidhni kartën +tuaj nga lista nëse është e nevojshme.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Ju mund të zgjidhni +<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kur është e aplikueshme, ose zgjidhni +monitorimin tuaj nga <guilabel>Shitës</guilabel> ose +<guilabel>Përgjithshëm</guilabel> listë. Zgjidh +<guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse preferoni për të vendosur +rifreskimin manual horizontal dhe vertikal të monitorimit tuaj.</para> + + <warning> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Normat e pasakta Rifresko mund të dëmtojë monitoruar tuaj</para> + </warning> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Rezolucion</guibutton></emphasis>: Vendos rezolucionin +dhe ngjyra e dëshiruara në thellësinë e monitoruar tuaj këtu.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Butoni Test jo gjithmonë +duket gjatë instalimit. Nëse butoni është atje, ju mund të kontrollojë +parametrat tuaj duke shtypur atë. Nëse ju shikoni një pyetje që ju pyet nëse +parametrat tuaj janë të sakta, ju mund t'i përgjigjeni "Po", dhe cilësimet +do të mbahen. Nëse ju nuk e shihni ndonjë gjë, ju do të ktheheni në ekranin +e konfigurimit dhe të jeni në gjendje për të rikonfiguruar gjithçka derisa +testi është i mirë.<emphasis>Sigurohuni që parametrat tuaj janë në anën e +sigurt nëse botoni Test nuk është në dispozicion</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Opsione</guibutton></emphasis>: Këtu ju mund të +zgjidhni të mundësoni ose çaktivizoni opsionet e ndryshme.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/installer/sq/configureX_monitor.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f59ab216 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/configureX_monitor.xml @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="configureX_monitor" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 --> +<!-- Further text JohnR 2012-08-30 --> +<!-- tproof --> +<!-- lproof --> +<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Zgjidhni Monitorin tuaj</title> + </info> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX ka një bazë të dhënash shumë të plotë të vëzhguesve dhe zakonisht do +të identifikojë saktë tuajat.</para> + + <warning> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Zgjedhja e një monitori me karakteristika të ndryshme mund të +dëmtojnë monitoruar tuaj ose pjesën-elektronike video. Ju lutem mos provoni +diçka pa e ditur atë që ju po bëni.</emphasis> Nëse në dyshim ju duhet të +konsultoheni me dokumentacionin tuaj monitorit</para> + </warning> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png" +format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" + xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Personalizuar</emphasis></para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">Ky opsion ju lejon të vendosni dy parametra kritike, normën vertikale +rifresko dhe shkalla horizontale sinkronizim. Rifresko Vertikal përcakton se +sa shpesh në ekran është rifreskuar dhe sinkronizuar horizontalisht është +shkalla në të cilën linjat skanuara janë shfaqur.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor +type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you +may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and +consult your monitor documentation.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis></para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">Kjo është alternativa e parazgjedhur dhe përpiqet për të përcaktuar llojin +monitorit nga baza e të dhënave monitorëve.</para> + + <para revision="1" + xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Shitës</emphasis></para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">Nëse instaluesi nuk e ka zbuluar saktësisht monitoruar tuaj dhe ju e dini +cilin ju keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema duke përzgjedhur: <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>shitës</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>emri i prodhuesit të monitoruar</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>përshkrimi monitorit</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist></para> + + <para revision="1" + xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Përgjithshëm</emphasis></para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">zgjedhja e këtij grupi tregon gati 30 konfigurime të ekranit të tilla si +1024x768 @ 60Hz dhe përfshin Panele të sheshtë si laptop të përdorur. Kjo +është shpesh një grup i mirë përzgjedhje monitorimi nëse ju duhet të +përdorni drejtuesin kartës Vesa kur pajisja juaj grafike nuk mund të +përcaktohet automatikisht. Edhe një herë kjo mund të jetë e mençur të jetë +konservatore në zgjedhjen tuaj.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/diskdrake.xml b/docs/installer/sq/diskdrake.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b8caa6c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/diskdrake.xml @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="diskdrake"> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 29 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! --> +<!-- JohnR added note for bug 133 re encrypted partitions --> +<!-- JohnR 2012-04-10 - tidy up module formatting --> +<!-- Marja, 2012-04-18 changed "If you wish to use encryption on + any of your partitions" into "If you wish to use encryption on + your <literal> +/</literal> partition" because pterjan said this is only for root + Also added some text. --> +<!--marja 20120418 moved section end tag down to where it belongs--> +<!--marja 20120418 added para 6a--> +<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake</title> + </info> + + + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png" +align="center"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + +<warning> + <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you +must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The +encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be +set, otherwise your system will be unbootable.</para> + </warning> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake-pa3">Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, +change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what +is in them before you start. + </para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake-pa4">There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an +USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them. + </para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake-pa5">Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected +storage device</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake-pa6">Për të gjitha veprimet e tjera: klikoni mbi ndarjen e dëshiruar të +parë. Pastaj vështro atë, ose zgjidhni një dokumentacion-sistemi dhe një +pikë montimi, ndrysho atë apo fshij atë.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a">Vazhdoni derisa ju të keni rregulluar gjithçka për dëshirat tuaja. </para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake-pa7">Kliko<guibutton>e Bërë</guibutton> kur ju jeni gati.</para> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/installer/sq/doPartitionDisks.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ae43f9fb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/doPartitionDisks.xml @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="doPartitionDisks"> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 29 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! --> +<!-- JohnR 2012-04-10 - tidy up module formatting --> +<!-- barjac 2012-04-20 Yes I agree with Lebarhon - reference to home partition removed --> +<!-- Simonnzg - doing anything to a Windows partition is DANGEROUS. I would prefer + if this was not an option, but... --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 put the para xml id's back. --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-29 changed text as discussed on the ml and with papoteur's approval + lebarhon: 2012-08-18 warning added--> +<!-- marja 2013-04-05 changed warning to text suggested by Dave Hodgings in bug 9594 --> +<!-- marja 2013-04-05 adjusted last line of warning as suggested by obgr_seneca --> +<!-- lebarhon 2013-04-11 adjusted last line of warning as suggested by Dave Hodgins/Marja--> +<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Shpërndarja</title> + </info> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1">In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the +solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install +<application>Mageia</application>.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2">Opsionet në dispozicion nga lista e meposhtme do të ndryshojnë në varësi të +veçantë hard disku(t) paraqitjen dhe përmbajtjen.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Përdor ndarjet ekzistuese</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5">Nëse ky opsion është në dispozicion, atëherë ndarjet ekzistuese Linux në +përputhje janë gjetur dhe mund të përdoren për instalimin.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6">Përdor Hapësirën e Lirë</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7">Nëse ju keni hapësirë të papërdorur në disk drive tuaj atëherë ky opsion +do të përdorë atë për instalimin tuaj të ri Mageia.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8">Përdore Hapësirën e Lirë në Ndarjen Windows</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9">Nëse ju keni hapësirë të papërdorur në një ndarje ekzistuese të Windows, +instaluesi mund të ofrojë ta përdorni atë.</para> + + <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">Kjo mund të jetë një mënyrë e dobishme për të bërë vend për instalimin tuaj +të ri Mageia, por është një operacion i rrezikshëm kështu që ju duhet të +jeni të sigurte që ju keni ruajtur rezervë gjitha dosjet e rëndësishme!</para> + + <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11" revision="3">Vini re se kjo përfshin pakësimin madhësinë e ndarjes Windows. Ndarja duhet +të jetë "e pastër", që do të thotë që Windows duhet të jenë mbyllur në +mënyrë korrekte herën e fundit që është përdorur. Ajo duhet të ketë qenë +de-fragmentuar, edhe pse kjo nuk është një garanci që të gjitha dosjet në +ndarje janë zhvendosur nga zona që është gati për t'u përdorur. Është shumë +e rekomanduar për të ruajtur dosjet tuaja personale rezervë.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12">Fshi dhe të përdor të Gjithë Diskun.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13">Ky opsion do të përdorin të gjithë diskun për Mageia.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14">Shënim! Kjo do të fshijë të gjitha të dhënat në hard diskun e +zgjedhur. Kujdes!</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15">Nëse keni ndërmend të përdorni një pjesë të diskut për diçka tjetër, ose ju +tashmë keni të dhënat në disk që ju nuk jeni të përgatitur për të humbur, +atëherë mos e përdorni këtë opsion.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16">Personalizuar</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17">Kjo ju jep kontroll të plotë mbi vendosjen e instalimit në hard-disqet(s) +tuaja.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist></para> + + <warning> + <para>Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the +previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available +hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested +with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 +MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning +tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following +settings: </para> + + <para>"Align to" "MiB" </para> + + <para>"Free space preceding (MiB)" "2" </para> + + <para>Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes.</para> + </warning> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/exitInstall.xml b/docs/installer/sq/exitInstall.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bc777cf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/exitInstall.xml @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Urime</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 29 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! --> +<!-- marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text --> +<!-- same day, added "s" to "sytems"--> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png" +format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"> </imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="exitInstall-pa1">Ju keni përfunduar instalimin dhe konfigurimin +<application>Mageia</application> dhe tani është e sigurt për të hequr të +diskun e instalimit dhe të rifilloni kompjuterin tuaj.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="exitInstall-pa2">Pas rifillimit, në ekranin ngarkim-ndezje, ju mund të zgjidhni në mes të +sistemeve operative në kompjuterin tuaj (nëse keni më shumë se një).</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-pa3">Nëse ju nuk e keni të rregulluar parametrat për ngarkuesin-ndezës, instalimi +juaj Mageia do të përzgjidhet automatikisht dhe filloi. </para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-pa4">Kënaquni!</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-pa5">Vizito www.mageia.org nëse keni ndonjë pyetje ose dëshironi të kontribuoni +në Mageia </para> + + +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/installer/sq/formatPartitions.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bc83df03 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/formatPartitions.xml @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="formatPartitions"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Ndarjet</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" +format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on +partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to +check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis></para> + + <tip> + <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">Nëse ju nuk jeni i sigurt që ju keni bërë zgjedhjen e duhur, ju mund të +klikoni mbi butonin e <guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton>, përsëri në +<guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> dhe pastaj në +<guibutton>Konfiguro</guibutton> të kthehet në ekranin kryesor. Në këtë +ekran ju mund të zgjidhni për të parë atë që është në ndarëse tuaj.</para> + </tip> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">When you are confident about the selection, click on +<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/installUpdates.xml b/docs/installer/sq/installUpdates.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f4ba9180 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/installUpdates.xml @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> + +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Azhurnime</title></info> + + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename--> +<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png" +format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Që nga ky version i <application>Mageia</application> u lirua, disa paketa +duhet të ishin azhurnuar apo përmirësuar.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Zgjidh<guilabel>po</guilabel> nëse ju dëshironi të shkarkoni dhe të +instaloni ato, përzgjidhni <guilabel>jo</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të bëni +këtë tani, ose në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të lidhur në internet</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Pastaj shtyp <guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton> për të vazhduar</para> + +</section> +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/installer.xml b/docs/installer/sq/installer.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e2c5fe56 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/installer.xml @@ -0,0 +1,254 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="installer" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq"> + + + + + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30, using barjac's text --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!--removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 --> +<!--barjac 2012-04-11 - corrected link to Welcome screen and unmangled header - + seems to be corrupted by xxe addon when saving --> +<!-- JohnR - apparent corruption is caused by the positioning of this comment block + - corrected Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes --> +<!-- barjac 18/04/2012 Commented out para relating to peripherals, as it's apparently wrong --> +<title xml:id="installer-ti1">DrakX, instaluesi Mageia</title> + </info> + + <para>Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia +Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as +possible.</para> + + + + <!-- <para> +If you have peripherals like printers or scanners, it is [best] to + connect them and make sure they are powered up during installation. These + will be automatically detected and configured.</para> --> +<para>The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will +start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need.</para> + + <figure xml:id="dx-welcome"> + <info> + <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Pamja Fillestare Instalimit</title> + </info> + + <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:</para> + +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + + <para>From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen +language for the system) by pressing the key F2</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter.</para> + + <para>Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live +DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue +System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware +Detection Tool</guilabel>.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key.</para> + + <para>If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one +of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called +<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:</para> + + <para>- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options.</para> + + <para>- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of +performances.</para> + + <para>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management +isn't taken into account.</para> + + <para>- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is +about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for.</para> + + <para>When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options +displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line.</para> + + <note> + <para>In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the +key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, +however, they are really taken into account.</para> + </note> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1</para> + + <para>Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with +the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to +go back to the welcome screen.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <para>The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select +<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options +list. These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot +options</guilabel> line.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <note> + <para>The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key.</para> + </note> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based +Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):</para> + + <para>It does not allow to change the language, the available options are +described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired +Network-based Installation CD, see <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">the Mageia +Wiki</link></para> + + <warning> + <para>The keyboard layout is the American one.</para> + </warning> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2" align="center" +format="PNG" fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <section xml:id="installationSteps"> + <info> + <title xml:id="installationSteps-ti1">Hapat e instalimit</title> + </info> + + <para>Procesi instalimit është i ndarë në një numër hapash, të cilat mund të +ndiqen në panelin anësor të ekranit.</para> + + <para>Secili hap ka një ose më shumë ekrane cili mund të ketë buton +<guibutton>Përparuar</guibutton> me ekstra, më pak zakonisht të kërkuara, +opsionet.</para> + + <para>Shumica ekranet kanë buton <guibutton>Ndihmë</guibutton> të cilët japin +shpjegime të mëtejshme në lidhje me hapin e tanishëm.</para> + + <note> + <para>Nëse diku gjatë instalimit ju vendosni për të ndalur instalimin, është e +mundur për të rifilluar, por ju lutem mendoni dy herë para se të bëni +këtë. Pasi një ndarje është formatuar ose më të reja kanë filluar të +instaluari, kompjuteri juaj nuk është në të njëjtën gjendje dhe rifillimi i +asaj shumë mirë mund të prishet nga ju dhe të jetë një sistem i papërdorshëm +. Nëse, me gjithë këtë ju jeni shumë të sigurt për rifillimin dhe kjo është +ajo që ju doni, shkoni në një terminal tekst duke shtypur tre çelësat +<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> në të njëjtën kohë. Pas kësaj shtypni, +<guibutton>Ctrl Alt Delete</guibutton> të njëjtën kohë për të rifilluar.</para> + </note> + </section> + + <section xml:id="installationOptions"> + <section xml:id="installationProblems"> + <info> + <title xml:id="installationProblems-ti1">Problemet e Instalimit dhe Zgjidhje e Mundshme</title> + </info> + + <section xml:id="noX"> + <info> + <title xml:id="noX-ti2">Nuk ka Ndërfaqe Grafike</title> + </info> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Pas ekranin fillestar ju nuk keni arritur në ekran përzgjedhjes gjuhës. Kjo +mund të ndodhë me disa karta grafike dhe sistemet e vjetra. Provoni të +përdorni rezolutë të ulët duke shtypur <code>vgalo</code> në komandë.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="2">If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be +possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use +this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be +presented with a black screen with the word "boot:". Type "text" and hit +ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="installFreezes"> + <info> + <title xml:id="installFreezes-ti1">Instaluesi Ngrin</title> + </info> + + <para>Nëse sistemi shfaq ngrirëje gjatë instalimit, kjo mund të jetë një problem +me zbulimin e pjesve elektronike. Në këtë rast zbulimin automatik të +pajisjeve mund të jetë anashkaluar dhe të trajtohen më vonë. Për të provuar +këtë, shkruaj <code>noauto</code> në ekran. Ky opsion mund të kombinohet me +opsione të tjera të nevojshme.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="kernelOptions"> + <info> + <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">RAM problem</title> + </info> + + <para>These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the +available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the +<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of +RAM. e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions"> + <info> + <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Dynamic partitions</title> + </info> + + <para>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic" format on +Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia on +this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: +<link +ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para> + </section> + </section> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/media_selection.xml b/docs/installer/sq/media_selection.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a21d2973 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/media_selection.xml @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:lang="en"> + <info> + <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Media Selection (Nonfree)</title> + </info> + + + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11 - created --> +<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)--> +<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell --> +<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)--> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png" +format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Këtu keni listën e depove në dispozicion. Jo të gjitha depot janë në +dispozicion, sipas të cilit media që ju përdorni për të instaluar. Zgjedhja +depove përcakton se cilat paketa do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje +gjatë hapave të ardhshëm.</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains +the base of the distribution.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are +free-of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain +closed-source software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this +repository includes nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, +firmware for various WiFi cards, etc.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under +a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is +that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, +e.g. Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages +needed to play commercial video DVD, etc.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/minimal-install.xml b/docs/installer/sq/minimal-install.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ca750102 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/minimal-install.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="minimal-install"> + <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page--> +<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ --> +<info> + <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Instalim Minimal</title> + </info> + + + + + <para>You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the +Package Group Selection screen, see <xref +linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para> + <para>Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for +their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised +workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package +Selection, see <xref linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para> + <para>If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer +you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X.</para> + +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/misc-params.xml b/docs/installer/sq/misc-params.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c270032 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/misc-params.xml @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="misc-params" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq"> + <info> + <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Summary of miscellaneous parameters</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! --> +<!--marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( --> +<!--marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots --> +<!--JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)--> +<!--marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages --> +<!--marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and + the drakxid-miscellaneous section --> +<!--marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph --> +<!--marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph --> +<!-- 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. --> +<!-- 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" --> +<!--2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files--> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summary.png" revision="1" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="summary-im1" /> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-pa1">DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on +the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the +settings here and change them if you want after pressing +<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>.</para> + + <section xml:id="misc-params-system"> + <info> + <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Parametrat e Sistemit</title> + </info> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Kohëzone</guilabel></para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred +language. You can change it if needed. See also <xref +linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Shteti / Rajoni</guilabel></para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a">If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you +correct the setting. See <xref linkend="selectCountry"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Ngarkues-ndezës</guilabel></para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a">DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b">Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c">Për më shumë informacion, shih <xref linkend="setupBootloader"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5"><guilabel>Menaxhim përdoruesi</guilabel></para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a">You can add extra users here. They will each get their own +<literal>/home</literal> directories.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6"><guilabel>Shërbimet</guilabel>:</para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">System services refer to those small programs which run the background +(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks.</para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may +prevent your computer from operating correctly.</para> + + <para>Për më shumë informacione, shih <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware"> + <info> + <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Parametrat pjesëve-elektronike</title> + </info> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1"><guilabel>Tastierë</guilabel>:</para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">Kjo është ajo ku ju vendosni ose ndryshoni paraqitjen e tastierës tuaj e +cila do të varet nga vendndodhja juaj, gjuha ose lloji i tastierës.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2"><guilabel>Miu</guilabel>:</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a">Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs +etc.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3"><guilabel>Karta Zërit</guilabel>:</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a">The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option +to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one +driver for your card, but none of them is the default one.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Ndërfaqe Grafike</guilabel>:</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a">Ky seksion ju lejon të konfiguroni kartën tuaj grafike(s) dhe ekranin.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b">Për më shumë informacione, shih <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"/>.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="summaryBottom-im1" revision="1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" /> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </section> + + <section xml:id="misc-params-network"> + <info> + <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Parametrat rrjeti dhe Interneti</title> + </info> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1"><guilabel>Rrjeti</guilabel>:</para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free +drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia +Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media +repositories.</para> + + <warning> + <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">Kur ju shtoni një kartë e rrjetit, mos harroni të vendosni murin-mbrojtës +tuaj për të parë atë ndërfaqe gjithashtu.</para> + </warning> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:</para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider +internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a +proxy service.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b">Ju mund të kenë nevojë të konsultoheni me administratorin tuaj të sistemit +për të marrë parametrat që ju duhet për të hyrë këtu</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="misc-params-security"> + <info> + <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Siguria</title> + </info> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Niveli Sigurisë</guilabel>:</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a">Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default +setting (Standard) is adequate for general use.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b">Kontrolloni opsionin i cili përshtatet më mirë përdorimit tuaj.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Muri-Mbrojtës</guilabel>:</para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a" revision="1">A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the +rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b">Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your +selections will depend on what you use your computer for.</para> + + <warning> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c">Të ketë parasysh se duke e lejuar çdo gjë (nuk ka mure-mbrojtës), mund të +jetë shumë e rrezikshme.</para> + </warning> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/installer/sq/resizeFATChoose.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..05a19efc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/resizeFATChoose.xml @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="resizeFATChoose"> + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 --> +<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en + in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2--> +<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> +partition</title> + </info> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">You have more than one +<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. +Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing +<application>Mageia</application>.</para> + + + +<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2"> +.......</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>--> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/securityLevel.xml b/docs/installer/sq/securityLevel.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e68323d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/securityLevel.xml @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq"> + + + <info> + <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Niveli Sigurisë</title> + </info> + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" --> +<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Ju mund të rregulloni nivelin tuaj të sigurisë këtu.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings +in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center.</para> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/selectCountry.xml b/docs/installer/sq/selectCountry.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e5db55f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/selectCountry.xml @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq"> + + + + <info> + <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Zgjidhni Shtetin tuaj / Rajonin</title> + </info> + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params --> +<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + + <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Zgjidhni vendin tuaj ose rajonin. Kjo është e rëndësishme për të gjitha +llojet e cilësimeve, si monedhe dhe domain pa tel rregullator. Vendosja në +vend të gabuar mund të çojë në mos qenë në gjendje për të përdorur një rrjet +Wireless.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other +Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there.</para> + + <note> + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, +after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the +first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real +choice.</para> + </note> + + <section xml:id="inputMethod"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Metodë hyrëse</title> + </info> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa4">In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an +input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input +multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the +default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India +Live-CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input +method so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input +methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be +installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection.</para> + + <note> + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa5">If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it +after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" -> +"System", or by running localedrake as root.</para> + </note> + </section> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/installer/sq/selectInstallClass.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..97760803 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/selectInstallClass.xml @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="selectInstallClass"> + + + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 --> +<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR --> +<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to + "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409--> +<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version --> +<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed --> +<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Instalo ose Azhurno</title> + </info> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center" +format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Instalo</para> + + <para>Përdorni këtë opsion për një instalim të freskët +<application>Mageia</application>.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Upgrade</para> + + <para>If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on +your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the +latest release.</para> + +<warning> + <para>Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still +supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been +thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already +reached its End Of Life when this one was released, then it is better to do +a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition.</para> +</warning> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <note> + <para>If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to +reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been +formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in +the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an +unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you +want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl +F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl +Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot.</para> + </note> + + <tip> + <para>If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you +can return from the "Install or Upgrade" screen to the language choice +screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do +<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install.</para> + </tip> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/installer/sq/selectKeyboard.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f36485ff --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/selectKeyboard.xml @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="selectKeyboard" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + + + + + <info> + <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Tastiera</title> + </info> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable +keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" /> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard +layout. If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the +specifications that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There +may even be a label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also +look here: <link +xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on +<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard +there.</para> + + <para revision="1"><warning> + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, +you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though +a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly +and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the +full list.</para> + </warning></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an +extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin +and non-Latin keyboard layouts</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/installer/sq/selectLanguage.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..33f9136d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/selectLanguage.xml @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="selectLanguage"> + + + + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look --> +<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong + code in figure, marja, 20120409 --> +<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean + up mess made of this header by xxe --> +<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Ju lutemi zgjidhni një gjuhë për të përdorur</title> + </info> + + <para>Zgjidhni gjuhën tuaj të preferuar, duke parë zgjerimin e listës për +kontinentit tuaj. <application>Mageia</application> do të përdorë këtë +përzgjedhje gjatë instalimit dhe për të instaluar sistemin tuaj.</para> + + <para>Nëse është e mundshme që ju do duhen disa gjuhë të instaluar në sistemin +tuaj, për veten apo përdoruesit e tjerë, atëherë ju duhet të përdorni +butonin <guibutton>Gjuhë shumëfish</guibutton> për të shtuar ato tani. Do të +jetë e vështirë për të shtuar mbështetje gjuhëve shtesë pas instalimit.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" align="center" +format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <warning> + <para>Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them +as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be +marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen .</para> + </warning> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then +it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the +"multiple languages" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your +language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia +Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/selectMouse.xml b/docs/installer/sq/selectMouse.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ed44bca6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/selectMouse.xml @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Zgjidh miun</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place--> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center" +format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a +different one here.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB +mice</guilabel> is a good choice.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to +configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/installer/sq/setupBootloader.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..002943a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/setupBootloader.xml @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="setupBootloader"> + <info> + <title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Opsionet kryesore të programit Bootloader</title> + </info> + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. + + 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist--> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center" +fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" xml:id="setupBootloader-im1" format="PNG" +/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para xml:id="setupBootloader-pa1" revision="4">If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by +the installer, you can change them here.</para> + + <para xml:id="setupBootloader-pa2" revision="4">You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case +you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or +allow Mageia to create a new one.</para> + + <tip> + <para revision="2" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa3">The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)</para> + </tip> + + <section xml:id="usingMageiaBootloader"> + <info> + <title xml:id="usingMageiaBootloader-ti2">Using a Mageia bootloader</title> + </info> + + <para revision="3" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa4">By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR +(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other +operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia +boot menu.</para> + + <para revision="3">Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB +legacy and Lilo.</para> + + <warning> + <para revision="3" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa6">Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by +GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is +used.</para> + + <para revision="3">The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at +the Summary page during installation.</para> + </warning> + </section> + + <section xml:id="usingExistingBootloader"> + <info> + <title revision="2" xml:id="usingExistingBootloader-ti4">Using an existing bootloader</title> + </info> + + <para revision="3" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa46">If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember +to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader +<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the +bootloader install location.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa47">Do not select a device e.g."sda", or you will overwrite your existing +MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the +partitioning phase earlier, e.g. sda7.</para> + + <para xml:id="setupBootloader-pa48" revision="1">To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device.</para> + + <tip> + <para revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa48a">Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where +your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to +the installer screen.</para> + </tip> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa49">The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader +is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve +running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and +add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in +question.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="advancedOptionBootloader"> + <info> + <title revision="2" xml:id="advancedOptionBootloader-ti5">Bootloader advanced option</title> + </info> + + <para revision="3" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa52">If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition +that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on +<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp +at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space.</para> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/sq/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f39ee3df --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> + + + +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry"><info><title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry</title></info> + + + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" +fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" format="PNG" align="center" +xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + + + <para>You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the +relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen +and editing the screen that pops up on top of it.</para> + + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" +fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png" format="PNG" align="center" +xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an +entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one.</para> + <para>You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely.</para> + <para>The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a +choice while booting up.</para> +<warning><para>Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't +just try something without knowing what you are doing.</para></warning> + + </section> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/installer/sq/setupSCSI.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..99096fe9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/setupSCSI.xml @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">Setup SCSI</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 --> +<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) --> +<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the + Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png" +format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers +it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently +fail to recognise the drive.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) +you have.</para> + + <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/soundConfig.xml b/docs/installer/sq/soundConfig.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6da35248 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/soundConfig.xml @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Konfigurimi zërit</title> + </info> + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Started by marja on 2013-12-07 --> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png" revision="1" +format="PNG" xml:id="soundConfig-im1" /> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your +sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default +one. + </para> + <para>The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install +you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start +this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the +<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound +Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen. + </para> + <para>Then, in the draksound or "Sound Configuration" tool screen, click on +<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on +<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how +to solve the problem. + </para> + + <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced"> + <info> + <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Avancuar</title> + </info> + + <para>Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is +useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers +available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one. + </para> + + <para>In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on +<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>. + </para> + + </section> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/installer/sq/takeOverHdConfirm.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c7282fb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sq/takeOverHdConfirm.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Confirm hard disk to be formatted</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 --> +<!-- test comment - johnr --> +<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct + hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I + saw this help screen when I had only one HD --> +<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" +align="center" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your +choice.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every +partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/sv.po b/docs/installer/sv.po index 2fde5fc3..88b1b788 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv.po +++ b/docs/installer/sv.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013 # Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013 @@ -12,14 +12,13 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-10 16:31+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-04 14:11+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Eklund <willard@null.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" -"sv/)\n" -"Language: sv\n" +"Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/sv/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: sv\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -30,11 +29,9 @@ msgstr "Anteckningar för Licens och Utgåva" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -44,39 +41,31 @@ msgstr "Licensavtal" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Var god läs licensvillkoren noggrant innan du installerar " -"<application>Mageia</application>." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Var god läs licensvillkoren noggrant innan du installerar <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Dessa villkor gäller för hela <application>Mageia</application>-" -"distributionen och måste accepteras innan du kan fortsätta." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Dessa villkor gäller för hela <application>Mageia</application>-distributionen och måste accepteras innan du kan fortsätta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"För att acceptera trycker du på <guilabel>Acceptera</guilabel> och sedan på " -"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgstr "För att acceptera trycker du på <guilabel>Acceptera</guilabel> och sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Om du väljer att inte acceptera dessa villkor, så tackar vi dig för att du " -"tittade. Genom att klicka på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> så kommer din " -"dator att startas om." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Om du väljer att inte acceptera dessa villkor, så tackar vi dig för att du tittade. Genom att klicka på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> så kommer din dator att startas om." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -88,9 +77,7 @@ msgstr "Noteringar för utgåva" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Noteringar för utgåva</guibutton> för att se " -"vad som är nytt i denna version av <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Noteringar för utgåva</guibutton> för att se vad som är nytt i denna version av <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -103,32 +90,27 @@ msgstr "sv" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Val av medier (konfigurera kompletterande installationsmedier)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Denna ruta ger dig en lista över redan upptäckta förvaringsplatser. Du kan " -"lägga till andra källor för paket, till exempel en optisk skiva eller en " -"fjärrstyrd källa. Valet av källa avgör vilka paket som kommer att göras " -"tillgängliga för val under nästa steg." +msgstr "Denna ruta ger dig en lista över redan upptäckta förvaringsplatser. Du kan lägga till andra källor för paket, till exempel en optisk skiva eller en fjärrstyrd källa. Valet av källa avgör vilka paket som kommer att göras tillgängliga för val under nästa steg." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -148,41 +130,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Väljer en spegel eller specificera en URL (allra första posten). Genom att " -"välja en spegel så har du tillgång till urvalet av alla förvaringsplatser " -"som hanteras av Mageia, till exempel nonfree, tainted och uppdateringarna " -"som de ger. Med denna URL så kan du utse en specifik förvaringsplats eller " -"din egen NFS-installation." +msgstr "Väljer en spegel eller specificera en URL (allra första posten). Genom att välja en spegel så har du tillgång till urvalet av alla förvaringsplatser som hanteras av Mageia, till exempel nonfree, tainted och uppdateringarna som de ger. Med denna URL så kan du utse en specifik förvaringsplats eller din egen NFS-installation." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Hantering av användare och administratör" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -194,29 +173,20 @@ msgstr "Ställ in ett administratörs (root) -lösenord:" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"Det är klokt att ange ett administratörslösenord för alla " -"<application>Mageiainstallationer</application>, vanligtvis kallat " -"<emphasis>root-lösenord</emphasis> i Linux. När du börjar skriva lösenordet " -"i fältet kommer skölden att ändra färg från röd till gul och grön, beroende " -"på lösenordets styrka. Med en grön sköld använder du ett starkt lösenord. Du " -"måste repetera lösenordet i fältet under och en kontroll utförs så att du " -"inte har skrivit fel genom att jämföra dem." +msgstr "Det är klokt att ange ett administratörslösenord för alla <application>Mageiainstallationer</application>, vanligtvis kallat <emphasis>root-lösenord</emphasis> i Linux. När du börjar skriva lösenordet i fältet kommer skölden att ändra färg från röd till gul och grön, beroende på lösenordets styrka. Med en grön sköld använder du ett starkt lösenord. Du måste repetera lösenordet i fältet under och en kontroll utförs så att du inte har skrivit fel genom att jämföra dem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"Alla lösenord är skifteslägeskänsliga, det bästa är att använda en blandning " -"av bokstäver (stora och små), nummer och andra karaktärer i ett lösenord." +msgstr "Alla lösenord är skifteslägeskänsliga, det bästa är att använda en blandning av bokstäver (stora och små), nummer och andra karaktärer i ett lösenord." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -229,40 +199,29 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"Lägg till en användare här. En användare har färre rättigheter än en " -"administratör (root), men tillräckligt för att surfa på nätet, använda " -"kontorsapplikationer eller spela spel och allting annat som den generella " -"användaren gör med sin dator" +msgstr "Lägg till en användare här. En användare har färre rättigheter än en administratör (root), men tillräckligt för att surfa på nätet, använda kontorsapplikationer eller spela spel och allting annat som den generella användaren gör med sin dator" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: om du klickar på den här knappen så kommer det " -"att ändra användarens ikon." +msgstr "<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: om du klickar på den här knappen så kommer det att ändra användarens ikon." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Riktigt namn</guilabel>: Skriv in användarens riktiga namn i detta " -"fält." +msgstr "<guilabel>Riktigt namn</guilabel>: Skriv in användarens riktiga namn i detta fält." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Inloggningsnamn</guilabel>: Här kan du skriva in användarens " -"inloggningsnamn eller låta drakx använda en version av användarens riktiga " -"namn. <emphasis>Inloggningsnamnet är skifteslägeskänsligt</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Inloggningsnamn</guilabel>: Här kan du skriva in användarens inloggningsnamn eller låta drakx använda en version av användarens riktiga namn. <emphasis>Inloggningsnamnet är skifteslägeskänsligt</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -270,30 +229,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Lösenord</guilabel>: I detta textfält skriver du lösenordet för " -"din användare. Det finns en sköld vid slutet av textfältet som indikerar " -"styrkan av lösenordet. (Se också <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Lösenord</guilabel>: I detta textfält skriver du lösenordet för din användare. Det finns en sköld vid slutet av textfältet som indikerar styrkan av lösenordet. (Se också <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Lösenord (igen)</guilabel>: Skriv lösenordet för användaren igen i " -"detta textfält och drakx kontrollerar att du har angivit samma lösenord i " -"varje textfält." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Lösenord (igen)</guilabel>: Skriv lösenordet för användaren igen i detta textfält och drakx kontrollerar att du har angivit samma lösenord i varje textfält." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Alla användare som du lägger till under installationen av Mageia kommer att " -"ha en värdsligt läsbar (men skrivskyddad) hem-mapp." +msgstr "Alla användare som du lägger till under installationen av Mageia kommer att ha en värdsligt läsbar (men skrivskyddad) hem-mapp." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -301,20 +252,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"Hur som helst, när du använder din nya installation så kommer alla användare " -"som du lägger till i <emphasis>MCC - System - Hantera användare i systemet</" -"emphasis> att ha en Hem-mapp som är både läs och skrivskyddad." +msgstr "Hur som helst, när du använder din nya installation så kommer alla användare som du lägger till i <emphasis>MCC - System - Hantera användare i systemet</emphasis> att ha en Hem-mapp som är både läs och skrivskyddad." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Om du inte vill ha en hemkatalog som är läsbar för någon bör du ändå lägga " -"till en tillfällig användare nu, och efter omstart kan du sedan lägga till " -"en eller flera riktiga användare." +msgstr "Om du inte vill ha en hemkatalog som är läsbar för någon bör du ändå lägga till en tillfällig användare nu, och efter omstart kan du sedan lägga till en eller flera riktiga användare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -322,10 +267,7 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Om du föredrar hemkataloger som är läsbara för alla vill du nog lägga till " -"alla extra användare i <emphasis>konfigurationsöversikten</emphasis> i " -"slutet av installationen. Välj <emphasis>användarhantering</emphasis>." +msgstr "Om du föredrar hemkataloger som är läsbara för alla vill du nog lägga till alla extra användare i <emphasis>konfigurationsöversikten</emphasis> i slutet av installationen. Välj <emphasis>användarhantering</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -343,10 +285,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"Om du klickar på knappen <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton> så kan du ändra " -"inställningar för den användare du lägger till. Du kan även aktivera eller " -"inaktivera ett gästkonto." +msgstr "Om du klickar på knappen <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton> så kan du ändra inställningar för den användare du lägger till. Du kan även aktivera eller inaktivera ett gästkonto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -354,10 +293,7 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "" -"Allt som en gäst med ett standard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>gästkonto sparar " -"till sin /hem-katalog kommer att raderas när han loggar ut. Gästen borde " -"spara sina viktiga filer till ett USB-minne" +msgstr "Allt som en gäst med ett standard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>gästkonto sparar till sin /hem-katalog kommer att raderas när han loggar ut. Gästen borde spara sina viktiga filer till ett USB-minne" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -365,10 +301,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Aktivera gästkonto</guilabel>: Här kan du aktivera eller " -"inaktivera ett gästkonto. Gästkontot tillåter en gäst att logga in och " -"använda datorn, men har mer begränsad tillgång än normala användare." +msgstr "<guilabel>Aktivera gästkonto</guilabel>: Här kan du aktivera eller inaktivera ett gästkonto. Gästkontot tillåter en gäst att logga in och använda datorn, men har mer begränsad tillgång än normala användare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -376,10 +309,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Skal</guilabel>: Denna rullgardinsmeny tillåter dig att ändra " -"skalet som den tillagda användaren i förra rutan ska använda, antingen Bash, " -"Dash och Sh" +msgstr "<guilabel>Skal</guilabel>: Denna rullgardinsmeny tillåter dig att ändra skalet som den tillagda användaren i förra rutan ska använda, antingen Bash, Dash och Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -387,48 +317,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Användar-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett ID för användaren du " -"lade till i förra steget. Detta är ett nummer. Lämna tomt om du inte vet vad " -"du gör." +msgstr "<guilabel>Användar-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett ID för användaren du lade till i förra steget. Detta är ett nummer. Lämna tomt om du inte vet vad du gör." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Grupp-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett grupp-ID. Detta är också " -"ett nummer, vanligtvis samma som för användaren. Lämna tomt om du inte vet " -"vad du gör." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>Grupp-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett grupp-ID. Detta är också ett nummer, vanligtvis samma som för användaren. Lämna tomt om du inte vet vad du gör." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Välj monteringspunkterna" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -436,63 +360,46 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "" -"Här ser du de Linux-partitioner som har hittats i din dator. Om du inte " -"håller med vad <application>DrakX</application> föreslår så kan du ändra " -"monteringspunkterna." +msgstr "Här ser du de Linux-partitioner som har hittats i din dator. Om du inte håller med vad <application>DrakX</application> föreslår så kan du ändra monteringspunkterna." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"Om du ändrar något, så var noga med att du fortfarande har en <literal>/</" -"literal> (root)-partition." +msgstr "Om du ändrar något, så var noga med att du fortfarande har en <literal>/</literal> (root)-partition." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Varje partition visas som följande: \"Enhet\" (\"Kapacitet\", " -"\"Monteringspunkt\", \"Typ\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Varje partition visas som följande: \"Enhet\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Monteringspunkt\", \"Typ\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"\"Enhet\" kommer från: \"hårddisk\", [\"hårddisk-nummer \"(bokstav)], " -"\"partitionsnummer\" (exampelvis, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "\"Enhet\" kommer från: \"hårddisk\", [\"hårddisk-nummer \"(bokstav)], \"partitionsnummer\" (exampelvis, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Om du har många partitioner så kan du välja mellan olika monteringspunkter i " -"rullgardinsmenyn, så som <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> och " -"<literal>/var</literal>. Du kan även göra dina egna monteringspunkter, " -"exempelvis <literal>/video</literal> för en partition som du vill lagra dina " -"filmer, eller <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> för /home-partitionen av din " -"Cauldron-installation<literal/>." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Om du har många partitioner så kan du välja mellan olika monteringspunkter i rullgardinsmenyn, så som <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> och <literal>/var</literal>. Du kan även göra dina egna monteringspunkter, exempelvis <literal>/video</literal> för en partition som du vill lagra dina filmer, eller <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> för /home-partitionen av din Cauldron-installation<literal/>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"För partitioner som du inte behöver tillgång till så kan du lämna fältet för " -"monteringspunkten blank." +msgstr "För partitioner som du inte behöver tillgång till så kan du lämna fältet för monteringspunkten blank." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -500,22 +407,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Välj <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på vad du ska välja, " -"och bocka sedan för <guilabel>Anpassad disk-partitionering</guilabel>. I " -"skärmen som följer så kan du klicka på en partition för att se dess typ och " -"storlek." +msgstr "Välj <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på vad du ska välja, och bocka sedan för <guilabel>Anpassad disk-partitionering</guilabel>. I skärmen som följer så kan du klicka på en partition för att se dess typ och storlek." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Om du är säker på att monteringspunkterna är korrekta så klickar du på " -"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> och väljer om du antingen vill formatera " -"partitonen(rna) som DrakX föreslår eller fler." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Om du är säker på att monteringspunkterna är korrekta så klickar du på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> och väljer om du antingen vill formatera partitonen(rna) som DrakX föreslår eller fler." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -525,11 +425,9 @@ msgstr "Val av skrivbordsmiljö" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"Beroende på dina val här, så kan det finnas flera fönster för att finjustera " -"ditt val." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "Beroende på dina val här, så kan det finnas flera fönster för att finjustera ditt val." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -537,19 +435,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Efter dom olika valen kommer du att se ett bildspel under paket " -"installationen. Bildspelet får du fram genom att klicka på " -"<guilabel>Detaljer</guilabel> knappen" +msgstr "Efter dom olika valen kommer du att se ett bildspel under paket installationen. Bildspelet får du fram genom att klicka på <guilabel>Detaljer</guilabel> knappen" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -561,29 +454,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Välj antingen <application>KDE</application> eller <application>Gnome</" -"application> skrivbordsmiljö beroenda av vad du tycker om. Bägge kommer med " -"användbara verktyg och applikationer. Bocka för <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> " -"om du inte vill använda någon av dessa eller båda, eller om du vill annat än " -"dessa standard programmen för dessa skrivbordsmiljöerna. <application>LXDE</" -"application> skrivbordsmiljö är lättare än dom två tidigare, Med mindre " -"ögongodis och färre programpaket installerade som standard." +msgstr "Välj antingen <application>KDE</application> eller <application>Gnome</application> skrivbordsmiljö beroenda av vad du tycker om. Bägge kommer med användbara verktyg och applikationer. Bocka för <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> om du inte vill använda någon av dessa eller båda, eller om du vill annat än dessa standard programmen för dessa skrivbordsmiljöerna. <application>LXDE</application> skrivbordsmiljö är lättare än dom två tidigare, Med mindre ögongodis och färre programpaket installerade som standard." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Val av paketgrupp" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -592,10 +477,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Paketen har sorterats i grupper så att du lättare kan välja vad du behöver " -"för ditt system. Grupperna är ganska självförklarande, men mer information " -"för varje paket visas som ett verktygstips när du drar markören över dem." +msgstr "Paketen har sorterats i grupper så att du lättare kan välja vad du behöver för ditt system. Grupperna är ganska självförklarande, men mer information för varje paket visas som ett verktygstips när du drar markören över dem." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -617,91 +499,74 @@ msgstr "Grafisk miljö." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Individuellt paketval: Du kan använda detta alternativ för att manuellt " -"lägga till eller ta bort paket." +msgstr "Individuellt paketval: Du kan använda detta alternativ för att manuellt lägga till eller ta bort paket." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Läs <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> för instruktioner om hur man " -"gör en minimal installation." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Läs <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> för instruktioner om hur man gör en minimal installation." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Välj individuella paket" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Här kan du lägga till eller ta bort några extra paket för att anpassa din " +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " "installation." +msgstr "Här kan du lägga till eller ta bort några extra paket för att anpassa din installation." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Efter att du har gjort ditt val så kan du klicka på <guibutton>diskett-" -"ikonen</guibutton> längst ner på sidan för att spara dina paket-val (att " -"spara till ett USB-minne fungerar också). Du kan sedan använda denna fil för " -"att installera samma paket på ett annat system genom att trycka på samma " -"knapp under installationen och välja att ladda den." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "Efter att du har gjort ditt val så kan du klicka på <guibutton>diskett-ikonen</guibutton> längst ner på sidan för att spara dina paket-val (att spara till ett USB-minne fungerar också). Du kan sedan använda denna fil för att installera samma paket på ett annat system genom att trycka på samma knapp under installationen och välja att ladda den." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfigurera dina tjänster" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"Här ställer du in vilka tjänster som (inte) ska starta när du startar ditt " +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " "system." +msgstr "Här ställer du in vilka tjänster som (inte) ska starta när du startar ditt system." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Det finns fyra grupper, klicka på triangeln intill en grupp för att " -"expandera den och se alla tjänster i den." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Det finns fyra grupper, klicka på triangeln intill en grupp för att expandera den och se alla tjänster i den." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -725,45 +590,36 @@ msgstr "Ändra bara på saker som du mycket väl vet hur du ska ändra." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Ställ in din tidszon" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Välj din tidszon genom att välja ditt land eller en stad nära dig i samma " -"tidszon." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Välj din tidszon genom att välja ditt land eller en stad nära dig i samma tidszon." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"I nästa skärm så kan du välja att ställa in din hårdvaruklocka till lokal " -"tid eller till GMT, också känd som UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "I nästa skärm så kan du välja att ställa in din hårdvaruklocka till lokal tid eller till GMT, också känd som UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"Om du har mer än ett operativsystem i din dator så se då till att alla är " -"inställda på lokal tid eller alla till UTC/GMT." +msgstr "Om du har mer än ett operativsystem i din dator så se då till att alla är inställda på lokal tid eller alla till UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -773,31 +629,24 @@ msgstr "Välj en X-server (Konfigurera ditt grafikkort)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att " -"identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." +msgstr "DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Om installationen inte har korrekt upptäckt ditt grafikkort och du vet " -"vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom:" +msgstr "Om installationen inte har korrekt upptäckt ditt grafikkort och du vet vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -820,10 +669,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Om du inte kan hitta ditt kort i listan över tillverkare (för att det ännu " -"inte finns i databasen eller att det är ett äldre kort) så kan du hitta en " -"passande drivrutin i Xorg-kategorin" +msgstr "Om du inte kan hitta ditt kort i listan över tillverkare (för att det ännu inte finns i databasen eller att det är ett äldre kort) så kan du hitta en passande drivrutin i Xorg-kategorin" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -831,20 +677,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"Xorg-listan erbjuder mer än 40 vanliga och grafikkortsdrivrutiner med öppen " -"källkod. Om du fortfarande inte kan hitta en namngiven drivrutin för ditt " -"kort så finns det valet att använda vesa-drivrutinen som tillhandahåller " -"grundläggande kapaciteter." +msgstr "Xorg-listan erbjuder mer än 40 vanliga och grafikkortsdrivrutiner med öppen källkod. Om du fortfarande inte kan hitta en namngiven drivrutin för ditt kort så finns det valet att använda vesa-drivrutinen som tillhandahåller grundläggande kapaciteter." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Var medveten om att om du väljer en drivrutin som inte passar så kan du " -"enbart ha tillgång till kommandorad-gränssnittet." +msgstr "Var medveten om att om du väljer en drivrutin som inte passar så kan du enbart ha tillgång till kommandorad-gränssnittet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -852,36 +692,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"En del grafikkortstillverkare tillhandahåller drivrutiner för Linux vilket " -"enbart finns tillgängligt i NonFree-medierna och i vissa fall enbart från " -"kortets tillverkares hemsida." +msgstr "En del grafikkortstillverkare tillhandahåller drivrutiner för Linux vilket enbart finns tillgängligt i NonFree-medierna och i vissa fall enbart från kortets tillverkares hemsida." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Nonfree-medierna behöver vara aktiverade för att få tillgång till dem, du " -"borde göra detta efter din första omstart." +msgstr "Nonfree-medierna behöver vara aktiverade för att få tillgång till dem, du borde göra detta efter din första omstart." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Ställa in X, grafikkort och konfiguration av monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -890,30 +724,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Oberoende vilken grafisk miljö (också känt som skrivbordsmiljö) som du " -"väljer för denna installation av <application>Mageia</application>, så " -"baseras alla på ett grafiskt användargränssnittssytem kallat <acronym>X-" -"Windows</acronym>, eller enbart <acronym>X</acronym>. För att <acronym>KDE</" -"acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> och någon annan " -"grafisk miljö ska fungera väl så behöver följande <acronym>X</acronym>-" -"inställningar vara korrekta. Välj de korrekta inställningarna om du ser att " -"<application>DrakX</application> inte gjorde något val, eller om du tror att " -"valet är inkorrekt." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Oberoende vilken grafisk miljö (också känt som skrivbordsmiljö) som du väljer för denna installation av <application>Mageia</application>, så baseras alla på ett grafiskt användargränssnittssytem kallat <acronym>X-Windows</acronym>, eller enbart <acronym>X</acronym>. För att <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> och någon annan grafisk miljö ska fungera väl så behöver följande <acronym>X</acronym>-inställningar vara korrekta. Välj de korrekta inställningarna om du ser att <application>DrakX</application> inte gjorde något val, eller om du tror att valet är inkorrekt." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkort</guibutton></emphasis>: Välj ditt kort från " -"listan om det behövs." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkort</guibutton></emphasis>: Välj ditt kort från listan om det behövs." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -923,12 +746,7 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Skärm</guibutton></emphasis>: Du kan välja " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> när det passar, eller välj din skärm från " -"listorna <guilabel>Tillverkare</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Allmänna</" -"guilabel>. Välj <guilabel>Anpassad</guilabel> om du föredrar att manuellt " -"ange de horisontella och vertikala uppdateringsfrekvenserna för din skärm." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Skärm</guibutton></emphasis>: Du kan välja <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> när det passar, eller välj din skärm från listorna <guilabel>Tillverkare</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Allmänna</guilabel>. Välj <guilabel>Anpassad</guilabel> om du föredrar att manuellt ange de horisontella och vertikala uppdateringsfrekvenserna för din skärm." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -940,9 +758,7 @@ msgstr "Inkorrekta uppdateringsfrekvenser kan skada din skärm" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Upplösning</guibutton></emphasis>: Ange önskad " -"upplösning och färgdjup för din skärm här." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Upplösning</guibutton></emphasis>: Ange önskad upplösning och färgdjup för din skärm här." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -950,29 +766,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Test-knappen visas inte " -"alltid under installationen. Om knappen finns där så kan du kontrollera dina " -"inställningar genom att trycka på den. Om du ser en fråga om dina " -"inställningar är korrekta så kan du svara \"ja\", och inställningarna kommer " -"att behållas. Om du inte ser någonting så kommer du tillbaka till " -"konfigurationsskärmen och ha möjlighet att konfigurera allt igen tills " -"testet är bra. <emphasis>Var säker på att dina inställningar är på den säkra " -"sidan om test-knappen inte finns tillgänglig</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Test-knappen visas inte alltid under installationen. Om knappen finns där så kan du kontrollera dina inställningar genom att trycka på den. Om du ser en fråga om dina inställningar är korrekta så kan du svara \"ja\", och inställningarna kommer att behållas. Om du inte ser någonting så kommer du tillbaka till konfigurationsskärmen och ha möjlighet att konfigurera allt igen tills testet är bra. <emphasis>Var säker på att dina inställningar är på den säkra sidan om test-knappen inte finns tillgänglig</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Val</guibutton></emphasis>: Här kan du välja att " -"aktivera eller inaktivera olika val." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Val</guibutton></emphasis>: Här kan du välja att aktivera eller inaktivera olika val." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -984,9 +790,7 @@ msgstr "Att välja din skärm" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att " -"identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." +msgstr "DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -995,22 +799,15 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Att välja en bildskärm med annorlunda egenskaper kan skada din " -"bildskärm eller videohårdvara. Var snäll och prova inte något om du inte vet " -"vad du gör.</emphasis> Om du är osäker bör du läsa dokumentationen som " -"följde med din bildskärm." +msgstr "<emphasis>Att välja en bildskärm med annorlunda egenskaper kan skada din bildskärm eller videohårdvara. Var snäll och prova inte något om du inte vet vad du gör.</emphasis> Om du är osäker bör du läsa dokumentationen som följde med din bildskärm." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1021,15 +818,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Anpassad</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Det här alternativet tillåter dig att ställa in två kritiska parametrar, den " -"vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen och den horisontella synkhastigheten. Den " -"vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen bestämmer hur ofta skärmen ska uppdateras " -"och den horisontella synkhastigheten är den hastighet med vilken sveplinjer " -"visas." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Det här alternativet tillåter dig att ställa in två kritiska parametrar, den vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen och den horisontella synkhastigheten. Den vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen bestämmer hur ofta skärmen ska uppdateras och den horisontella synkhastigheten är den hastighet med vilken sveplinjer visas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1038,11 +830,7 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"Det är <emphasis>VÄLDIGT VIKTIGT</emphasis> att du inte anger en skärmtyp " -"med ett synkroniseringsintervall som är över kapaciteten för din bildskärm, " -"då kan du skada din skärm. Om du är osäker så välj en försiktig inställning " -"och läs dokumentationen för din bildskärm." +msgstr "Det är <emphasis>VÄLDIGT VIKTIGT</emphasis> att du inte anger en skärmtyp med ett synkroniseringsintervall som är över kapaciteten för din bildskärm, då kan du skada din skärm. Om du är osäker så välj en försiktig inställning och läs dokumentationen för din bildskärm." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -1054,9 +842,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" -"Detta är standard-alternativet och försöker avgöra typ av skärm från " -"databasen över skärmar." +msgstr "Detta är standard-alternativet och försöker avgöra typ av skärm från databasen över skärmar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1068,9 +854,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Tillverkare</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Om installationen inte har upptäckt ditt rätta grafikkort och du vet vilket " -"du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom att välja:" +msgstr "Om installationen inte har upptäckt ditt rätta grafikkort och du vet vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom att välja:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1091,16 +875,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Standard</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"val av denna grupp visar uppemot 30 bildskärmskonfigureringar så som " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz och inkluderar även plattskärmar som används i bärbara " -"datorer. Detta är ofta en bra urvalsgrupp när du behöver använda vesa-" -"drivrutiner när din videohårdvara inte kan identifieras automatiskt. Än en " -"gång så är det klokt att vara försiktig med dina val." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "val av denna grupp visar uppemot 30 bildskärmskonfigureringar så som 1024x768 @ 60Hz och inkluderar även plattskärmar som används i bärbara datorer. Detta är ofta en bra urvalsgrupp när du behöver använda vesa-drivrutiner när din videohårdvara inte kan identifieras automatiskt. Än en gång så är det klokt att vara försiktig med dina val." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1110,64 +889,47 @@ msgstr "Anpassad diskpartionering med DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "" -"Om du vill använda kryptering på din <literal>/</literal>-partition så måste " -"du se till att ha en separat <literal>/boot</literal>-partition. " -"Krypteringsalternativet för din <literal>/boot</literal>-partition ska INTE " -"ställas in, annars kommer detta att göra ditt system omöjligt att boota." +msgstr "Om du vill använda kryptering på din <literal>/</literal>-partition så måste du se till att ha en separat <literal>/boot</literal>-partition. Krypteringsalternativet för din <literal>/boot</literal>-partition ska INTE ställas in, annars kommer detta att göra ditt system omöjligt att boota." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Justera layouten av din(a) disk(ar) här. Du kan avlägsna eller skapa " -"partitioner, ändra filsystemet för en partition eller ändra dess storlek och " -"även titta vad om finns i dem innan du startar." +msgstr "Justera layouten av din(a) disk(ar) här. Du kan avlägsna eller skapa partitioner, ändra filsystemet för en partition eller ändra dess storlek och även titta vad om finns i dem innan du startar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "" -"Det finns en flik för varje hårddisk som är upptäckt eller annan " -"lagringsenhet, exempelvis ett USB-minne. Det finns sda, sdb och sdc om det " -"är tre stycken." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "Det finns en flik för varje hårddisk som är upptäckt eller annan lagringsenhet, exempelvis ett USB-minne. Det finns sda, sdb och sdc om det är tre stycken." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" -msgstr "" -"Tryck på <guibutton>Rensa alla</guibutton> för att tömma alla partitioner på " -"den valda lagringsenheten" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "Tryck på <guibutton>Rensa alla</guibutton> för att tömma alla partitioner på den valda lagringsenheten" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"För alla andra åtgärder: klicka på den valda partitionen först. Titta sedan " -"på den eller välj filsystem och en monteringspunkt, ändra storlek på den " -"eller töm den." +msgstr "För alla andra åtgärder: klicka på den valda partitionen först. Titta sedan på den eller välj filsystem och en monteringspunkt, ändra storlek på den eller töm den." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -1190,28 +952,21 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"På den här sidan ser du innehållet på dina hårddiskar och även hur " -"partitionsguiden i DrakX har hittat lösningar på var <application>Mageia</" -"application> kan installeras." +msgstr "På den här sidan ser du innehållet på dina hårddiskar och även hur partitionsguiden i DrakX har hittat lösningar på var <application>Mageia</application> kan installeras." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"Alternativen som är tillgängliga i listan nedan varierar beroende på " -"layouten och innehållet på din(a) hårddisk(ar)." +msgstr "Alternativen som är tillgängliga i listan nedan varierar beroende på layouten och innehållet på din(a) hårddisk(ar)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1223,9 +978,7 @@ msgstr "Använd existerande partitioner" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Om det här alternativet är tillgängligt så har kompatibla Linux-partitioner " -"blivit hittade och får användas för installation." +msgstr "Om det här alternativet är tillgängligt så har kompatibla Linux-partitioner blivit hittade och får användas för installation." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1235,11 +988,9 @@ msgstr "Använd fritt utrymme" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Om du har ledigt utrymme på din hårddisk kommer detta alternativ att använda " -"det till din nya installation av Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Om du har ledigt utrymme på din hårddisk kommer detta alternativ att använda det till din nya installation av Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1249,11 +1000,9 @@ msgstr "Använd fritt utrymmer på en Windows-partition" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"Om du har ledigt utrymme på din befintliga Windows-partition kan " -"installeraren erbjuda sig att använda det." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Om du har ledigt utrymme på din befintliga Windows-partition kan installeraren erbjuda sig att använda det." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1261,10 +1010,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"Detta kan vara ett användbart sätt att göra plats för din nya Mageia-" -"installation, men är en riskfylld operation. Därför bör du se till att du " -"har säkerhetskopierat alla viktiga filer!" +msgstr "Detta kan vara ett användbart sätt att göra plats för din nya Mageia-installation, men är en riskfylld operation. Därför bör du se till att du har säkerhetskopierat alla viktiga filer!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1275,13 +1021,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Observera att detta innebär att krympa storleken på Windows-partitionen. " -"Partitionen måste vara \"ren\", dvs. att Windows måste ha stängts av korrekt " -"när det användes sist. Den måste också ha defragmenterats, även om det inte " -"är någon garanti för att filerna har flyttats bort ifrån ytan som kommer att " -"användas. Det rekommenderas starkt att säkerhetskopiera dina personliga " -"filer." +msgstr "Observera att detta innebär att krympa storleken på Windows-partitionen. Partitionen måste vara \"ren\", dvs. att Windows måste ha stängts av korrekt när det användes sist. Den måste också ha defragmenterats, även om det inte är någon garanti för att filerna har flyttats bort ifrån ytan som kommer att användas. Det rekommenderas starkt att säkerhetskopiera dina personliga filer." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1296,9 +1036,7 @@ msgstr "Detta alternativ kommer att använda hela disken för Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"Notera! Detta kommer att ta bort ALL data på den valda hårddisken. Vidta " -"försiktighet!" +msgstr "Notera! Detta kommer att ta bort ALL data på den valda hårddisken. Vidta försiktighet!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1306,10 +1044,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Om du har för avsikt att använda en del av hårddisken för någonting annat " -"eller om du redan har data på disken som du inte är beredd att förlora så " -"ska du inte använda detta alternativ." +msgstr "Om du har för avsikt att använda en del av hårddisken för någonting annat eller om du redan har data på disken som du inte är beredd att förlora så ska du inte använda detta alternativ." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1319,11 +1054,9 @@ msgstr "Anpassad" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"Detta ger dig fullständig kontroll över placeringen av installationen på din/" -"a disk/ar." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Detta ger dig fullständig kontroll över placeringen av installationen på din/a disk/ar." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1332,17 +1065,10 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "" -"En del nyare diskar använder nu 4096 bytes logiska sektorer istället för den " -"föregående standarden med 512 bytes. På grund av brist på tillgänglig " -"hårdvara har partitionsverktyget inte testats på en sådan disk. Även en del " -"SSD-diskar använder nu en raderingsblockstorlek på över 1 MB. Vi föreslår " -"att för-partitionera disken genom att använda ett alternativt " -"partitioneringsverktyg som t. ex. gparted, om du du har en sådan enhet med " -"följande inställningar:" +msgstr "En del nyare diskar använder nu 4096 bytes logiska sektorer istället för den föregående standarden med 512 bytes. På grund av brist på tillgänglig hårdvara har partitionsverktyget inte testats på en sådan disk. Även en del SSD-diskar använder nu en raderingsblockstorlek på över 1 MB. Vi föreslår att för-partitionera disken genom att använda ett alternativt partitioneringsverktyg som t. ex. gparted, om du du har en sådan enhet med följande inställningar:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1358,8 +1084,7 @@ msgstr "\"Ledigt utrymme före (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "" -"Kontrollera också att alla partitioner skapas med ett jämnt antal megabyte." +msgstr "Kontrollera också att alla partitioner skapas med ett jämnt antal megabyte." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1376,7 +1101,8 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "februari 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1399,13 +1125,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"Ingen kommer att se alla installerarens skärm bilder som du ser i denna " -"handbok. Vilka skärm bilder du kommer att se, beror på din hårdvara och val " -"du gör under installationen." +msgstr "Ingen kommer att se alla installerarens skärm bilder som du ser i denna handbok. Vilka skärm bilder du kommer att se, beror på din hårdvara och val du gör under installationen." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1416,83 +1139,64 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen " -"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" -"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." -"com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" -"\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href=" -"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, " -"om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Grattis" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"Du har installerat färdigt och konfigurerat <application>Mageia</" -"application> och det är nu säkert att ta bort installationsmediet och att " -"starta om din dator." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "Du har installerat färdigt och konfigurerat <application>Mageia</application> och det är nu säkert att ta bort installationsmediet och att starta om din dator." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"Efter omstarten i uppstartshanterarens ruta så kan du välja mellan " -"operativsystemen i din dator (om du har fler än ett)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "Efter omstarten i uppstartshanterarens ruta så kan du välja mellan operativsystemen i din dator (om du har fler än ett)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Om du inte justerade inställningarna för uppstartshanteraren så kommer din " -"Mageia-installation automatiskt bli vald och startad." +msgstr "Om du inte justerade inställningarna för uppstartshanteraren så kommer din Mageia-installation automatiskt bli vald och startad." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1504,54 +1208,43 @@ msgstr "Njut!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Besök www.mageia.org om du har några frågor eller om du vill bidra till " -"Mageia" +msgstr "Besök www.mageia.org om du har några frågor eller om du vill bidra till Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formaterar" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Här kan du välja vilken/a partition/er som du vill formatera. All data på " -"partitionerna <emphasis>som inte</emphasis>är markerat för formatering " -"kommer att sparas." +msgstr "Här kan du välja vilken/a partition/er som du vill formatera. All data på partitionerna <emphasis>som inte</emphasis>är markerat för formatering kommer att sparas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "" -"Vanligtvis behövs i alla fall de partitioner som DrakX har valt formateras." +msgstr "Vanligtvis behövs i alla fall de partitioner som DrakX har valt formateras." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> för att välja vilka partitioner " -"som du vill kontrollera efter så kallade <emphasis>dåliga block</emphasis>" +msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> för att välja vilka partitioner som du vill kontrollera efter så kallade <emphasis>dåliga block</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1560,20 +1253,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Om du är osäker på om du gjort rätt val kan du klicka på " -"<guibutton>Föregående</guibutton>, igen på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton> " -"och sedan på <guibutton>Anpassad</guibutton> för att komma tillbaka till " -"huvudsidan. Där kan du välja och se vad som finns på dina partitioner." +msgstr "Om du är osäker på om du gjort rätt val kan du klicka på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton>, igen på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton> och sedan på <guibutton>Anpassad</guibutton> för att komma tillbaka till huvudsidan. Där kan du välja och se vad som finns på dina partitioner." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" -"När du är säker på ditt val, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att " -"fortsätta." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "När du är säker på ditt val, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att fortsätta." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1586,19 +1273,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"Oavsett om du är ny på GNU-Linux eller en erfaren användare. Mageias " -"installerare är utformad för att göra din installation eller uppgradering så " -"enkel som möjligt." +msgstr "Oavsett om du är ny på GNU-Linux eller en erfaren användare. Mageias installerare är utformad för att göra din installation eller uppgradering så enkel som möjligt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"Den första startmenyn har olika alternativ och det förvalda kommer att " -"starta installationsprogrammet, som i normalfallet är allt du behöver." +msgstr "Den första startmenyn har olika alternativ och det förvalda kommer att starta installationsprogrammet, som i normalfallet är allt du behöver." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1613,17 +1295,15 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "" -"Här är det välkomstmeddelande som är standard när en Mageia DVD används:" +msgstr "Här är det välkomstmeddelande som är standard när en Mageia DVD används:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1634,25 +1314,19 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "" -"Från denna förstasida är det möjligt att ställa in några personliga " -"inställningar." +msgstr "Från denna förstasida är det möjligt att ställa in några personliga inställningar." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "" -"Språket (endast för installation, kan vara annorlunda än det valda språket " -"för systemet) genom att trycka på F2" +msgstr "Språket (endast för installation, kan vara annorlunda än det valda språket för systemet) genom att trycka på F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 @@ -1663,20 +1337,15 @@ msgstr "Använd pil-tangenterna för att välja språk och tryck på Retur." #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"Här är ett exempel, det franska välkomstmeddelandet vid användning av en " -"Live DVD/CD. Observera att menyn på en Live DVD/CD inte föreslår: " -"<guilabel>Rescue System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory Test</guilabel> och " -"<guilabel>Hardware Detection Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "Här är ett exempel, det franska välkomstmeddelandet vid användning av en Live DVD/CD. Observera att menyn på en Live DVD/CD inte föreslår: <guilabel>Rescue System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory Test</guilabel> och <guilabel>Hardware Detection Tool</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1685,10 +1354,8 @@ msgstr "Ändra upplösning genom att trycka på F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1701,11 +1368,7 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "" -"Om installationen misslyckas kan det bli nödvändigt att försöka igen genom " -"att använda några extra alternativ. Tryck på F6 för att få fram en meny som " -"visar en ny rad kallad <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> och föreslå fyra " -"poster:" +msgstr "Om installationen misslyckas kan det bli nödvändigt att försöka igen genom att använda några extra alternativ. Tryck på F6 för att få fram en meny som visar en ny rad kallad <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> och föreslå fyra poster:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1717,36 +1380,28 @@ msgstr "- Standard, det ändrar inget i standardalternativen." msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "" -"- Säkra inställningar, prioritet ges till de mer säkra alternativen på " -"bekostnad av prestanda." +msgstr "- Säkra inställningar, prioritet ges till de mer säkra alternativen på bekostnad av prestanda." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "" -"- Ingen ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), strömhantering " -"beaktas." +msgstr "- Ingen ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), strömhantering beaktas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "" -"- Ingen lokal APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), det " -"handlar om CPU-avbrott, välj detta alternativ om du blir tillfrågad." +msgstr "- Ingen lokal APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), det handlar om CPU-avbrott, välj detta alternativ om du blir tillfrågad." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "" -"När du väljer någon av dessa poster kommer det att ändra " -"standardalternativen som visas på <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>-raden." +msgstr "När du väljer någon av dessa poster kommer det att ändra standardalternativen som visas på <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>-raden." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1754,17 +1409,12 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "" -"I vissa utgåvor av Mageia kan det hända att posterna som valts i menyn med " -"F6 inte visas på raden <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>, men de beaktas " -"dock ändå." +msgstr "I vissa utgåvor av Mageia kan det hända att posterna som valts i menyn med F6 inte visas på raden <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>, men de beaktas dock ändå." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1777,17 +1427,12 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "" -"Att trycka på F1 öppnar ett nytt fönster med fler valbara alternativ. Välj " -"något med pil-tangenterna och tryck på enter för att få fler detaljer, eller " -"tryck på escape för att gå tillbaka till välkomstskärmen." +msgstr "Att trycka på F1 öppnar ett nytt fönster med fler valbara alternativ. Välj något med pil-tangenterna och tryck på enter för att få fler detaljer, eller tryck på escape för att gå tillbaka till välkomstskärmen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1796,18 +1441,12 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "" -"Detaljerad översikt för alternativet splash. Tryck på Esc eller välja " -"<guilabel>Tillbaka till Boot Options</guilabel> för att gå tillbaka till " -"listan med alternativ. Dessa alternativ kan läggas till för hand på raden " -"med <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>." +msgstr "Detaljerad översikt för alternativet splash. Tryck på Esc eller välja <guilabel>Tillbaka till Boot Options</guilabel> för att gå tillbaka till listan med alternativ. Dessa alternativ kan läggas till för hand på raden med <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1819,22 +1458,17 @@ msgstr "Hjälpen är översatt i det valda språket med F2-tangenten." msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "" -"Här är standard välkomstmeddelande vi använding av en trådburen " -"nätverksbaserad installations CD (Boot.iso eller Boot-Nonfree.iso)." +msgstr "Här är standard välkomstmeddelande vi använding av en trådburen nätverksbaserad installations CD (Boot.iso eller Boot-Nonfree.iso)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" -msgstr "" -"Det tillåter inte ändringar i språket, tillgängliga alternativ finns " -"beskrivna på skärmen. För mer information hur man använder en trådburen " -"nätverksbaserad installations-CD, se <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." -"org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageias Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" +msgstr "Det tillåter inte ändringar i språket, tillgängliga alternativ finns beskrivna på skärmen. För mer information hur man använder en trådburen nätverksbaserad installations-CD, se <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageias Wiki</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1844,11 +1478,9 @@ msgstr "Tangentbordslayouten är amerikansk." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1858,29 +1490,24 @@ msgstr "Installationsstegen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Installationsprocessen är indelad i ett antal steg som kan följas i " -"sidopanelen på skärmen." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "Installationsprocessen är indelad i ett antal steg som kan följas i sidopanelen på skärmen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Varje steg har en eller flera sidor som också kan ha <guibutton>Avancerat</" -"guibutton> knappar med mer, men sällan krävande alternativ." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Varje steg har en eller flera sidor som också kan ha <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> knappar med mer, men sällan krävande alternativ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"De flesta rutor har <guibutton>Hjälp</guibutton>-knappar som ger ytterligare " -"information om det nuvarande steget." +msgstr "De flesta rutor har <guibutton>Hjälp</guibutton>-knappar som ger ytterligare information om det nuvarande steget." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1890,18 +1517,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa " -"installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en " -"partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli " -"installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan " -"lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på " -"att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner " -"följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, " -"tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om." +msgstr "Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1913,32 +1532,25 @@ msgstr "Problem vid installation och möjliga lösningar" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Inget grafiskt gränssnitt" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Efter startmenyn så kom du inte till skärmen för språkval. Detta kan hända " -"med vissa grafikkort och äldre system. Prova med en låg upplösning genom att " -"skriva <code>vgalo</code> vid prompten." +msgstr "Efter startmenyn så kom du inte till skärmen för språkval. Detta kan hända med vissa grafikkort och äldre system. Prova med en låg upplösning genom att skriva <code>vgalo</code> vid prompten." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "" -"En grafisk installation kanske inte är möjlig om hårdvaran är väldigt " -"gammal. I sådana fall kan det vara värt att prova en textbaserad " -"installation. För att starta den tryck på Esc på välkomstskärmen och " -"bekräfta med enter. Du kommer att se en svart skärm med en rad där det står: " -"\"Boot:\" Skriv \"text\" på den raden och tryck på enter. Nu forsätter " -"installationen i textläge." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "En grafisk installation kanske inte är möjlig om hårdvaran är väldigt gammal. I sådana fall kan det vara värt att prova en textbaserad installation. För att starta den tryck på Esc på välkomstskärmen och bekräfta med enter. Du kommer att se en svart skärm med en rad där det står: \"Boot:\" Skriv \"text\" på den raden och tryck på enter. Nu forsätter installationen i textläge." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1953,12 +1565,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Om systemet verkar frysa sig under installationen så kan det bero på problem " -"med identifiering av hårdvara. Om så är fallet så kan den automatiska " -"hårdvaruidentifieringen förbigås och behandlas senare. För att prova detta, " -"skriv <code>noauto</code> vid prompten. Detta kan även kombineras med andra " -"alternativ om nödvändigt." +msgstr "Om systemet verkar frysa sig under installationen så kan det bero på problem med identifiering av hårdvara. Om så är fallet så kan den automatiska hårdvaruidentifieringen förbigås och behandlas senare. För att prova detta, skriv <code>noauto</code> vid prompten. Detta kan även kombineras med andra alternativ om nödvändigt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1970,18 +1577,14 @@ msgstr "RAM-problem" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"Dessa kommer sällan att behövas, men i vissa fall kan hårdvaran rapportera " -"tillgängligt RAM felaktigt. För att ange detta manuellt kan du använda " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parametern, där xxx är den korrekta mängden RAM. T. " -"ex. <code>mem=256M</code> anger 256MB RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "Dessa kommer sällan att behövas, men i vissa fall kan hårdvaran rapportera tillgängligt RAM felaktigt. För att ange detta manuellt kan du använda <code>mem=xxxM</code> parametern, där xxx är den korrekta mängden RAM. T. ex. <code>mem=256M</code> anger 256MB RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 msgid "Dynamic partitions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dynamiska partitioner" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:272 @@ -1989,38 +1592,39 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." -msgstr "" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "Om du har konverterat din hårddisk från grundläggande till dynamiskt format i Microsoft Windows så är det omöjligt att installera Mageia på den disken. Läs igenom Microsofts dokumentation om hur man återgår till en grundläggande disk: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/sv-se/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Uppdateringar" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Sedan denna version av <application>Mageia</application> släpptes så har " -"några paket blivit uppdaterade eller förbättrade." +msgstr "Sedan denna version av <application>Mageia</application> släpptes så har några paket blivit uppdaterade eller förbättrade." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -2028,10 +1632,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Välj <guilabel>ja</guilabel> om du önskar ladda ner och installera dem, välj " -"<guilabel>nej</guilabel> om du inte vill göra detta nu, eller om du inte är " -"ansluten till internet" +msgstr "Välj <guilabel>ja</guilabel> om du önskar ladda ner och installera dem, välj <guilabel>nej</guilabel> om du inte vill göra detta nu, eller om du inte är ansluten till internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -2043,71 +1644,55 @@ msgstr "Tryck sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att fortsätta" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Val av media (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Här har du en lista över tillgängliga arkiv. Alla arkiv är inte tillgängliga " -"beroende på vilket media du använder för att installera. Valet av arkiv " -"bestämmer vilka paket som kommer att vara tillgängliga för val i " -"nästkommande steg." +msgstr "Här har du en lista över tillgängliga arkiv. Alla arkiv är inte tillgängliga beroende på vilket media du använder för att installera. Valet av arkiv bestämmer vilka paket som kommer att vara tillgängliga för val i nästkommande steg." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Core</emphasis>-paketförrådet kan inte inaktiveras eftersom att " -"det innehåller basen för distributionen." +msgstr "<emphasis>Core</emphasis>-paketförrådet kan inte inaktiveras eftersom att det innehåller basen för distributionen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"Arkivet <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> innehåller paket som är gratis, dvs. " -"Mageia får lov att omdistrbuera dem men de innehåller programvara med stängd " -"källkod (därav namnet Nonfree). Som ett exempel innehåller detta arkiv " -"patentskyddade drivrutiner till grafikkort från nVidia och ATI, och även " -"firmware till olika WiFi-kort." +msgstr "Arkivet <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> innehåller paket som är gratis, dvs. Mageia får lov att omdistrbuera dem men de innehåller programvara med stängd källkod (därav namnet Nonfree). Som ett exempel innehåller detta arkiv patentskyddade drivrutiner till grafikkort från nVidia och ATI, och även firmware till olika WiFi-kort." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis>-förvaringsplatsen inkluderar paket som är " -"släppt under en Fri licens. Huvudsakliga kriterier för att placera paket i " -"denna förvaringsplats är att de kan motverka patent och kopierinsskyddslagar " -"i några länder, exempelvis multimedia-" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis>-förvaringsplatsen inkluderar paket som är släppt under en Fri licens. Huvudsakliga kriterier för att placera paket i denna förvaringsplats är att de kan motverka patent och kopierinsskyddslagar i några länder, exempelvis multimedia-" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -2118,11 +1703,9 @@ msgstr "Minimal installation" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Du kan välja en minimal installation genom att avmarkera allt på sidan för " -"paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "Du kan välja en minimal installation genom att avmarkera allt på sidan för paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -2131,21 +1714,14 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "" -"En minimal installation är ämnad för de som har en särskilda användingar för " -"sin <application>Mageia</application>, så som en server eller en " -"specialiserad arbetsstation. Du kommer förmodligen att använda detta " -"tillsammans med enskilda paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></" -"xref>." +msgstr "En minimal installation är ämnad för de som har en särskilda användingar för sin <application>Mageia</application>, så som en server eller en specialiserad arbetsstation. Du kommer förmodligen att använda detta tillsammans med enskilda paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Om du väljer denna installationsklass kommer relaterad ruta att erbjuda dig " -"ett fåtal extra-paket att installera så som dokumentation och X." +msgstr "Om du väljer denna installationsklass kommer relaterad ruta att erbjuda dig ett fåtal extra-paket att installera så som dokumentation och X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -2153,37 +1729,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Sammanfattning av diverse parametrar" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2192,11 +1765,7 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"DrakX gjorde smarta val för konfigurationen av ditt system beroende på de " -"val som du gjorde och på hårdvaran som DrakX upptäckte. Du kan kolla " -"inställningarna här och ändra dem om du vill efteråt genom att trycka " -"Konfigurera<guibutton></guibutton>." +msgstr "DrakX gjorde smarta val för konfigurationen av ditt system beroende på de val som du gjorde och på hårdvaran som DrakX upptäckte. Du kan kolla inställningarna här och ändra dem om du vill efteråt genom att trycka Konfigurera<guibutton></guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -2212,12 +1781,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tidszon</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" -msgstr "" -"DrakX valde en tidszon för dig, beroende på ditt föredragna språk. Du kan " -"ändra det om det behövs. Läs också <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></" -"xref>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "DrakX valde en tidszon för dig, beroende på ditt föredragna språk. Du kan ändra det om det behövs. Läs också <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -2229,9 +1795,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Land / Region</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Om du inte är i det valda landet så är det väldigt viktigt att du rättar " -"till inställningen. Läs <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" +msgstr "Om du inte är i det valda landet så är det väldigt viktigt att du rättar till inställningen. Läs <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -2262,11 +1826,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Användarhantering</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." -msgstr "" -"Du kan lägga till extra användare här. De kommer att få varsin <literal>/hem-" -"mapp</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "Du kan lägga till extra användare här. De kommer att få varsin <literal>/hem-mapp</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -2278,19 +1840,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tjänster</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "" -"Systemtjänster refererar till de små programmen som kör bakgrundsdemonerna. " -"Detta verktyg tillåter dig att aktivera eller inaktivera vissa " -"arbetsuppgifter." +msgstr "Systemtjänster refererar till de små programmen som kör bakgrundsdemonerna. Detta verktyg tillåter dig att aktivera eller inaktivera vissa arbetsuppgifter." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "" -"Du borde kolla försiktigt innan du ändrar något här - ett misstag kan " -"förhindra din dator från att fungera korrekt." +msgstr "Du borde kolla försiktigt innan du ändrar något här - ett misstag kan förhindra din dator från att fungera korrekt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -2312,9 +1869,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tangentbord</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"Det är här som du ställer in eller ändrar din tangetbordslayout som baseras " -"på var du befinner dig, språk eller typ av tangentbord." +msgstr "Det är här som du ställer in eller ändrar din tangetbordslayout som baseras på var du befinner dig, språk eller typ av tangentbord." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2326,9 +1881,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Mus</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "" -"Här kan du lägga till eller konfigurera andra pekdon, pekplattor, styrkulor " -"etc." +msgstr "Här kan du lägga till eller konfigurera andra pekdon, pekplattor, styrkulor etc." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -2338,13 +1891,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ljudkort</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "" -"Installationsprogrammet använder en standard drivrutin om en sådan finns. " -"Möjligheten att välja en annan ges bara när det finns mer än en drivrutin " -"för ditt ljudkort men där ingen av dem är standard." +msgstr "Installationsprogrammet använder en standard drivrutin om en sådan finns. Möjligheten att välja en annan ges bara när det finns mer än en drivrutin för ditt ljudkort men där ingen av dem är standard." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2353,9 +1903,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafiskt gränssnitt</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "" -"Denna sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera dina grafikkort och skärmar." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "Denna sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera dina grafikkort och skärmar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 @@ -2365,11 +1915,10 @@ msgstr "För mer information, läs <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>. #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2388,20 +1937,14 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "" -"Du kan konfigurera ditt nätverk här, men för nätverkskort med drivrutiner " -"som inte är gratis så är det bättre att göra detta efter omstart, i " -"<application>Mageia Control Center</application>, efter att ha aktiverat " -"Nonfree-medierna." +msgstr "Du kan konfigurera ditt nätverk här, men för nätverkskort med drivrutiner som inte är gratis så är det bättre att göra detta efter omstart, i <application>Mageia Control Center</application>, efter att ha aktiverat Nonfree-medierna." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"När du lägger till ett nätverkskort, glöm inte att ställa in din brandvägg " -"att kolla detta gränssnitt också." +msgstr "När du lägger till ett nätverkskort, glöm inte att ställa in din brandvägg att kolla detta gränssnitt också." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2414,19 +1957,14 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "" -"En proxyserver agerar som en förmedlare mellan din dator och nätet. Denna " -"sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera din dator för att utnyttja en " -"proxytjänst." +msgstr "En proxyserver agerar som en förmedlare mellan din dator och nätet. Denna sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera din dator för att utnyttja en proxytjänst." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" -msgstr "" -"Du kan behöva konsultera din systemadministratör för att få parametrarna som " -"du behöver ange här" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "Du kan behöva konsultera din systemadministratör för att få parametrarna som du behöver ange här" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -2441,11 +1979,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Säkerhetsnivå</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "" -"Här ställer du in säkerhetsnivån för din dator, i de flesta fallen så är " -"standardinställningen (Standard) adekvat för generell användning." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "Här ställer du in säkerhetsnivån för din dator, i de flesta fallen så är standardinställningen (Standard) adekvat för generell användning." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -2462,62 +1998,50 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Brandvägg</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "" -"En brandvägg är till för att vara en barriär mellan din viktiga data och " -"rackare ute på nätet som skulle ta över eller stjäla det." +msgstr "En brandvägg är till för att vara en barriär mellan din viktiga data och rackare ute på nätet som skulle ta över eller stjäla det." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "" -"Välj tjänsterna som du önskar ska få tillgång till ditt system. Dina val är " -"beroende på vad du använder din dator till." +msgstr "Välj tjänsterna som du önskar ska få tillgång till ditt system. Dina val är beroende på vad du använder din dator till." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "" -"Ha i åtanke att om du tillåter allt (ingen brandvägg) så tar du en stor risk." +msgstr "Ha i åtanke att om du tillåter allt (ingen brandvägg) så tar du en stor risk." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "" -"Ändra storlek på <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application>-partitionen" +msgstr "Ändra storlek på <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>-partitionen" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Du har mer än en <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application>-partition. Välj vilken som ska göras mindre för att frigöra " -"utrymme så att <application>Mageia</application> kan installeras." +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Du har mer än en <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>-partition. Välj vilken som ska göras mindre för att frigöra utrymme så att <application>Mageia</application> kan installeras." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Säkerhetsnivå" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2528,380 +2052,392 @@ msgstr "Här justerar du din säkerhetsnivå." #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "" -"Om du inte vet vad du ska välja så lämna standardinställningarna som de är." +msgstr "Om du inte vet vad du ska välja så lämna standardinställningarna som de är." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Efter installationen så kommer det alltid att finnas möjlighet att justera " -"dina säkerhetsinställningar i <guilabel>Säkerhet</guilabel>-delen av Mageia " -"Control Center." +msgstr "Efter installationen så kommer det alltid att finnas möjlighet att justera dina säkerhetsinställningar i <guilabel>Säkerhet</guilabel>-delen av Mageia Control Center." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 -#, fuzzy msgid "Select and use ISOs" -msgstr "Välj mus" +msgstr "Välj och använd ISO-filer" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 msgid "Media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 msgid "Definition" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definition" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 msgid "" "We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " "Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Här anger vi ett media som i detta fall är en ISO-fil, som används för att installera och eller uppgradera Mageia, samt allt fysiskt stöd där ISO-filen är kopierad." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." -msgstr "" +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." +msgstr "Du hittar dem <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">här</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 -#, fuzzy msgid "Classical installation media" -msgstr "Installationsstegen" +msgstr "Klassiska installtionsmedier" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 msgid "Common features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vanliga funktioner" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De använder den traditionella installeraren drakx." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De kan utföra en ren installation eller uppdatera från en tidigare version." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dvd" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitektur." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vissa verktyg är tillgängliga från välkomstskärmen: Räddningssystem, minnestest och identifiering av hårdvara." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Varje DVD innehåller alla tillgängliga skrivbordsmiljöer och språk." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " "software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kommer att få välja under installationen om du vill lägga till programvara som inte är fri." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 msgid "DVD dual arch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVD för multiarkitektur" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Båda arkitekturerna finns på samma media. Valet görs automatiskt enligt identifierad processor." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Xfce desktop only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Endast skrivbordsmiljön Xfce." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" -"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " -"TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)" +" TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "Enbart vissa språk (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) SOM SKA MARKERAS!" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Den innehåller ej fri programvara." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 msgid "Live media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Live media" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kan användas för att förhandsgranska distributionen utan att installera den på hårddisken, och efteråt att eventuellt installera Mageia." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ISO-filen innehåller bara en skrivbordsmiljö (KDE eller GNOME)." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISO-filer kan endast användas för en ren installation, de kan inte användas för att uppgradera från en tidigare version.</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contains non free software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De innehåller ej fri programvara." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 msgid "Live CD KDE" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Live CD KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Endast skrivbordsmiljön KDE." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 msgid "English language only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enbart det engelska språket." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bits only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enbart 32-bitars." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 msgid "Live CD GNOME" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Live CD GNOME" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Endast skrivbordsmiljön GNOME." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 msgid "Live DVD KDE" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Live DVD KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alla språk finns med." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 msgid "Boot-only CDs media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Boot-bara CDs" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " -"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " -"local network or on the Internet." -msgstr "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete " +"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, " +"on a local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "Var och en är en liten avbild som innehållet enbart det som behövs för att starta drakx-installeraren och för att sedan fortsätta och slutföra installationen från en ISO-fil. ISO-filerna kan finnas antingen lokalt på datorn, lokalt nätverk eller på internet." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " -"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " -"can't boot on a USB stick." -msgstr "" +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that" +" can't boot on a USB stick." +msgstr "Dessa media är väldigt små (mindre än 100MB) och är användbara om hastigheten är för långsam för att antingen ladda ner en hel DVD, datorn saknar DVD-enhet eller om datorn inte kan boota från ett USB-minne." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 msgid "boot.iso" -msgstr "" +msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Innehåller enbart fri programvara, för personer som vägrar att använda ej fri programvara." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" -msgstr "" +msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 msgid "" "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Innehåller ej fri programvara (vanligtvis drivrutiner, codecs...) för de som behöver." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 msgid "Media downloading and checking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hämtar media och kontrollerar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hämtar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used " -"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " -"chosen, you can also see something like" -msgstr "" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the " +"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"http is chosen, you can also see something like" +msgstr "När du har bestämt vilken ISO-fil du vill använda kan du ladda ner den antingen genom http eller BitTorrent. I båda fallen får du lite information om vilken spegel som används och möjlighet att ändra om hastigheten är för långsam. Om du väljer http kan du även se något av följande" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " "failure. Then this window appears:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "md5sum och sha1sum är verktyg som används för att kontrollera integriteten på ISO-filen. Använd bara en av dem. Båda värdena i hexadecimalt format har beräknats av en algoritm från filen som ska laddas ner. Du kan räkna ut värdet med algoritmen när du har laddat ner filen. Om du har samma nummer så är filen intakt, eller så skiljer de sig och du har en felaktig fil. Då öppnas följande fönster:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Markera knappen Spara fil." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontrollerar integritet av hämtat media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Öppna en konsol, behöver inte vara root, och:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "- För att använda md5sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum sökväg/till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "- För att använda sha1sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum sökväg/till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "och jämför erhållet nummer från din dator (du kanske måste vänta ett tag) med det nummer som Mageia har försett. Exempel:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bränn eller dumpa ISO-filen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Den markerade ISO-filen kan nu brännas eller dumpas till ett USB-minne. Det här är inte bara en enkel kopiering, utan skapar även ett boot-bart media." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bränn ISO-filen till en CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" +"not correct. More information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." +msgstr "Använd vilken brännare du vill men se till att enheten är inställd på att <emphasis role=\"bold\">bränna en avbild</emphasis>, att bränna data eller filer är inkorrekt. Du hittar mer information på <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageias Wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dumpa ISO-filen på ett USB-minne" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick " "and use it to boot and install the system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alla ISO-filer från Mageia är hybrider vilket innebär att du kan dumpa dem på ett USB-minne och använda det för att starta och installera systemet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330 @@ -2909,162 +2445,167 @@ msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in " "the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced " "to the image size." -msgstr "" +msgstr "att dumpa en avbild på en flash-enhet förstör all de tidigare filsystem som finns på partitionen. All data förloras och partitionen kommer att minskas till avbildens storlek." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick." -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att återställa den ursprungliga kapaciteten måste du formatera USB-minnet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 -#, fuzzy msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Använder en Mageia-uppstartshanterare" +msgstr "Använda Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "Du kan använda ett grafiskt verktyg som t. ex. <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kan även använda verktyget dd i en konsol:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "Open a console" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Öppna en konsol" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final -)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bli root genom att skriva kommandot <userinput>su -</userinput> (glöm inte bort -)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" -"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " -"or file manager that read it)" -msgstr "" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application" +" or file manager that read it)" +msgstr "Anslut ditt USB-minne (montera inte det, dvs. öppna inget program eller filhanterare som läser det)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skriv kommandot <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leta upp enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne (genom dess storlek), t. ex. /dev/sdb i skärmdumpen ovan är ett USB-minne på 8GB." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skriv kommandot: # <userinput>dd if=sökväg/till/the/ISO-filen of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "" -"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/" -"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd " +"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb " +"bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "(x)=din enhets namn, t. ex. /dev/sdc Exempel: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skriv kommandot: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Koppla från ditt USB-minne och sedan är allt klart." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använda Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "You can try:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kan prova:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -#, fuzzy msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Minimal installation" +msgstr "Installera Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "Det här steget beskrivs i detalj i <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">Mageias dokumentation</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" +"More information, is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." +msgstr "Mer information är tillgänglig på <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageias Wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Välj ditt land / region" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -3072,19 +2613,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Välj ditt land eller region. Det är viktigt för alla typer av " -"inställningar, så som valutan och trådlös regulär domän. Att ställa in fel " -"land kan leda till att en trådlös nätverksanslutning inte fungerar." +msgstr "Välj ditt land eller region. Det är viktigt för alla typer av inställningar, så som valutan och trådlös regulär domän. Att ställa in fel land kan leda till att en trådlös nätverksanslutning inte fungerar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Om ditt land inte finns i listan så klicka på <guilabel>Andra länder</" -"guilabel>-knappen och välj ditt land / region där." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "Om ditt land inte finns i listan så klicka på <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel>-knappen och välj ditt land / region där." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -3093,11 +2629,7 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Om ditt land enbart finns i listan över <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> " -"efter att du har klickat på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> så kan det verka som " -"att ett land från första listan har valts. DrakX kommer att följa ditt " -"riktiga val så ignorera detta.." +msgstr "Om ditt land enbart finns i listan över <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> efter att du har klickat på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> så kan det verka som att ett land från första listan har valts. DrakX kommer att följa ditt riktiga val så ignorera detta.." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -3108,24 +2640,14 @@ msgstr "Inmatningsmetod" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"I <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel>-fönstret så kan du också välja en " -"inmatningsmetod (på botten av bistan). Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare " -"att mata in flerspråkiga karaktärer (Kinesiska, Japanska, Koreanska, osv). " -"IBus är den huvudsakliga inmatningsmetoden i Mageia's DVD:er, Afrika/Indien " -"och Asien/icke-Indien Live CD-skivor. För Asiatiska och Afrikanska " -"språkversioner, IBus kommer att anges som huvudsaklig inmatningsmetod så " -"användare borde inte behöva konfigurera detta manuellt. Andra " -"inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, osv) erbjuder också liknander " -"funktioner och kan installeras om du la till HTTP/FTP-medier innan val av " -"paket." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "I <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel>-fönstret så kan du också välja en inmatningsmetod (på botten av bistan). Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare att mata in flerspråkiga karaktärer (Kinesiska, Japanska, Koreanska, osv). IBus är den huvudsakliga inmatningsmetoden i Mageia's DVD:er, Afrika/Indien och Asien/icke-Indien Live CD-skivor. För Asiatiska och Afrikanska språkversioner, IBus kommer att anges som huvudsaklig inmatningsmetod så användare borde inte behöva konfigurera detta manuellt. Andra inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, osv) erbjuder också liknander funktioner och kan installeras om du la till HTTP/FTP-medier innan val av paket." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -3133,11 +2655,7 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Om du missade att ställa in inmatningsmetoden under installationen så kan du " -"få tillgång till det efter det att du startade ditt installerade system via " -"\"Konfigurera din Dator\" -> \"System\", eller genom att köra localedrake " -"som root." +msgstr "Om du missade att ställa in inmatningsmetoden under installationen så kan du få tillgång till det efter det att du startade ditt installerade system via \"Konfigurera din Dator\" -> \"System\", eller genom att köra localedrake som root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -3147,11 +2665,9 @@ msgstr "Installation eller Uppgradering" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -3162,9 +2678,7 @@ msgstr "Installera" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" -"Välj detta alternativ för en fräsch <application>Mageia</application>-" -"installation." +msgstr "Välj detta alternativ för en fräsch <application>Mageia</application>-installation." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -3177,10 +2691,7 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "" -"Om du har en eller flera <application>Mageia</application>-installationer på " -"ditt system, kommer installationsprogrammet tillåta dig att uppgradera en av " -"dem till den senaste utgåvan." +msgstr "Om du har en eller flera <application>Mageia</application>-installationer på ditt system, kommer installationsprogrammet tillåta dig att uppgradera en av dem till den senaste utgåvan." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -3188,48 +2699,31 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "" -"Endast uppgradering från en tidigare Mageia-version som " -"<emphasis>fortfarande hade support</emphasis> när installationen släpptes " -"har blivit ordentligt testat. Om du vill uppgradera en Mageia-version som " -"har nått sin slutcykel när denna släpptes är det bättre att göra en ren " -"installation, medans du bevarar din <literal>/home</literal>-partition." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "Endast uppgradering från en tidigare Mageia-version som <emphasis>fortfarande hade support</emphasis> när installationen släpptes har blivit ordentligt testat. Om du vill uppgradera en Mageia-version som har nått sin slutcykel när denna släpptes är det bättre att göra en ren installation, medans du bevarar din <literal>/home</literal>-partition." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa " -"installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en " -"partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli " -"installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan " -"lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på " -"att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner " -"följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, " -"tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "" -"Om du upptäckt att du glömde välja ytterligare språk kan du återvända från " -"\"Installera eller Uppgradera\"-skärmen till språkvalssidan genom att trycka " -"ner <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Gör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> detta " -"senare i installationen." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "Om du upptäckt att du glömde välja ytterligare språk kan du återvända från \"Installera eller Uppgradera\"-skärmen till språkvalssidan genom att trycka ner <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Gör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> detta senare i installationen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -3241,62 +2735,43 @@ msgstr "Tangentbord" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"DrakX väljer ett passande tangentbord för ditt språk. Om inget passande " -"tangentbord är funnet så kommer det att välja ett tangentbord med amerikansk " -"layout." +msgstr "DrakX väljer ett passande tangentbord för ditt språk. Om inget passande tangentbord är funnet så kommer det att välja ett tangentbord med amerikansk layout." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "" -"Försäkra dig om att valet är korrekt eller välj en annan tangenbordslayout. " -"Om du inte vet vilken layout ditt tangentbord har, kontrollera " -"specifikationen som följde med ditt system eller kontakta en " -"datorleverantör. Det kan även finnas en etikett på tangentbordet som talar " -"om vilken layout det har. Du kan även ta en titt här: <link xlink:href=" -"\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "Försäkra dig om att valet är korrekt eller välj en annan tangenbordslayout. Om du inte vet vilken layout ditt tangentbord har, kontrollera specifikationen som följde med ditt system eller kontakta en datorleverantör. Det kan även finnas en etikett på tangentbordet som talar om vilken layout det har. Du kan även ta en titt här: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "" -"Om ditt tangentbord inte finns i nedanstående lista, klicka på " -"<guibutton>Fler</guibutton> för att få en fullständig lista och välj ditt " -"tangentbord där." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "Om ditt tangentbord inte finns i nedanstående lista, klicka på <guibutton>Fler</guibutton> för att få en fullständig lista och välj ditt tangentbord där." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "" -"Efter att ha valt ett tangentbord från dialogrutan <guibutton>Mer</" -"guibutton>, kommer du att återgå till det första valet för tangentbord och " -"det kommer att verka som ett tangentbord från den sidan har valts. Du kan " -"säkert ignorera denna avvikelse och fortsätta installationen. Ditt " -"tangentbord är det du valde i den stora listan." +msgstr "Efter att ha valt ett tangentbord från dialogrutan <guibutton>Mer</guibutton>, kommer du att återgå till det första valet för tangentbord och det kommer att verka som ett tangentbord från den sidan har valts. Du kan säkert ignorera denna avvikelse och fortsätta installationen. Ditt tangentbord är det du valde i den stora listan." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -3304,10 +2779,7 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "" -"Om du väljer ett tangentbord som baseras på icke-Latinska tecken så kommer " -"du att se en extra dialogruta som frågar dig hur du föredrar att byta mellan " -"Latin och icke-Latinsk tangentbordslayout" +msgstr "Om du väljer ett tangentbord som baseras på icke-Latinska tecken så kommer du att se en extra dialogruta som frågar dig hur du föredrar att byta mellan Latin och icke-Latinsk tangentbordslayout" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -3320,53 +2792,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Välj ditt föredragna språk, genom att först expandera listan över din " -"kontinent. <application>Mageia</application> kommer att använda detta val " -"under installationen och för ditt installerade system." +msgstr "Välj ditt föredragna språk, genom att först expandera listan över din kontinent. <application>Mageia</application> kommer att använda detta val under installationen och för ditt installerade system." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"Om det troligt att du kommer att behöva ett flertal språk installerade i " -"ditt system, antingen för dig själv eller andra användare så borde du " -"använda knappen för <guibutton>Fler språk</guibutton> för att lägga till dem " -"nu. Det kommer att vara svårt att lägga till extra språkstöd efter " -"installationen." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Om det troligt att du kommer att behöva ett flertal språk installerade i ditt system, antingen för dig själv eller andra användare så borde du använda knappen för <guibutton>Fler språk</guibutton> för att lägga till dem nu. Det kommer att vara svårt att lägga till extra språkstöd efter installationen." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Även om du väljer mer än ett språk så måste du välja en av dessa som " -"föredraget språk en den första språk-rutan. Det kommer också att bli märkt " -"som vald i rutan för flertalet språk." +msgstr "Även om du väljer mer än ett språk så måste du välja en av dessa som föredraget språk en den första språk-rutan. Det kommer också att bli märkt som vald i rutan för flertalet språk." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Om ditt tangetbordspråk inte är samma som ditt föredragna språk så är det " -"rådande att också installera språket för ditt tangetbord." +msgstr "Om ditt tangetbordspråk inte är samma som ditt föredragna språk så är det rådande att också installera språket för ditt tangetbord." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -3374,64 +2831,52 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"Mageia använder UTF-8 (Unicode) stöd som standard. Detta kan inaktiveras i " -"rutan för \"flera språk\" om du vet att det är olämpligt för ditt språk. " -"Inaktivering av UTF-8 gäller för alla installerade språk." +msgstr "Mageia använder UTF-8 (Unicode) stöd som standard. Detta kan inaktiveras i rutan för \"flera språk\" om du vet att det är olämpligt för ditt språk. Inaktivering av UTF-8 gäller för alla installerade språk." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Du kan ändra systemets språk efter installationen via Mageia Control Center -" -"> System -> Ändra språk för ditt system." +msgstr "Du kan ändra systemets språk efter installationen via Mageia Control Center -> System -> Ändra språk för ditt system." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Välj mus" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "" -"Om du inte är nöjd med hur din mus svarar så kan du välja en annan här." +msgstr "Om du inte är nöjd med hur din mus svarar så kan du välja en annan här." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Oftast så är <guilabel>Universiella</guilabel> - <guilabel>Alla PS/2 och USB-" -"möss</guilabel> ett bra val." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "Oftast så är <guilabel>Universiella</guilabel> - <guilabel>Alla PS/2 och USB-möss</guilabel> ett bra val." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "" -"Välj <guilabel>Universiell</guilabel> - <guilabel>Tvinga evdev</guilabel> " -"för att konfigurera knapparna som inte fungerar på en mus med sex eller fler " -"knappar." +msgstr "Välj <guilabel>Universiell</guilabel> - <guilabel>Tvinga evdev</guilabel> för att konfigurera knapparna som inte fungerar på en mus med sex eller fler knappar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 @@ -3441,13 +2886,10 @@ msgstr "Lägg till eller modifiera en post för uppstartsmenyn" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 @@ -3455,94 +2897,75 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Du kan lägga till en post eller redigera den du först väljer genom att " -"klicka på tillhörande knapp på skrärmen för <emphasis>Konfigurering av " -"starthanterare</emphasis> och redigera i fönstret som dyker upp ovanpå." +msgstr "Du kan lägga till en post eller redigera den du först väljer genom att klicka på tillhörande knapp på skrärmen för <emphasis>Konfigurering av starthanterare</emphasis> och redigera i fönstret som dyker upp ovanpå." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Några saker som kan göras utan risk är att ändra etiketten av en post och " -"markera kryssrutan för att ange den som standard." +msgstr "Några saker som kan göras utan risk är att ändra etiketten av en post och markera kryssrutan för att ange den som standard." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Du kan lägga till ett korrekt versionsnummer för en post eller döpa om det " -"helt." +msgstr "Du kan lägga till ett korrekt versionsnummer för en post eller döpa om det helt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"Den huvudsakliga posten är det som systemet startar till om du inte gör ett " -"val vid uppstart." +msgstr "Den huvudsakliga posten är det som systemet startar till om du inte gör ett val vid uppstart." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Att redigera andra saker kan lämna dig med ett ej uppstartbart system. Var " -"snäll och prova inte bara något utan att veta vad du gör." +msgstr "Att redigera andra saker kan lämna dig med ett ej uppstartbart system. Var snäll och prova inte bara något utan att veta vad du gör." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Huvudsakliga alternativ för uppstartshanterare" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "" -"Om du föredrar andra inställningar för uppstartsladdaren för de som är " -"automatiskt valda av installationen så kan du ändra dessa här." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "Om du föredrar andra inställningar för uppstartsladdaren för de som är automatiskt valda av installationen så kan du ändra dessa här." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Du har kanske redan ett operativsystem på din dator, i så fall måste du " -"välja om du vill lägga till Mageia in den existerande starthanteraren, eller " -"tillåta Mageia att skapa en ny." +msgstr "Du har kanske redan ett operativsystem på din dator, i så fall måste du välja om du vill lägga till Mageia in den existerande starthanteraren, eller tillåta Mageia att skapa en ny." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3561,19 +2984,14 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Som standard skriver Mageia en ny GRUB (legacy) starthanterare i MBR (Master " -"Boot Record) på din första hårddisk. Om du redan har ett operativsystem " -"installerat kommer Mageia att försöka lägga till detta i din nya startmeny." +msgstr "Som standard skriver Mageia en ny GRUB (legacy) starthanterare i MBR (Master Boot Record) på din första hårddisk. Om du redan har ett operativsystem installerat kommer Mageia att försöka lägga till detta i din nya startmeny." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" -"Mageia erbjuder nu även GRUB2 som en valfri starthanterare tillsammans med " -"GRUB legacy och Lilo." +msgstr "Mageia erbjuder nu även GRUB2 som en valfri starthanterare tillsammans med GRUB legacy och Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3581,19 +2999,14 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "" -"Linuxsystem som använder GRUB2 starthanterare stöds i dagsläget inte av GRUB " -"(legacy) och kommer inte att kännas igen om standard GRUB-starthanterare " -"används." +msgstr "Linuxsystem som använder GRUB2 starthanterare stöds i dagsläget inte av GRUB (legacy) och kommer inte att kännas igen om standard GRUB-starthanterare används." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "" -"Den bästa lösningen här är att använda GRUB2 som starthanterare, som är " -"tillgänglig på översiktssidan under installation." +msgstr "Den bästa lösningen här är att använda GRUB2 som starthanterare, som är tillgänglig på översiktssidan under installation." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3604,56 +3017,41 @@ msgstr "Använder en existerande uppstartshanterare" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." -msgstr "" -"Om du bestämmer dig för att använda en befintlig starthanterare måste du " -"komma ihåg att STOPPA på översiktssidan under installationen. Klicka på " -"knappen <guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton> starthanterare som tillåter dig " -"att ändra var du vill installera starthanteraren." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "Om du bestämmer dig för att använda en befintlig starthanterare måste du komma ihåg att STOPPA på översiktssidan under installationen. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton> starthanterare som tillåter dig att ändra var du vill installera starthanteraren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "" -"Välj inte en enhet som t. ex. \"sda\", för då skriver du över din befintliga " -"MBR. Du måste använda root-partitionen som du valde i partitioneringsfasen " -"tidigare, t. ex. sda7." +msgstr "Välj inte en enhet som t. ex. \"sda\", för då skriver du över din befintliga MBR. Du måste använda root-partitionen som du valde i partitioneringsfasen tidigare, t. ex. sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "" -"För att klargöra, sda är en enhet, sda7 är en partition på den enheten." +msgstr "För att klargöra, sda är en enhet, sda7 är en partition på den enheten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." -msgstr "" -"Gå till tty2 med Ctrl+Alt+F2 och skriv <literal>df</literal> för att " -"kontrollera vilken din <literal>/</literal> (root) partition är. Ctrl+Alt+F7 " -"tar dig tillbaka till installationen." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "Gå till tty2 med Ctrl+Alt+F2 och skriv <literal>df</literal> för att kontrollera vilken din <literal>/</literal> (root) partition är. Ctrl+Alt+F7 tar dig tillbaka till installationen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "" -"Den exakta proceduren för att lägga till ditt Mageia-system i en befintlig " -"starthanterare är utanför ramen av denna hjälp. I de felsta fall innebär det " -"att köra installationsprogrammet för starthanteraren som bör hitta och lägga " -"till det automatiskt. Se dokumentationen för operativsystemet i fråga." +msgstr "Den exakta proceduren för att lägga till ditt Mageia-system i en befintlig starthanterare är utanför ramen av denna hjälp. I de felsta fall innebär det att köra installationsprogrammet för starthanteraren som bör hitta och lägga till det automatiskt. Se dokumentationen för operativsystemet i fråga." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3664,57 +3062,48 @@ msgstr "Avancerat alternativ för starthanteraren" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "" -"Om du har väldigt med begränsat lagringsutrymme för <literal>/</literal> " -"partitionen som innehåller <literal>/tmp</literal>, klicka på " -"<guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och kryssa i rutan <guilabel>Rensa /tmp vid " -"varje start</guilabel>. Detta hjälper till att upprätthålla en viss mängd " -"fritt utrymme." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "Om du har väldigt med begränsat lagringsutrymme för <literal>/</literal> partitionen som innehåller <literal>/tmp</literal>, klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och kryssa i rutan <guilabel>Rensa /tmp vid varje start</guilabel>. Detta hjälper till att upprätthålla en viss mängd fritt utrymme." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Ställ in SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" -"DrakX brukar vanligtvis upptäcka hårddiskar på rätt sätt. Med vissa äldre " -"SCSI-kontrollers kan den ibland inte hitta en lämplig drivrutin att använda " -"och kan därför inte känna igen disken." +msgstr "DrakX brukar vanligtvis upptäcka hårddiskar på rätt sätt. Med vissa äldre SCSI-kontrollers kan den ibland inte hitta en lämplig drivrutin att använda och kan därför inte känna igen disken." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "" -"Om detta inträffar måste du manuellt tala om för DrakX vilken SCSI-disk du " -"har." +msgstr "Om detta inträffar måste du manuellt tala om för DrakX vilken SCSI-disk du har." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -3726,15 +3115,13 @@ msgstr "DrakX bör då kunna konfigurera disken korrekt." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Ljudkonfiguration" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3742,9 +3129,7 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "" -"På denna sida visas namnet på drivrutinen som installationsprogrammet valde " -"för ditt ljudkort, som är en standard drivrutin om vi har en sådan." +msgstr "På denna sida visas namnet på drivrutinen som installationsprogrammet valde för ditt ljudkort, som är en standard drivrutin om vi har en sådan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3754,22 +3139,16 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Standard drivrutin bör fungera utan problem. Men om du efter installationen " -"stöter på problem, kör <command>draksound</command> eller starta detta " -"verktyg via MCC (Mageia Control Center) genom att välja fliken " -"<guilabel>Hårdvara</guilabel> längst upp till höger på sidan." +msgstr "Standard drivrutin bör fungera utan problem. Men om du efter installationen stöter på problem, kör <command>draksound</command> eller starta detta verktyg via MCC (Mageia Control Center) genom att välja fliken <guilabel>Hårdvara</guilabel> längst upp till höger på sidan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." -msgstr "" -"Sedan, i draksound eller \"Ljudkonfiguration\" under verktyg, klicka på " -"<guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och sedan på <guibutton>Felsökning</" -"guibutton> för att se användbara tips och råd om hur problemet kan lösas." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "Sedan, i draksound eller \"Ljudkonfiguration\" under verktyg, klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och sedan på <guibutton>Felsökning</guibutton> för att se användbara tips och råd om hur problemet kan lösas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3782,54 +3161,44 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "" -"Att klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> på denna skärm under " -"installation kan vara bra om det inte finns någon standard drivrutin och där " -"är flera andra tillgängliga, men du tror att installationsprogrammet har " -"valt en felaktig drivrutin." +msgstr "Att klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> på denna skärm under installation kan vara bra om det inte finns någon standard drivrutin och där är flera andra tillgängliga, men du tror att installationsprogrammet har valt en felaktig drivrutin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"I det fallet kan du välja en annan drivrutin efter att ha klickat på " -"<guibutton>Låt mig välja drivrutin</guibutton>." +msgstr "I det fallet kan du välja en annan drivrutin efter att ha klickat på <guibutton>Låt mig välja drivrutin</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Bekräfta hårddisken som ska formateras" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Klicka på <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på ditt val." +msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på ditt val." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> om du är säker och vill radera alla " -"partitioner, operativsystem och data på på den hårddisken " +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> om du är säker och vill radera alla partitioner, operativsystem och data på på den hårddisken " diff --git a/docs/installer/sv/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/sv/DrakX.xml index a9a30917..dff9e0dd 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sv/DrakX.xml @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ <!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> <!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> <!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur--> <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> --> <info> @@ -37,9 +38,12 @@ Team</link>, om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual.</para> + + <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/> + <xi:include href="installer.xml"/> <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> diff --git a/docs/installer/sv/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/sv/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ebaa8553 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sv/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,413 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs" version="5.0" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 --> +<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Välj och använd ISO-filer</title> + </info> + + <section> + <title>Media</title> + + <section> + <title>Definition</title> + + <para>Här anger vi ett media som i detta fall är en ISO-fil, som används för att +installera och eller uppgradera Mageia, samt allt fysiskt stöd där ISO-filen +är kopierad.</para> + + <para>Du hittar dem <link +ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">här</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Klassiska installtionsmedier</title> + + <section> + <title>Vanliga funktioner</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>De använder den traditionella installeraren drakx.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>De kan utföra en ren installation eller uppdatera från en tidigare version.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Dvd</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitektur.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Vissa verktyg är tillgängliga från välkomstskärmen: Räddningssystem, +minnestest och identifiering av hårdvara.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Varje DVD innehåller alla tillgängliga skrivbordsmiljöer och språk.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Du kommer att få välja under installationen om du vill lägga till +programvara som inte är fri.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD för multiarkitektur</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Båda arkitekturerna finns på samma media. Valet görs automatiskt enligt +identifierad processor.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Endast skrivbordsmiljön Xfce.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enbart vissa språk (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) +SOM SKA MARKERAS!</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Den innehåller ej fri programvara.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live media</title> + + <section> + <title>Vanliga funktioner</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Kan användas för att förhandsgranska distributionen utan att installera den +på hårddisken, och efteråt att eventuellt installera Mageia.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>ISO-filen innehåller bara en skrivbordsmiljö (KDE eller GNOME).</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitektur.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISO-filer kan endast användas för en ren +installation, de kan inte användas för att uppgradera från en tidigare +version.</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>De innehåller ej fri programvara.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Endast skrivbordsmiljön KDE.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enbart det engelska språket.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enbart 32-bitars.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Endast skrivbordsmiljön GNOME.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enbart det engelska språket.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enbart 32-bitars.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Endast skrivbordsmiljön KDE.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Alla språk finns med.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitektur.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Endast skrivbordsmiljön GNOME.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Alla språk finns med.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitektur.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Boot-bara CDs</title> + + <section> + <title>Vanliga funktioner</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Var och en är en liten avbild som innehållet enbart det som behövs för att +starta drakx-installeraren och för att sedan fortsätta och slutföra +installationen från en ISO-fil. ISO-filerna kan finnas antingen lokalt på +datorn, lokalt nätverk eller på internet.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Dessa media är väldigt små (mindre än 100MB) och är användbara om +hastigheten är för långsam för att antingen ladda ner en hel DVD, datorn +saknar DVD-enhet eller om datorn inte kan boota från ett USB-minne.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitektur.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enbart det engelska språket.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Innehåller enbart fri programvara, för personer som vägrar att använda ej +fri programvara.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot-nonfree.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Innehåller ej fri programvara (vanligtvis drivrutiner, codecs...) för de som +behöver.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Hämtar media och kontrollerar</title> + + <section> + <title>Hämtar</title> + + <para>När du har bestämt vilken ISO-fil du vill använda kan du ladda ner den +antingen genom http eller BitTorrent. I båda fallen får du lite information +om vilken spegel som används och möjlighet att ändra om hastigheten är för +långsam. Om du väljer http kan du även se något av följande</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>md5sum och sha1sum är verktyg som används för att kontrollera integriteten +på ISO-filen. Använd bara en av dem. Båda värdena i hexadecimalt format har +beräknats av en algoritm från filen som ska laddas ner. Du kan räkna ut +värdet med algoritmen när du har laddat ner filen. Om du har samma nummer så +är filen intakt, eller så skiljer de sig och du har en felaktig fil. Då +öppnas följande fönster:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Markera knappen Spara fil.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Kontrollerar integritet av hämtat media</title> + + <para>Öppna en konsol, behöver inte vara root, och:</para> + + <para>- För att använda md5sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum +sökväg/till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>- För att använda sha1sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum +sökväg/till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>och jämför erhållet nummer från din dator (du kanske måste vänta ett tag) +med det nummer som Mageia har försett. Exempel:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Md5sum.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Bränn eller dumpa ISO-filen.</title> + + <para>Den markerade ISO-filen kan nu brännas eller dumpas till ett USB-minne. Det +här är inte bara en enkel kopiering, utan skapar även ett boot-bart media.</para> + + <section> + <title>Bränn ISO-filen till en CD/DVD</title> + + <para>Använd vilken brännare du vill men se till att enheten är inställd på att +<emphasis role="bold">bränna en avbild</emphasis>, att bränna data eller +filer är inkorrekt. Du hittar mer information på <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">Mageias +Wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Dumpa ISO-filen på ett USB-minne</title> + + <para>Alla ISO-filer från Mageia är hybrider vilket innebär att du kan dumpa dem +på ett USB-minne och använda det för att starta och installera systemet.</para> + + <warning> + <para>att dumpa en avbild på en flash-enhet förstör all de tidigare filsystem som +finns på partitionen. All data förloras och partitionen kommer att minskas +till avbildens storlek.</para> + </warning> + + <para>För att återställa den ursprungliga kapaciteten måste du formatera +USB-minnet.</para> + + <section> + <title>Använda Mageia</title> + + <para>Du kan använda ett grafiskt verktyg som t. ex. <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para> + + <para>Du kan även använda verktyget dd i en konsol:</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Öppna en konsol</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Bli root genom att skriva kommandot <userinput>su -</userinput> (glöm inte +bort -)</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Anslut ditt USB-minne (montera inte det, dvs. öppna inget program eller +filhanterare som läser det)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Skriv kommandot <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Fdisk.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Leta upp enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne (genom dess storlek), +t. ex. /dev/sdb i skärmdumpen ovan är ett USB-minne på 8GB.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Skriv kommandot: # <userinput>dd if=sökväg/till/the/ISO-filen of=/dev/sdX +bs=1M</userinput></para> + + <para>(x)=din enhets namn, t. ex. /dev/sdc Exempel: # <userinput>dd +if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb +bs=1M</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Skriv kommandot: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Koppla från ditt USB-minne och sedan är allt klart.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Använda Windows</title> + + <para>Du kan prova:</para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32 +Disk Imager</link></para> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Installera Mageia</title> + + <para>Det här steget beskrivs i detalj i <link +ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">Mageias dokumentation</link>.</para> + + <para>Mer information är tillgänglig på <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">Mageias +Wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sv/installer.xml b/docs/installer/sv/installer.xml index 71c1a546..a8ddf041 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv/installer.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sv/installer.xml @@ -238,6 +238,18 @@ tillgängligt RAM felaktigt. För att ange detta manuellt kan du använda <code>mem=xxxM</code> parametern, där xxx är den korrekta mängden RAM. T. ex. <code>mem=256M</code> anger 256MB RAM.</para> </section> + + <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions"> + <info> + <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Dynamiska partitioner</title> + </info> + + <para>Om du har konverterat din hårddisk från grundläggande till dynamiskt format +i Microsoft Windows så är det omöjligt att installera Mageia på den +disken. Läs igenom Microsofts dokumentation om hur man återgår till en +grundläggande disk: <link +ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/sv-se/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para> + </section> </section> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file |